Official Rules and Regulations of Disc Golf
飛盤高爾夫官方規則與條例

Rev. Jan 1, 2026


Note

The online version of the Official Rules of Disc Golf and the Competition Manual for Disc Golf Events on PDGA.com is the authoritative version. Major revisions are generally published and effective on January 1 of each year. Minor and clerical revisions, or major revisions addressing a situation that needs immediate attention, may be published and effective as needed. Insertions to the text are underlined and deletions from the text are struck through. Any changes since January 1, 2026 are listed below.

  **注意事項** 
  PDGA.com 網站上的《飛盤高爾夫官方規則》和《飛盤高爾夫賽事競賽手冊》為權威版本。
  重大修訂通常於每年1月1日發布並生效。細微的修訂、文書修改或針對需要立即處理的情況的重大修訂,
  可根據需要發布並生效。文字中的新增內容以加底線標示,刪除內容以刪除線標示。
  自2026年1月1日以來的所有變更均列於下方。
  翻譯要點解析(針對運動規則文本):
  The Official Rules of Disc Golf:
            通常譯為**《飛盤高爾夫官方規則》**。
  Competition Manual:             
            賽事標準用語為**《競賽手冊》**。
  Authoritative version:          
            在法規或規則中,譯為**「權威版本」或「最終依據版本」**最符合嚴謹的語氣。
  Clerical revisions:             
            文書或字句上的微調、勘誤。
TOP 目錄


目錄
800 Description of the Game         概述 👈 

801 Application of the Rules        規則的應用  👈 
    801.01 Fairness                     公平性 👈 
    801.02 Enforcement                  執法 👈 
    801.03 Appeals                      上訴(申訴) 👈 

802 Throwing                        投擲規則 👈 
    802.01 Throw                        投擲定義 👈 
    802.02 Order of Play                投擲順序 👈 
    802.03 Excessive Time               逾時 👈 
    802.04 Teeing Off                   開盤 👈 
    802.05 Lie                          落停點 👈 
    802.06 Marking the Lie              標示落停點 👈 
    802.07 Stance                       投擲站立點 👈 
    
803 Obstacles and Relief            障礙與脫困 👈 
    803.01 Moving Obstacles             移動障礙物 👈 
    803.02 Relief from Obstacles        自障礙物脫困 👈 
    803.03 Optional Line of Play Relief 選擇性比賽線脫困 👈 
    803.04 Damaging the Course          破壞場地 👈 
    
804 Regulated Routes                規定的路線 👈 
    804.01 Mandatory Routes             強制路線 👈 

805 Regulated Positions             規定的位置 👈 
    805.01 Establishing a Position      確立位置 👈 
    805.02 Disc Above Two Meters        飛盤落停於2公尺以上 👈 
    805.03 Lost Disc                    飛盤遺失 👈 

806 Regulated Areas                 規定的區域 👈 
    806.01 Putting Area                 敲桿區 👈 
    806.02 Out-of-Bounds                界外;出界 👈 
    806.03 Casual Area                  臨時的區域 👈 
    806.04 Required Relief Area         脫困區域 👈 
    806.05 Hazard                       障礙區(或稱沙坑) 👈 

807 Completing the Hole             完成一洞 👈 

808 Scoring                         計分 👈 

809 Other Throws                    其他的投擲 👈 
    809.01 Abandoned Throw              放棄投擲 👈 
    809.02 Provisional Throw            暫定投擲 👈 
    809.03 Practice Throw               試擲 👈 

810 Interference                    干擾 👈 

811 Misplay                         失誤【錯誤比賽 / 不當程序】 👈 

812 Courtesy                        禮儀 👈 

813 Equipment                       裝備 👈 
    813.01 Illegal Disc                 不合格飛盤 👈 
    813.02 Illegal Device               不合格裝置 👈 



Official Rules of Disc Golf
飛盤高爾夫官方規則

Rev. Jan 1, 2026

800 Description of the Game 概述

The object of the game of disc golf is to complete a course in the fewest throws of the disc. A course typically consists of nine or eighteen holes, each of which is a separate unit for scoring.

Play on each hole begins at the tee and ends at the target. After the player has thrown from the tee, each successive throw is made from where the previous throw came to rest. On completing a hole, the player proceeds to the teeing area of the next hole, until all holes have been played.

Disc golf courses are normally laid out in and around wooded areas with diverse terrain to provide natural obstacles to the flight of the disc. The course must not be altered by the player in any way to decrease the difficulty of a hole. Players must play the course as they find it and play the disc where it lies unless otherwise allowed by these rules.

飛盤高爾夫的賽事目標,是以**最少的飛盤投擲次數**完成整個盤場。
一個盤場通常由 9 個或 18 個**盤洞**組成,每個盤洞都是獨立的計分單位。

每個盤洞的比賽均由**開盤區(Tee)**開始,並於**目標籃架(Target)**結束。
選手自開盤區投擲第一盤後,  其後的每一次投擲,
都必須在**前一次投擲的落停點(Where the previous throw came to rest)**進行。
完成一個盤洞後,選手應前往下一個盤洞的開盤區,依此類推,直到賽完所有盤洞。 

飛盤高爾夫盤場通常規劃在森林、樹叢或地形起伏多變的區域內,利用天然地景作為飛盤飛行的障礙。
**選手不得以任何方式改變盤場外觀**以降低比賽難度。除非本規則另有許可,
否則選手必須依照**盤場的現狀進行比賽(Play the course as they find it)**,
且必須在**飛盤的落停點進行投擲(Play the disc where it lies)**。
  關鍵術語與運動規則解析:
  Course:高爾夫球場叫「球場」,飛盤高爾夫的稱呼是**「盤場」**。
  Holes:雖然英文沿用高爾夫的 "Hole",但飛盤高爾夫正式中文多譯為**「盤洞」**。
  Play the course as they find it / Play the disc where it lies:
            這是高爾夫與飛盤高爾夫的核心精神——「依現狀打球、在落停點拋擲」。
            意即不能為了好丟而折斷樹枝、撥開草叢或移動飛盤位置,
            除非規則有特別規定(例如掉進水裡出界)。


801 Application of the Rules 規則的應用

801.01 Fairness 公平性

  1. These rules have been designed to promote fair play for all disc golfers. In using these rules, the player should apply the rule that most directly addresses the situation at hand.
  2. If any point in dispute is not covered by the rules, the decision is made in accordance with fairness. Often a logical extension of the closest existing rule or the principles embodied in these rules will provide guidance for determining fairness.
 A.本規則之設計旨在促進所有飛盤高爾夫選手的公平競賽(Fair play)。
   在運用這些規則時,選手應當採用最直接對應當前狀況的條文。
 B.若爭議點未涵蓋於現行規則中,則應基於公平原則做出裁決。
   通常,將最接近的現行規則進行邏輯延伸,或是依循本規則所體現的精神原則,
   皆能為判定何謂公平提供指引。
關鍵術語與規則解析:
The situation at hand:
在規則解釋中,指的是**「當前發生的狀況」或「眼前的局勢」**,
                    強調引用規則時必須精準對焦,不能張冠李戴。
In accordance with fairness:
          這是許多國際運動規則(包含 PDGA)
          在遇到法規漏洞時的最高指導原則,譯為**「基於公平原則」**。
          當條文找不到死板的規定時,必須以「不讓任何一方獲得不公平優勢」
          為前提來解決爭議。
Logical extension of the closest existing rule:
          譯為**「最接近現行規則的邏輯延伸」**。
          這給予了賽事總監(TD)或裁判在遇到新型態爭議時,
          可以比照類似條文進行法理推論與裁決的依據。

801.02 Enforcement 執法

  1. The Tournament Director is the person in charge of the tournament or event. A League Director is considered the Tournament Director for a league. The Tournament Director is the head Tournament Official for the event. DecisionsRulings made by the Tournament Director are final. Incorrect rulings by the Tournament Director stand unless corrected by the Tournament Director.
  2. **賽事總監(Tournament Director)**為負責該場巡迴賽或賽事之負責人。
    在聯賽中,**聯賽總監(League Director)**即被視為該聯賽的賽事總監。
    賽事總監為該場賽事的**首席賽事裁判(Head Tournament Official)**。 
    由賽事總監所做出的**決定/裁決(Decisions/Rulings)**皆為最終決定。
    賽事總監所做出的錯誤裁決依舊有效,除非賽事總監本人對其進行修正。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Tournament Director (TD):
              飛盤高爾夫界與各項運動賽事中,
              最標準的稱呼為**「賽事總監」**或簡稱 TD。
    League Director:         
              定期舉辦的積分制或常態性比賽稱為聯賽,
              其負責人譯為**「聯賽總監」**。
    Tournament Official:     
              在官方規則中代表具備執法權力的 賽事裁判」或「官方裁判」。
    Incorrect rulings...stand:
              這是運動賽事法規中的重要概念,
              意即「即使裁判誤判,在裁判主動更改之前,
              該判決依舊維持原樣且具備效力(stand)」,
              以維護賽事當下的進行。
    
    
    
  3. A Tournament Official, or Official, is a person who is authorized by the Tournament Director to make judgments regarding the proper application of the rules during play. An Official's call does not need to be confirmed to be enforced and supersedes any group decisions. An Official who is playing may not act as an Official for players who are in their division.
  4.   **賽事裁判(Tournament Official,或簡稱裁判 Official)**係指獲得賽事總監授權,
      負責在比賽期間針對規則的正確執行做出判定之人。 
      裁判的判決**無需經過他人確認即可執行,且其效力高於小組之任何決議**。
      身兼選手身份的裁判,**不得**對與其同組(Division)參賽的選手執行裁判職權。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Application of the rules:
              在法規語境中,譯為規則的**「執行」或「適用」**。
    Supersedes any group decisions:
              飛盤高爾夫一組選手(通常 3-5 人)在沒有裁判貼身跟隨時,
              需共同對違例進行互相宣告或同組投票裁決(Group decision)。
              而這條規則強調,裁判一開口,
              其判決效力直接凌駕並取代同組選手的任何決定。
    Division:
              運動賽事中的**「組別」**(例如:公開組 MPO、女子組 FPO、常青組等)。
              為了公平性,如果裁判自己也是該組參賽選手,
              他就不能對同組別的對手進行執法,必須迴避。
    
  5. A Tournament Spotter is an individual empowered by the Tournament Director for a specific spotting purpose without authorizing them to act as a Tournament Official.
  6.   **賽事觀測員(Tournament Spotter)**係指由賽事總監授權,負責執行特定觀測任務之人員;
      此授權**並不代表**賦予其執行賽事裁判之職權。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Tournament Spotter:
              在飛盤高爾夫中,通常會在外界認定較容易遺失飛盤或有盲點(Blind shot)的轉折處、
              盲眼洞或出界(O.B.)高風險區安排人員協助看盤。
              譯為**「賽事觀測員」、「看盤員」**或直接稱 Spotter。
    Without authorizing them to act as a Tournament Official:
              這條規則非常重要,它釐清了觀測員的權限。
              觀測員的功能只是「幫忙指出飛盤落點、協助尋盤、揮旗示意可能出界」,但他們不是裁判。
              飛盤最終是否出界(O.B.)或是否有任何違例,
              決定權依然在**同組選手(Group)或賽事裁判(Official)**手上,
              觀測員無權直接做出規則判決。
    
  7. Players are assigned to play holes together in a group for the purpose of verifying scores and ensuring play in accordance with the rules.
  8.   選手會被分配在同一個**小組(Group)**中共同進行盤洞比賽,
      其目的在於**互相核對分數**,並**確保比賽過程皆符合規則**。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Group:
              在高爾夫與飛盤高爾夫中,正式術語多譯為**「小組」**(或口語常稱「同組選手」)。
    Verifying scores:
              指選手之間在打完每一洞後,有責任互相確認並記錄彼此的投擲次數,
              譯為**「核對分數」或「驗證分數」**。
    Ensuring play in accordance with the rules:
              因為飛盤高爾夫多數時候沒有隨行裁判,
              同組選手在比賽中必須扮演「共同執法者」的角色,
              互相監督、宣告違例並確保賽事公平,
              因此譯為**「確保比賽過程皆符合規則」**。
    
  9. Players are expected to call a violation when one has clearly occurred. A call must be made promptly to be enforceable (except for misplays).
  10. 當違例情況明確發生時,**選手有責任主動宣告(Call)違例**。 除**錯誤比賽(Misplays)**外,
    所有宣告必須**及時(Promptly)**提出,方具備執法效力。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Call a violation:
              在飛盤高爾夫中,"Call" 是一個核心動作,
              指選手在場上口頭喊出對手違例(例如喊出 "Foot Fault"),
              譯為**「宣告違例」**。
    Promptly:
              運動規則中的時間性字眼,譯為「及時」、「立即」。意即當下發生就必須馬上喊出來,
              如果大家都丟完下一盤或已經走到下一個盤洞才提,就不算數(Enforceable)。
    Misplays(錯誤比賽):
              這是一個專有的規則術語。指的是選手投擲了錯誤的飛盤、
              在錯誤的盤洞開盤、或從錯誤的落停點(Lie)投擲等嚴重錯誤。
              這類錯誤會破壞比賽的正確性,因此即使沒有「及時」被發現,
              事後發現依然需要被追溯並加罰盤數,是這條時效規則的唯一例外。
    
  11. A player in the group may call or confirm a rules violation on any player in the group by notifying all players in the group.
  12.  小組中的任何一名選手,皆可透過**通知小組內的所有選手**,
     來對組內的任何選手**提出(Call)**或**確認(Confirm)**其規則違例。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Confirm: 在 PDGA 規則中,當一名選手喊出違例(Call)後,
              通常需要組內另一名選手進行「附議」或「確認」(Confirm/Second),
              該違例處罰才會正式生效。
    Notifying all players in the group:這是程序正義的重要規範。
              選手不能私下討論或默不作聲,
              必須**「口頭通知全組」**(例如大聲宣告對手踩線違例),
              讓所有人在當下都知悉這個規則判定,流程才算合法。
  13. A warning is the initial advisement a player is given for violating certain rules. Subsequent violations of the rule incur penalty throws.
    1. A call for a rules violation that results in a warning does not need to be confirmed to be enforced.
    2. Warnings do not carry over from one round to the next, nor to a playoff.
  14. 警告(Warning)是選手因違反某些特定規則時所受到的初次勸告(Initial advisement)。
    後續若再度違反該項規則,則將處以加罰盤數(Incur penalty throws,即加桿)。 
              1. 若某次規則違例的宣告(Call)其結果僅為給予警告,則該宣告無需經過他人確認即可執行。 
              2. 警告不得跨回合累計(意即不會帶入下一回合),亦不帶入延長賽(Playoff)。
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Initial advisement:
              在法規上譯為**「初次勸告」或「首次口頭告誡」**,
              代表不計入分數懲罰的提醒。
    Penalty throws:
              飛盤高爾夫計算成績是算投擲次數(Throws),所以高爾夫的「罰桿」,
              在飛盤高爾夫標準術語譯為**「加罰盤數」或「罰盤」**。
    Does not need to be confirmed to be enforced:
              如同前幾條規則提到的,飛盤高爾夫一般的「罰盤違例」,
              通常需要組內兩名選手共同確認才生效(Call & Second);
              但這條規則強調,如果該違例**「只會處以警告」,
              (例如第一次違反禮貌行為或第一次超時投擲),
              則只要任何一個人喊出來就當場生效**,不需要第二個人附議。
    Playoff:
              指當正賽回合結束平手時,用來決定勝負的**「延長賽」或「加賽」**。
    
  15. A penalty throw is a throw added to a player's score for violating a rule, or for relocation of the lie as called for by a rule.
    1. A call made by a player for a rules violation that results in one or more penalty throws can only be enforced if the call is confirmed by another player in the group or by a Tournament Official.
    2. A rules violation call made by a player on themself does not need to be confirmed in order to be enforced unless objected to by a player in the group or by a Tournament Official.
  16. **加罰盤數(Penalty throw)**係指因選手違反規則,或依規則要求重新定位落停點(Lie)時,
    額外計入該選手分數中的投擲次數。
    1. 由選手提出且會導致一次或多次加罰盤數的規則違例宣告(Call),
        必須經過小組內另一名選手或賽事裁判(Tournament Official)的確認(Confirmed),方可執行。
    2. 由選手對自身提出的規則違例宣告,無需經過他人確認即可執行,
        除非遭到小組內其他選手或賽事裁判的破調/反對(Objected to)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Relocation of the lie:
              譯為**「重新定位落停點」**。在飛盤高爾夫中,
              有些情況不一定是犯規,而是選手選擇或被要求移動投擲點,
              (例如:飛盤掉進不可投擲的深灌木叢而選擇往後宣告拋棄式落停點,
              或是掉進水池出界而移動到指定投擲區 Drop Zone),
              這時依規定也會算一次「加罰盤數」。
    Self-call(自我宣告)的重大變更:
              這是近年 PDGA 規則修訂的一大亮點。
              一般對別人喊罰盤違例需要第二人附議(Confirmed);
              但為了體現飛盤高爾夫「誠實與自主執法」的運動員精神,
              選手如果發現自己踩線或違例,
              可以**「自己對自己宣告罰盤」且立即生效**,
              除非同組隊友或裁判當場提出反對意見。 
    
  17. Disqualified players are prohibited from further competing in the event and forfeit the right to win any cash or prizes. Only the Tournament Director (or Tournament Official specifically authorized by the Tournament Director) may disqualify a player.
  18.   經取消參賽資格(Disqualified)之選手,即刻禁止繼續參與該場賽事之競爭,
      並喪失贏得任何獎金或獎品之權利。
      僅有賽事總監(Tournament Director)(或獲得賽事總監特別授權之賽事裁判 Tournament Official)
      有權對選手處以取消參賽資格之處分。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Disqualified (DQ):
              在運動賽事中,最標準且嚴謹的法規用語為
              **「取消參賽資格」或「取消比賽資格」**。
    Forfeit the right:在法律與競賽法規中,譯為**「喪失權利」或「沒收權利」**。
              代表該選手不論先前的成績有多好,都不能領取任何獎勵。
    Only the Tournament Director... may disqualify:
              這是一條極為關鍵的職權保護條款。
              同組選手(Group)可以互相宣告一般的違例或罰盤,
              普通裁判也可以直接執行罰盤或警告;
              但是「取消參賽資格(DQ)」屬於最嚴厲的行政處分,
              基層裁判與同組選手絕對無權決定,
              這項最高權力被嚴格限縮在
              **賽事總監(TD)**或獲得其特許的首席裁判手中。
    
  19. A throw or an action that is subject to penalty under more than one rule is played under the rule that results in the most penalty throws; or, among rules that call for an equal number of penalty throws, the rule that was first violated.
  20.   若一次投擲或一個動作同時違反多項條文,並均應遭受處罰時,
      應依據會導致最高加罰盤數(罰桿數最多)的條文進行裁決;
      若相關條文所規定的加罰盤數相同,則依據最先違反的條文進行裁決。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Subject to penalty under more than one rule:
              這在運動規則法理中稱為「競合」或「多重違例」。
              例如:選手在投擲時同時發生了「超時投擲(Excessive Time)」
              且「腳步踩線違例(Stance Violation)」。
    Rule that results in the most penalty throws(從重處罰原則):
              如果一項犯規罰 1 盤,另一項犯規罰 2 盤,這時不會兩者相加,
              而是**「只罰最重的那一個」**(罰 2 盤)。
    The rule that was first violated(時間優先原則):
              如果兩項違例的罰盤數一模一樣(例如都是加罰 1 盤),
              則看**「哪一個動作先發生」**。
              以時間順序先觸犯的規則作為處罰與重新定位落停點(Lie)的認定依據。
    
  21. When the flight, position, or status of a disc is questionable, the determination is made by the group.
    1. All players, excluding the thrower, must participate in the first vote. The option with the most votes is the determination of the group.
    2. The thrower may briefly state their opinion, but may not argue or lobby the group for an outcome. A thrower who argues or lobbies for an outcome has committed a courtesy violation, see 812, Courtesy.
    3. If there is a tie after the first vote, the thrower then must vote in order to break the tie.
    4. Players may abstain from a group vote if and only if they were not physically present. Otherwise, abstaining from a group vote is a courtesy violation, see 812, Courtesy.
    當飛盤的飛行路徑、落停位置或狀態存在爭議(Questionable)時,應由小組共同做出判定。
    1. 除投擲者外之所有選手,均必須參與第一次投票。獲得最多票數的選項即為小組之最終判定。
    2. 投擲者可簡短陳述其意見,但不得與小組爭辯或游說(Lobby)特定結果。
       投擲者若與小組爭辯或游說特定結果,即構成違反禮貌行為,詳見規則第 812 條【禮貌行為】。
    3. 若第一次投票後票數相同(平手),投擲者此時必須參與投票以打破平局。
    4. 選手唯有在人未在現場(Not physically present)的情況下,方可於小組投票中棄權。
       否則,在小組投票中無故棄權即構成違反禮貌行為,詳見規則第 812 條【禮貌行為】。
    
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(重要最新規範):
    Flight, position, or status is questionable:
              在飛盤高爾夫中,最常見的爭議就是「這盤到底有沒有出界(O.B.)?」
              或是「這盤有沒有通過強制路線(Mando)?」
              這時如果現場沒有裁判,就必須啟動這套小組投票程序。
    The thrower may not argue or lobby(防奧客/防賴皮條款):
              條規則限制了當事人(投擲者)在投票前的行為。
              為了確保公正,投擲者只能客觀講一句「我覺得在界內」,
              絕對不能一直碎念、跟隊友爭辯或試圖拉票(Lobby),
              否則直接多吃一支禮貌違例(Courtesy Violation)。
    The thrower votes to break the tie:
              第一次投票時,當事人必須迴避(不投票);
              但如果其餘隊友投票投出平手(例如 2 票界內、2 票出界),
              此時投擲者就必須投下關鍵的**「打破平局票(Tie-breaker)」**。
    Abstaining is a violation(強制投票義務):
              在場的隊友不能因為「不想得罪人」或「跟當事人感情好」就選擇棄權。
              只要你在現場看到了,你就必須表態投票,拒絕投票同樣會被判定為違反禮貌行為。
    

801.03 Appeals 上訴(申訴)

  1. A player may appeal warnings, penalties, or group decisions to an Official, or an Official's decision to the Tournament Director, by clearly and promptly stating that desire to the group. If an Official is readily available, the group may stand aside and allow other groups to play through while the appeal is being heard.
  2. 選手可對警告、加罰盤數(處罰)或小組決議向**賽事裁判(Official)**提出申訴,
    亦可對裁判的判決向**賽事總監(Tournament Director)**提出申訴。
    申訴時,必須**清晰且及時地向小組表明該項意願**。
    若現場能立即聯繫到裁判,小組可先移至賽道旁,
    在聆訊申訴期間**允許後方其他小組先行通過(Play through)**。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Appeal... to an Official / Tournament Director:
              這是賽事架構中的二級申訴制。第一階段對小組(Group)的決定不服,
              找裁判(Official);如果對裁判的判決仍有異議,
              最高可以上訴到賽事總監(TD),賽事總監的裁決即為最終結果。
    Clearly and promptly:
              申訴同樣講求時效性。選手必須在事件發生的當下,
              **「清晰且及時」**地告訴同組隊友自己要上訴(申訴),
              不能等打完好幾洞後才事後追溯。
    Play through(先行通過 / 讓打):
              這是高爾夫與飛盤高爾夫非常重要的球場禮儀。
              當某一組因為處理爭議(或尋找遺失盤)而卡在賽道上時,為了不耽誤整體賽事進度,
              他們有義務禮讓後面速度較快、或是被卡住的小組先行通過該盤洞。
    
  3. If an Official is not readily available to consider an appeal, the thrower may make a set of provisional throws (see 809.02) and later appeal the ruling to an Official when practical. If the lies are the same, no additional set of throws is made.
  4. 若當下無法立即聯繫到賽事裁判來處理申訴,投擲者可進行一組暫定投擲
    (Provisional throws,參見規則第 809.02 條),
    隨後於可行時再向裁判提出申訴。若不同規則主張下的落停點(Lies)皆相同,
    則無需進行額外的暫定投擲。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Provisional Throws(暫定投擲):
              這是飛盤高爾夫(與傳統高爾夫)非常核心的脫困機制。
              當場上發生規則爭議(例如:這盤到底算界內還是出界?
              小組認為出界要罰盤,選手自認界內不用罰),
              而現場又找不到裁判時,為了不卡住比賽,
              選手可以針對這兩種不同主張分別丟完這一洞(一組正常丟、一組當作罰盤後丟),
              記錄下兩種分數,等賽後找到裁判裁決哪一個主張合法,就採用哪一個分數。
    When practical:
              譯為**「可行時」或「實際允許時」**,通常指打完該回合(Round)回到總部、
              或者在賽道上遇到巡場裁判的時候。
    If the lies are the same...:
              如果爭議只是「這個動作有沒有超時」,不影響飛盤落地位置,那麼不論裁判怎麼判,
              下一個投擲點(Lie)都是同一個。
              這種情況下就不需要大費周章丟兩套盤(因為路徑完全一樣),
              只要正常打完,賽後再由裁判決定要不要加罰超時的盤數即可。
    
  5. If a ruling is overturned, an Official may adjust the player's score to reflect the correct interpretation of the rules. Alternatively, the Official may have the player replay one or more holes. Rulings by the Tournament Director are final. Incorrect rulings by the Tournament Director stand unless corrected by the Tournament Director.
  6. 若原判決被推翻,賽事裁判(Official)可調整選手的分數,以反映對規則的正確解讀。
    或者,裁判亦可要求選手重新比賽(Replay)一個或多個盤洞。
    由賽事總監所做出的錯誤裁決依舊有效,除非賽事總監本人對其進行修正。
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Ruling is overturned:
              在法規與裁判術語中,"Overturned" 譯為**「判決被推翻」**(或撤銷原判)。
    Correct interpretation of the rules:
              譯為**「對規則的正確解讀」或「正確的規則適用」**,代表糾正錯誤後的標準判決。
    Replay one or more holes:
              如果因為之前的錯誤判決導致比賽程序亂掉
              (例如選手少丟一盤、或是漏掉了強制路線判定),
              裁判有權限要求選手退回該盤洞,**「重新比赛一個或多個盤洞」**以保障程序正義。
    Incorrect rulings stand...(最終裁決效力不溯及既往原則):
              這段話再度強調了賽事總監(TD)的最高權力。即便事後發現 TD 判錯了,
              在 TD 本人「主動」修改前,原本的判決與分數結果依然具備完全的法效(stand),
              選手不可私自拒絕執行。
    
  7. If, upon arriving at the thrown disc, the group determines a Tournament Spotter's ruling is incorrect, the player continues play from a lie based on the ruling of the group. The sequence of throws based on the spotter's incorrect signal is disregarded. A player may appeal the group's ruling and continue the original sequence with a provisional sequence of throws.
  8. 當選手抵達飛盤落點時,若小組判定賽事觀測員(Tournament Spotter)之前的裁決錯誤,
    則選手應依據 小組的裁決 所決定的落停點(Lie)繼續比賽。
    基於觀測員錯誤訊號所進行的該段投擲順序(Sequence of throws)將不予採計(Disregarded)。
    選手亦可對小組的裁決提出申訴,
    並以 暫定投擲順序(Provisional sequence of throws)繼續原本的投擲進度。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Spotter's ruling is incorrect:
              例如觀測員在遠處揮綠旗表示「界內(In)」,
              選手因此走過去補了一盤推進(Approach);
              但全組走到現場仔細一看,發現飛盤其實壓在紅線上,判定為「出界(O.B.)」。
              這時就屬於觀測員訊號錯誤。
    The sequence of throws... is disregarded:
              譯為**「投擲順序不予採計」或「該段桿數作廢」**。
              因為選手是被觀測員的錯誤揮旗所誤導,才會在錯誤的地方投擲。
              規則規定,這時要退回原本的正確位置重新投擲(例如退回 O.B. 罰盤點),
              而被誤導亂丟的那幾盤(桿數)直接抹消不計。
    Provisional sequence of throws:
              如果選手不服小組的更正裁決,認為「觀測員才是對的,我沒有出界」,
              他可以啟動**「暫定投擲順序」**。
              這時他會同時記錄兩條故事線的分數:一條是從小組認定的正確點打完這洞,
              另一條是把自己被誤導後繼續打完的分數也記下來,賽後交由裁判裁決。
    

802 Throwing 投擲規則

802.01 Throw 投擲定義

  1. A throw is the propulsion and release of a disc in order to change its position.
  2. Each throw that is made as a competitive attempt to change the lie is counted, unless by rule it is disregarded.
  3. For a throw that is disregarded, any penalty throws associated with making that throw are also disregarded. Penalties that are associated with making a throw are those for: out-of-bounds, hazard, missed mandatory, above two meters, stance, marking, taking improper relief, and lost disc.
  4. A. 投擲(Throw)係指為了改變飛盤之位置,而對飛盤施加推進力(Propulsion)
       並將其釋放(Release)之動作。
    B. 每一次以競爭為目的、意圖改變落停點(Lie)而進行的投擲皆必須計入分數,
       除非依規則該次投擲不予採計(Disregarded)。
    C. 若某次投擲不予採計,則與該次投擲相關的所有加罰盤數(Penalty throws)亦一併不予採計。
       與投擲動作相關的加罰盤數包括:
       出界(Out-of-bounds)、障礙區(Hazard)、
       未通過強制路線(Missed mandatory)、
       高於兩公尺違例(Above two meters)、
       站姿違例(Stance)、標記違例(Marking)、
       不當脫困(Taking improper relief)以及
       遺失盤(Lost disc)。
    
    關鍵術語與運動規則解析:
    Propulsion and release:
              這是判定是不是「一投(一桿)」的物理標準。
              必須有「往前推進的力量」且「手鬆開(釋放)」才算。
              如果是試投時飛盤不小心滑落(Drop)或在拉盤(Backswing)時掉落,
              因為沒有往前的推進力,就不算一次投擲。
    Disregarded(不予採計 / 作廢):
              例如前一條提到的「觀測員給錯訊號導致選手亂丟」,
              或是丟了「暫定投擲」事後裁判決定不採用那條故事線的分數,
              該次投擲就會被作廢(不計次數)。
    與投擲相關的罰盤一併作廢(重要法理):
              這條規則保護了選手。如果某一盤投擲因為程序錯誤被判「不予採計(作廢)」,
              那麼這盤飛盤就算隨後掉進水池(O.B.)、卡在 2 公尺高的樹上(Above 2m)、
              或是選手投擲時腳踩線(Stance fault),
              這些伴隨而來的罰盤全部一律一筆勾銷,因為那次投擲在法律上根本「不存在」。
    

802.02 Order of Play 投擲順序

  1. Throwing order on the tee of the first hole is the order in which the players are listed on the scorecard(s).
  2. 在第一個盤洞的開盤區(Tee)上,選手的投擲順序(Throwing order)
    應依據其在計分卡(Scorecard)上所列出的先後順序進行。
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    On the tee of the first hole:
              指的是「第一洞的開盤區(發盤區)」。
    Scorecard:
              正式賽事中多譯為**「計分卡」**(
              現在多使用 PDGA 官方的電子計分系統 Live Scoring)。
    規則實務:
              在賽事第一回合,大會編排名單時就會自動決定計分卡上的順序,
              第一洞就照這個名單從上往下依序開盤。
              到了後面的洞數,開盤順序就會改依據
              「前一洞的成績好壞(越少桿/盤的人先開盤)」來重新決定。
    
  3. Throwing order on all subsequent tees is determined by the scores on the previous hole, so that the player with the lowest score throws first, and so on. Ties do not change the throwing order.
  4. 所有後續盤洞的開盤順序均由前一個盤洞的分數(Scores)決定,
    即由分數最低(用盤數最少)的選手先投擲,依此類推。
    若分數相同(平手),則不改變原有的投擲順序。
     
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Subsequent tees:
              指第一洞之後的「所有後續盤洞開盤區」。
    Lowest score throws first:
              飛盤高爾夫與傳統高爾夫相同,分數越低代表表現越好。
              前一洞抓鳥(Birdie)或平標準盤(Par)的人,在下一洞就可以優先開盤。
    Ties do not change the throwing order:
              如果組內有兩名選手在前一洞打出相同的分數(例如都是 3 盤),
              那麼他們在下一洞的開盤先後順序,就維持他們在前一洞的相對順序,
              不需要抽籤或重新排序。
    
  5. After all players have a lie other than the teeing area, the player whose lie is farthest from the target (the away player) is next in the throwing order. If two or more players have lies that are the same distance from the target, the playing order is the order in which those lies were established.
  6. 當所有選手的落停點(Lie)皆已離開開盤區(Teeing area)後,
    以**落停點距離目標籃架最遠的選手(即遠方選手 away player)**為下一位投擲者。
    若有兩名或兩名以上選手的落停點與目標籃架之距離相同,
    則投擲順序應依據該落停點被建立(飛盤落地停穩)的時間先後順序決定。
    
    The away player(遠方選手):
              這是承襲自高爾夫的經典規則——「遠者先執」。
              開盤過後,誰的飛盤離籃架最遠,誰就必須先投擲。
              這樣可以確保後方投擲時,不會砸到前方的隊友,確保安全。
    Order in which those lies were established(落停點建立之先後):
              如果兩人的飛盤距離籃架剛好一樣遠(例如都在 50 公尺處),
              這時誰先開盤、飛盤先落地停穩(Established)的人就要先丟。
    
  7. If a player is making another throw from the same lie, or a re-throw, that player remains next in the throwing order. A re-throw is an additional throw from the same lie which is played instead of the original throw.
  8. 若選手要在同一個落停點(Lie)進行另一次投擲或進行重投(Re-throw),
    該選手在投擲順序中依然為下一位投擲者。
    重投(Re-throw)係指自同一個落停點進行的額外投擲,
    用以取代(Instead of)原本的那一次投擲。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Re-throw(重投):
              飛盤高爾夫中的「重投」類似高爾夫的暫定球或重打。
              當選手把飛盤丟進極度惡劣的地形(例如卡在懸崖、極深灌木叢),
              或是不小心出界(O.B.)時,
              選手可以依規則選擇「在原地加罰一盤(桿)並重新投擲」。
    Remains next in the throwing order(連續投擲權):
              正常情況下是丟完換人,
              但如果選手決定要「重投」(原地重來),不論其他人飛盤在多遠的地方,
              這位選手都不需要等待別人,直接在原地連續投擲下一盤。
    
  9. To facilitate flow of play, a player who is not next may throw if the player who is next consents, or if throwing will not impact the player who is next.
  10. 為了促進比賽節奏的流暢(Flow of play),
    非下一位投擲順序的選手在下列情況下亦可進行投擲:
    已獲得下一位順序選手的同意(Consents),
    或其投擲動作不會對下一位順序選手造成任何影響(Not impact)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(運動實務概念):
    Flow of play:
              在運動競賽中,譯為**「比賽流暢度」或「比賽節奏」**。
    Ready Golf(即刻高爾夫/準備好就丟)的精神:
              這條規則在飛盤高爾夫社群中常被稱為 "Ready Golf"。
              雖然原則上是「遠者先執(Away player)」,
              但有時距離最遠的人飛盤掉進密林中需要花時間尋找、
              思索路徑或清理站姿,此時只要他**「同意」,
              或是站在外圍準備好的人丟盤「不會影響到他」**,
              後方的人就可以打破順序先投擲,以節省全場的比賽時間。
    
  11. Throwing out of order is a courtesy violation.
  12. 不按順序投擲(Throwing out of order)屬於違反禮貌行為(Courtesy violation)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Courtesy violation:
              譯為**「違反禮貌行為」**(或稱禮貌違例)。
    處罰機制(重要關聯):
              這條規則與前一條「為了促進流暢度可經同意先丟」相呼應。
              如果選手在未獲得下一位順序選手同意、
              且會影響到對方(例如在對方專注準備出手時突然插隊搶丟)
              的情況下不按順序投擲,就會被判定為違反禮貌行為。
              依據規則第 812 條,初犯會給予警告(Warning),
              若同一回合內再犯則會被加罰盤數(Penalty throw)。
    
  13. During tournament play, no group may play through the group ahead unless directed by an Official, or if the group ahead is standing aside in accordance with the rules.
  14. 在巡迴賽(Tournament play)期間,任何小組皆不得先行通過(Play through)前方的組別,
    除非受到賽事裁判(Official)的指示,或前方的組別正依據規則移至賽道旁禮讓(Standing aside)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Play through:
              在高爾夫球與飛盤高爾夫中,正式術語譯為**「先行通過」,
              球友口語常稱為「讓打」或「超車」**。
    Standing aside in accordance with the rules:
              呼應我們前面翻譯過的「申訴程序(Appeals)」。
              規則規定,只有在前一組為了處理規則申訴(且現場能立即聯繫到裁判)、
              或前方小組因特殊原因「依法移至賽道旁(Standing aside)」時,後方小組才可以超車。
    事秩序保護(重要觀念):
              在正式的 PDGA 巡迴賽中,每組的開盤時間與前進節奏都是大會精準計算好的。
              這條規則嚴格限制了選手私下決定超車的行為。
              如果沒有裁判指示,也沒有符合法規的特殊狀況,後方小組就算覺得前面打很慢,
              也絕對禁止私自超車,必須在後方耐心等待,以維持全場賽事的推進秩序。
    

802.03 Excessive Time 逾時

  1. Players must ensure pace of play and must not take excessive time to make a throw.
  2. 選手必須確保比賽之推進節奏(Pace of play),且每一次投擲皆不得耗費過長之時間(Excessive time)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Pace of play:
              在運動賽事與高爾夫語境中,標準術語譯為**「比賽節奏」或「推進節奏」**。
              這是一項選手應共同維護的場上義務,旨在避免賽事拖延。
    Excessive time:
              譯為**「過長時間」或「超時」**。
              這條總則隨後會帶出飛盤高爾夫著名的「30 秒出手時限(Shot Clock)」具體罰則。
              當選手走到落停點且現場障礙排除後,便會啟動 30 秒的計時。
    
  3. A player has taken excessive time if they have not thrown within the time allotted to them under this rule.
  4. 若選手在本規則所分配給他的指定時間之內(Time allotted)尚未將飛盤投擲出手,
    即視為耗費過長之時間(超時投擲)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Time allotted:
              譯為**「分配的時間」或「指定的時間」**。在飛盤高爾夫(PDGA)的官方規則中,
              這個時間通常是嚴格的 30 秒(也常被稱作投擲的進攻時限 Shot Clock)。
    Has not thrown within...:
              判定超時的物理標準是「飛盤是否已經脫手(Thrown)」。
              即使選手在最後一秒開始做擺臂投擲的動作,
              但只要時間截止時飛盤還在手上、沒有真正釋放出去,就依然算作超時違例。
    
  5. Players are allotted time to throw as follows:
    1. When making a throw from the teeing area (802.04), a drop zone (802.05.C), or within 20 meters of the target, the player has 30 seconds to throw.
    2. When making a throw from any other lie, the player has 45 seconds to throw.
  6. 選手的投擲分配時間規定如下:
      1. 自開盤區(Teeing area,參見 802.04)、指定投擲區(Drop zone,參見 802.05.C),
          或距離目標籃架 20 公尺以內進行投擲時,選手擁有 30 秒的投擲時間。
      2. 自**其他任何落停點(Lie)**進行投擲時,選手擁有 45 秒的投擲時間。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(最新修訂重點):
    Drop zone:
              譯名為**「指定投擲區」**(傳統高爾夫稱為落球區),
              通常是飛盤出界(O.B.)或未通過強制路線(Mando)時,大會指定罰盤後的重新投擲區域。
    20公尺以內(30秒) vs 其他落停點(45秒):
              這是 PDGA 近年非常重要的規則調整。
              30秒限制:限縮在開盤區、落盤區,以及距離籃架較近
                      (20公尺以內,包含敲桿區 Putt Zone)的狀況,
                        因為這些地方通常地形開闊、不需花太多時間清理站姿或思考路徑。
              45秒放寬:如果飛盤落在球道中央、或者是卡在叢林等「其他任何落停點」,
                        考量到選手可能需要排除雜草、確認站姿(Stance)與觀察風向,
                        因此放寬給予更充裕的 45 秒出手時間。
    
  7. The allotted time begins after:
    1. The previous player has thrown; and
    2. The player is next in the throwing order; and
    3. The player has determined the location of their lie; and
    4. The player has addressed their lie; and
    5. The playing area remains clear.
  8. 分配時間應於滿足下列所有條件後開始計時:
              1.前一位選手已完成投擲;且
              2.依投擲順序輪到該位選手;且
              3.該位選手已確認其落停點(Lie)的位置;且
              4.該位選手已就投擲位置定位(Addressed their lie);且
              5.比賽區域(Playing area)維持安全通暢。
    
    關鍵術語與運動規則解析:
    Determined the location of their lie:
              譯為**「確認其落停點的位置」。
              如果飛盤掉進很深的草叢、或者不確定有沒有出界(O.B.),
              在全組選手尚未走到現場、正式指出並合意確認投擲點位置之前,時間絕對不能**開始倒數。
    Addressed their lie:
              在運動法規中,「Address」意指選手已經走近、站定在投擲點後方,
              並開始進行準備出手的動作(如調整站姿、清理非固定障礙物),譯為**「就投擲位置定位」**。
    The playing area remains clear:
              譯為**「比賽區域維持安全通暢」。
              如果在投擲的前方賽道上突然有其他組的選手經過、有觀眾走動,
              或是觀測員(Spotter)還站在危險區域內,在障礙排除、確保安全之前,計時鐘都必須暫停。
              必須上述 5 項條件同時滿足(皆為 and)**,30 秒或 45 秒的倒數才會正式啟動。
    
  9. A player has addressed their lie at the point when they begin taking any action indicating that they are preparing to throw. Such actions include, but are not limited to:
    1. Marking the lie with a mini marker disc;
    2. Placing a supporting point on the lie;
    3. Executing a pre-shot routine;
    4. Using a rangefinder;
    5. Checking the wind;
    6. Clearing casual obstacles;
    7. Testing the ground and footing.
  10. 當選手開始採取任何「表明其正準備投擲」的舉動時,即視為已就投擲位置定位(Addressed their lie)。
    這些舉動包括但不限於:
              1.使用迷你標記盤(Mini marker disc)標記落停點;
              2.將支撐點(例如一隻腳)置於落停點上;
              3.執行投擲前的慣性預備動作(Pre-shot routine);
              4.使用雷射測距儀(Rangefinder);
              5.確認/測試風向(Check the wind);
              6.清理臨時障礙物(Casual obstacles,如樹枝、松果);
              7.測試地面狀況與腳步站置(Testing the ground and footing)。
    
    關鍵術語與最新規則解析(至關重要的時間規範):
    Pre-shot routine(預備動作 / 儀式動作):
              許多選手在出手前會有固定習慣,
              例如規律地擺臂、空揮、在手上拍盤子等,一旦開始做這些動作,
              30秒或45秒的倒數時鐘就會立刻啟動。
    Casual obstacles:
              術語譯為**「臨時障礙物」或「非固定障礙物」**。
              依據規則,選手可以清理落停點後方掉落的松果、碎石或枯枝,
              但「開始清理的當下」就代表你已經進入準備狀態(計時開始)。
    Footing:
              譯為**「腳步站置」或「踩踏感」**。
              指選手在草地上試踩、確認會不會滑倒的動作。
    規則實務漏洞防堵:  
              這條細則是 PDGA 為了防止選手「鑽規則漏洞」而設。
              過去有些選手會藉口「我還沒站好、還沒準備好」而在飛盤旁摸索很久、
              遲遲不開始讓隊友計時。
              現在只要你一拿出測距儀、一蹲下去放迷你盤、甚至只是伸手抓草測風向,
              全組就可以認定你**「已經定位(Addressed)」**並開始合法計時。
    
  11. If the playing area is no longer clear, players must not throw. The player's allotted time is reset once the playing area is clear again.
  12. 若比賽區域(Playing area)不再維持安全通暢,選手絕不可進行投擲。
    一旦比賽區域重新恢復安全通暢,選手獲得的分配時間應予以重設(Reset)。
    
    關鍵術語與運動規則解析:
    Must not throw(絕對不可投擲):
              這是出於運動安全(Safety)的第一優先考量。
              如果賽道前方突然有狗跑過去、觀眾闖入、或是前一組選手還沒離開籃架範圍,
              選手即使時間快到了也絕對不能出手。
    Allotted time is reset(時間重設):
              這裡使用的是 Reset(重新計算),而不是 Resume(繼續倒數)。
              這意味著如果選手本來已經倒數到了第 25 秒,突然前方賽道不通暢而被迫中止,
              等到障礙排除、再度恢復安全通暢後,時鐘並非從第 26 秒繼續,
              而是直接重新給予完整的 30 秒或 45 秒,
              以保障選手在不受干擾的情況下有公平的時間可以專注投擲。
    
  13. A player who engages in undue delay arriving at their lie, or is present at their lie but refuses to address their lie, has taken excessive time.
  14. 若選手在前往其落停點(Lie)時有過度延誤(Undue delay)之行為,
    或已抵達其落停點卻拒絕就投擲位置定位(Refuses to address their lie),
    皆視為超時投擲(Taken excessive time)。
    
     關鍵術語與規則解析(防惡意拖延條款):
     Undue delay:
              譯為**「過度延誤」、「不當拖延」**。例如:
              選手故意走得極慢、在球道上蛇行、或故意在路途中聊天以拖延時間。
     Refuses to address their lie:
              譯為**「拒絕就投擲位置定位」**。指的是選手已經走到飛盤旁邊,
              卻故意雙手抱胸、站在原地發呆,或遲遲不做出任何準備投擲的動作
              (試圖規避前條「一做動作就開始計時」的規範)。
              規則執法核心(重要觀念):前幾條規則保障了選手有公平的準備時間;
              而這條規則則是賦予小組(Group)與裁判執法的權力。
              如果有人試圖利用「我不走過去」或「我不站好」來消耗時間或搞對手心態,
              小組此時可以直接判定他已經構成「超時投擲(Excessive time)」,
              直接啟動警告或罰盤程序。
    
  15. A player may request extra time from the group to take a bathroom break. If the player does not return in a reasonable time, the player is considered missing for the hole and receives a score of par plus four on the hole.
  16. 選手可向小組申請額外時間以上洗手間(Bathroom break)。
    若該選手未於合理時間內返回,則視為在該盤洞失蹤(Missing),
    且該盤洞的分數應以標準盤數加四盤(Par plus four)計之。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Request extra time from the group:
              呼應前面嚴格的 30/45 秒限制。
              這是人性化條款,選手只要口頭**「向小組提出申請」**,
              獲得同意後就可以暫時中斷計時去上洗手間。
    Missing for the hole:
              譯為**「在該盤洞失蹤」**。指選手因為離開太久,
              導致該小組無法在符合賽事進度的情況下等他,
              必須直接拋下他、繼續前進打完該洞。
    Par plus four(標準盤加四盤 / Par+4):
              這是飛盤高爾夫對於「選手缺席特定盤洞」的標準懲罰計分。
              例如該盤洞是 3 標準盤(Par 3),
              缺席失蹤的選手在該洞的分數就會直接被登記為 7 盤(3 + 4 = 7),非常嚴重。
    
  17. A player who takes excessive time receives a warning for the first violation. A player who takes excessive time after having been warned for it during the round receives one penalty throw. See 811.F.5 for a player who is absent when it is their turn to throw.
  18. 選手若超時投擲,初次違例(First violation)將收到一次警告(Warning)。
    在同一回合(Round)中已被警告過後,若選手再次超時投擲,
    則將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    當輪到選手投擲而該選手缺席時之處理,請參見規則第 811.F.5 條【缺席選手】。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Warning for the first violation(初犯警告):
              這呼應了我們先前翻譯的總則。
              超時投擲屬於只要組內「任何人喊出來(Call)」就當場生效的口頭警告,
              不計入罰盤。
    During the round... receives one penalty throw(同回合再犯罰一盤):
              警告的效力只維持在當前這一個回合(Round)。
              如果在同一回合內,該選手第二次被全組抓到出手超過 30 秒或 45 秒,
              這時就沒有寬限空間,會直接在該洞的分數上**「加罰一盤(加一桿)」**。
    811.F.5 Absent when it is their turn to throw:
              這指的是「輪到你丟,你卻沒出現在現場」的情況,
              這與前一條「去上洗手間太久未歸」或「直接遲到、棄賽」的細部處罰條文
              (非投擲時間限制)有關, 因此規則在這裡提供了索引連結。
    

802.04 Teeing Off 開盤

  1. Play begins on each hole with the player throwing from within the hole's teeing area. A teeing area, or tee, is the area bounded by the edges of a tee pad, if provided. Otherwise, it is the area extending three meters perpendicularly behind the designated tee line. The tee line is the line at the front of the teeing area, or the line between the outside edges of two tee markers.
  2. 每個盤洞的比賽,均由選手自該盤洞的**開盤區(Teeing area)**內進行投擲而開始。
    開盤區(或稱開盤台 Tee)的範圍定義如下:
        若賽道設有開盤墊/開盤草皮(Tee pad),則其範圍由該開盤墊的邊緣所圍成。
        若未提供開盤墊,則其範圍係指自指定的**開盤線(Tee line)**垂直向後延伸 3 公尺的區域。
    開盤線: 
        是指開盤區最前端的界線,
        或者是兩個**開盤標記物(Tee markers)**外側邊緣之間所連接而成的線。
    
    關鍵術語與運動規則解析:
    Tee pad: 
              通常譯為**「開盤墊」、「開盤台」或「發盤台」**。
              實務上多為人工草皮、橡膠墊或水泥鋪面。
    Extending three meters perpendicularly behind:
              譯為**「垂直向後延伸 3 公尺」**。
              這是一項非常重要的「無開盤墊」場地規範。
              如果主辦單位只是在草地上畫一條線(Tee line)或插兩根旗子(Tee markers)當作起點,
              選手的合法助跑與開盤踩踏範圍,就是從這條線往後算的 3 公尺長方型區塊內。
    Tee line / Tee markers:
              開盤線與開盤標記物。選手在開盤出手的那一瞬間,
              支撐腳絕對不能踩超過這條線(否則會構成開盤踩線違例)。
    
  3. When the disc is released, the player must have at least one supporting point within the teeing area, and all supporting points must be within the teeing area. A supporting point is any part of the player's body that is, at the time of release, in contact with the playing surface or any other object that provides support. The player is allowed to have a supporting point outside the teeing area before or after, but not at, the moment the disc is released.
  4. 當飛盤釋放(出手)時,選手必須有至少一個支撐點(Supporting point)位於開盤區內,
    且所有的支撐點皆必須位於開盤區內。
    支撐點係指在飛盤釋放的當下,選手身體任何與比赛表面(地面)或任何其他提供支撐之物體接觸的部位。
    選手在飛盤釋放之前或之後,允許有支撐點位於開盤區之外;
    但在飛盤釋放的瞬間(Moment the disc is released),
    絕對不可有支撐點位於開盤區之外。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(開盤防踩線條款):
    Supporting point(支撐點):
              任何接觸地面、樹木或大石頭並幫身體承受重量或平衡的身體部位
              (通常是腳,但如果是跪著投擲,膝蓋或手也算)。
    All supporting points must be within...(嚴格限縮):
              這條規則是近年(2026年最新實施)經過字句微調與嚴格規範的核心。
              在開盤出手的一瞬間,你所有的支撐腳(不論是一隻腳還是兩隻腳)
              都必須踩在開盤墊或 3 公尺的開盤區範圍內。
    Before or after, but not at...(動作慣性與踩線判定): 
              1.助跑時:
                      你可以從開盤墊外面開始助跑踩進來。
              2.出手後(Follow-through):
                      飛盤已經離手後,你的身體因為慣性向前衝、腳踩出開盤墊外面,這是完全合法的。
              3.出手的瞬間(At the moment of release):
                      唯一抓違例的物理時間點就是**「盤子離開手指的那一剎那」。那一瞬間,
                      如果你的腳尖踩在開盤墊外面的草地上,或是踩在開盤線上(線算界外),
                      就會被判定為開盤违例(Tee Violation)**,會被加罰盤數。
    
  5. A player who violates 802.04.B has committed a stance violation and receives one penalty throw.
  6. 選手若違反規則第 802.04.B 條,即構成站姿違例(Stance violation),
    且將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(重要2026年新規修訂):
    Stance violation:
              語譯為**「站姿違例」**(或稱腳步違例、踩線違例)。
    罰則的大幅變更(最新規範):
              過去(多年前舊制)的站姿違例在初犯時僅給予口頭警告並要求重新投擲(Re-throw);
              但根據目前的 PDGA 官方最新規則,不論是開盤(Tee)還是球道上的投擲,
              只要被小組或裁判認定在飛盤釋放瞬間發生站姿違例,就是直接「加罰一盤(加一桿)」,
              不再給予警告,且該次投擲的落點依然有效(不需要重丟)。
    

802.05 Lie 落停點

  1. The lie is the place on the playing surface upon which the player takes a stance in order to throw. The playing surface is a surface, generally the ground, which is capable of supporting the player and from which a stance can reasonably be taken. A playing surface may exist above or below another playing surface. If it is unclear whether a surface is a playing surface, the decision is made by an Official.
  2. **落停點(Lie)**係指比賽表面(Playing surface)上,
    供選手擺放站姿(Stance)以進行投擲的特定位置。
    比賽表面係指能夠支撐選手重量,且能供選手合理擺放站姿的表面,通常指地面。
    在一個比賽表面的上方或下方,
    可能同時存在另一個比賽表面。若無法確定某個表面是否屬於合法的比賽表面,
    則由**賽事裁判(Official)**做出判定。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(飛盤高爾夫獨特的三維空間概念):
    The Lie(落停點 / 投擲點):
              飛盤落地停穩後,選手下一步要踩踏、投擲的合法法規範圍。
    Playing surface(比賽表面):
              這項運動非常有趣的特性在於,它對「地面」的定義是三維立體的。
    A playing surface may exist above or below...(多層比賽表面):
              上方或下方的範例:
                    例如賽道上有一座雙層水泥木橋,或者是人工搭建的巨大看台、雙層石洞。
                    如果飛盤停在橋頂上,橋頂就是你的「比賽表面」;
                    如果飛盤滾進橋底下的通道,只要那裡可以安全站立且撐起體重,
                    橋底的地面也是一個獨立的「比賽表面」。
              樹木與樹枝不算:
                    注意!高聳的樹枝雖然能卡住飛盤,
                    但因為它沒辦法「合理且安全地讓選手踩在上面擺出投擲站姿」,
                    所以樹枝不算比賽表面(這會觸發另一條「高於兩公尺違例」
                    或垂直投影到地面的垂直脫困規則)。
    
  3. The lie for the first throw on a hole is the teeing area.
  4. 每個盤洞第一投(第一桿)的落停點(Lie)即為開盤區(Teeing area)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    The lie... is the teeing area:
              這條規則在法理上做了一個完美的銜接。因為落停點(Lie)
              在規則中的定義是「選手擺放站姿以進行投擲的特定位置」。
              既然每個盤洞一開始,飛盤還沒有任何落地停穩的位置,
              規則便直接將整個「開盤區」法化為該洞最初的落停點,
              讓後續所有關於站姿、時間限制與違例的條文都能一體適用。
    
  5. A drop zone is a lie. A drop zone is an area on the course, as designated by the Tournament Director, from which a throw is made under certain conditions. A drop zone may either be marked and played in the same manner as a teeing area, or in the same manner as a marked lie. A teeing area may be used as a drop zone.
  6. 指定投擲區(Drop zone)在規則上即視為一個落停點(Lie)。
    指定投擲區係指盤場上由賽事總監(Tournament Director)所指定的特定區域,
    選手在特定條件下必須自該區域進行投擲。指定投擲區的標記與比賽進行方式,
    可採用與開盤區(Teeing area)相同的方式,
    亦可採用與一般已標記落停點(Marked lie)相同的方式。現有的開盤區亦可被指定兼作指定投擲區使用。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    A drop zone is a lie(指定投擲區即是落停點):
              這條規則賦予了指定投擲區在法律上的明確定位。
              這意味著一旦你需要進入指定投擲區投擲,所有關於落停點(Lie)的限時(30秒出手)、
              站姿規範與踩線處罰,全部都要一體適用。
    Under certain conditions(特定條件下):
              通常是指選手不小心將飛盤擲出界(O.B.)、未能通過強制路線(Missed Mando),
              或者飛盤不幸遗失(Lost disc)時,
              必須前往大會規定的指定投擲區進行加罰盤數後的重新投擲。
    兩種比賽與站姿方式:
              如開盤區方式:
                    如果指定投擲區是一個大草皮或人工橡膠墊,
                    選手可以在這個矩形區域內任意選擇站姿或進行助跑。
              如一般標記落停點方式:
                    如果指定投擲區只是一個畫在地面上的小圓圈或一個迷你標記盤,
                    選手就必須遵守一般球道投擲的站姿(支撐點踩在標記正後方)。
    
  7. In all other cases, the lie is a rectangle that is 20cm wide and 30cm deep, centered on the line of play behind the rear edge of the marker disc. The marker disc, or marker, is the disc used to mark the lie according to 802.06.
  8. 在所有其他情況下,落停點(Lie)為一個寬 20 公分、深 30 公分的矩形範圍,
    其中心點位於比賽線(Line of play)上,並緊鄰於標記盤(Marker disc)後緣的後方。
    **標記盤(Marker disc,或簡稱標記物 marker)**係指依據規則第 802.06 條規定,
    用來標記落停點位置之飛盤。
    
    關鍵術語與最新規則解析(至關重要的站姿範圍限制):
    20cm wide and 30cm deep(寬20公分、深30公分):
              這是飛盤高爾夫場上最常被檢視的「微型長方形合法投擲區」。
              寬度(20公分):大約是男性的腳掌寬度,
              左右各有大約 10 公分的延伸。深度(30公分):大約是一隻運動鞋的長度。
    Line of play(比賽線):
              指的是**「落停點中心」與「目標籃架(Target)中心」所連成的一條隱形直線**。
              這個 20x30 公分的矩形,必須以這條比賽線為左右對稱的中心軸(Centered)。
    Behind the rear edge of the marker disc:
              譯為**「緊鄰於標記盤後緣的後方」。
              這代表在出手投擲的瞬間,你必須有至少一個支撐點(通常是主力腳的腳尖)
              完全踩在這個 20×30 公分的長方形格之內,
              而且絕對不能踩到標記盤本身**,
              否則就會被判定為站姿違例(Stance violation)並加罰一盤。
    
  9. The line of play is the imaginary line on the playing surface extending from the center of the target through and beyond the center of the marker disc. If that playing surface ends, the line of play continues on the nearest playing surface following that line. If the lie is a teeing area, the point on the teeing area closest to the target is used instead of the marker disc to establish the line of play.
  10. 比賽線(Line of play)係指比賽表面(Playing surface)上的一條虛擬直線(Imaginary line),
    其自目標籃架的中心點開始延伸,並穿過且超越標記盤的中心點。
    若該比賽表面中斷(落停點有障礙物),比賽線將沿著該直線路徑,於最近的下一個比賽表面上繼續延伸。
    若該落停點為開盤區(Teeing area),則改以開盤區上距離目標籃架最近的那一個點來取代標記盤,
    以建立比賽線。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(場地實務與物理判定):
    Target Center ➡️ Marker Center ➡️ 向後無限延伸:
              這條隱形直線是決定你「站姿(Stance)」是否合法的唯一基準。
              你在投擲時,主力腳踩踏的那個 20×30 公分矩形,必須以這條線為中心軸,
              且踩在標記盤的正後方(也就是遠離籃架的那一側)。
    If that playing surface ends(落停點有障礙物):
              例如你的飛盤停在一座水泥石橋的邊緣(橋算比賽表面),
              此時如果標記盤的正後方直接懸空(變成懸崖或下方河道),在原本的表面上無法踩踏。規則規定,
              這條隱形比賽線會「垂直投影或順著直線延伸」到最近的下一個可以站立的地面(比賽表面)上,
              選手可以在那裡合法踩踏投擲。
    開盤區的比賽線(Teeing Area Line of Play):
              因為開盤時地面上沒有任何落地的飛盤(標記盤),這時比賽線的定義,
              就是從「目標籃架中心」連到「開盤墊(Tee pad)最前端邊緣的中心(最靠近籃架的點)」。
              這決定了你在開盤區內助跑與出手的相對方向。
    

802.06 Marking the Lie 標示落停點

  1. The position of a thrown disc on the in-bounds playing surface marks the lie.
  2. 已投擲飛盤於界內(In-bounds)比賽表面上的落停位置,即用以標記其落停點(Lie)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    In-bounds playing surface:
              譯為**「界內比賽表面」**。
              在飛盤高爾夫中,飛盤必須完全停在界內(沒有出界 O.B. 且可安全踩踏的表面),
              才能直接用這個位置來作為下一投的合法站姿基準。
    Marks the lie:
              這句話是規則 802.06【標記落停點(Marking the Lie)】 的大前提。
              當飛盤停在合法的界內地面時,這個飛盤所在的物理位置,
              就直接被法化為決定你下一步要怎麼站、怎麼丟的邊界標記。
    
  3. Alternatively, the player may mark the lie by placing a mini marker disc on the playing surface, touching the front of the thrown disc on the line of play. A mini marker disc is a small disc, not used in play, that complies with PDGA Technical Standards for mini marker discs.
  4. 或者(Alternatively),選手亦可選擇在比賽表面上
    放置一個迷你標記盤(Mini marker disc)來標記其落停點(Lie);
    該迷你標記盤必須在比賽線(Line of play)上緊貼著(Touching)原已投擲飛盤的前緣(Front)。
    **迷你標記盤(Mini marker disc,或稱迷你盤)
    **係指一種不直接用於實際投擲比賽、
    且符合 PDGA 技術標準(PDGA Technical Standards)之小型飛盤。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(場地標記核心動作):
    Alternatively(二選一的替代方案):
              呼應前一條規則。飛盤落地停穩後,選手有兩種合法方式可以決定下一投的站姿:
                  方式 A:
                      原盤留在原地不動,直接踩在原盤的正後方(20x30公分矩形內)投擲。
                  方式 B(即本條文):
                      在原盤的**正前方(更靠近目標籃架的那一側)**放上一個迷你標記盤,
                      然後把原盤撿起來。下一投改踩在迷你標記盤的正後方。
    
  5. When the thrown disc is not on the in-bounds playing surface, or when the lie is to be moved by rule, the player marks the lie by placing a mini marker disc in accordance with the applicable rule.
  6. 當已投擲之飛盤未停留在界內(In-bounds)比賽表面上,或依據規則必須移動落停點(Lie)時,
    選手應依據所適用的相關規則,藉由放置一個迷你標記盤(Mini marker disc)來標記其落停點。
    
     關鍵術語與規則解析:
     Not on the in-bounds playing surface:
              最常見的情況就是飛盤掉進水池、超越邊界圍籬(出界 O.B.),
              或是飛盤卡在 2 公尺高的樹上(不在比賽「表面」上)。
     When the lie is to be moved by rule:
              指依法進行**「規則脫困(Relief)」**。
              例如飛盤雖然在界內,但剛好停在致命的毒藤蔓中、危险的黃蜂窩旁,
              或是卡在大會指定的不可移動障礙物中,
              此時規則允許選手在不罰盤(或加罰一盤)的情況下,向後移動落停點。
     必須使用迷你標記盤(強制性規範):
              這是非常重要的一點!如果飛盤在界內球道上,你可以選擇不放迷你盤、直接踩在原盤後方投擲。
              但如果飛盤出界、遺失、或是要依法移動位置,
              你就**「強制必須」在重新定位的合法落停點上放置一個迷你標記盤**作為新的邊界標記,
              而不能隨便拿一般的比賽大盤或甚至用腳在地上畫線來代替。
    
  7. Throwing from a lie marked in a manner other than described above is a marking violation. A player receives a warning for the first marking violation. A player receives one penalty throw for each subsequent violation of any marking rule during the round.
  8. 若選手自未依上述規定方式所標記的落停點(Lie)進行投擲,即構成標記違例(Marking violation)。
    選手於初次發生標記違例時將收到一次警告(Warning)。
    在同一回合(Round)中,若隨後再次違反任何標記規則,
    每一次違例皆將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(標記處罰機制):
    Manner other than described above(未依規定標記):
              最常見的違例情況包括:在還沒放迷你標記盤前就私自把地上的飛盤撿起來、
              迷你盤沒有緊貼原盤前緣、或是出界(O.B.)後, 
              沒有在(OB點)放迷你盤就直接丟出去。
    Marking violation:
              語譯為**「標記違例」**(或稱標記錯誤)。
                  警告與累罰機制(Warning then Penalty):
                      初犯(First violation):
                          給予口頭警告(Warning),不加罰盤數。
                      再犯(Subsequent violation):
                          在當前這一回合(Round)比賽中,
                          只要任何標記規則再犯第二次(不論是沒放迷你盤,還是迷你盤擺錯位置),
                          就不再寬限,每犯規一次就直接在該洞分數上「加罰一盤(加一桿)」。
    

802.07 Stance 投擲站立點

  1. If the lie has been marked by a marker disc, then when the disc is released, the player must:
    1. Have at least one supporting point that is in contact with the lie; and,
    2. Have no supporting point closer to the target than the rear edge of the marker disc; and,
    3. Have all supporting points in-bounds.
  2. 若落停點(Lie)已使用標記盤(Marker disc)進行標記,則當飛盤釋放(出手)時,
    選手必須滿足下列所有條件:
      1.必須有至少一個支撐點(Supporting point)與落停點保持接觸;且
      2.絕不可有任何支撐點比標記盤的後緣(Rear edge)更靠近目標籃架;且
      3.所有的支撐點皆必須位於界內(In-bounds)。
    
    關鍵術語與踩線判定解析(場地執法三大核心):
    這條規則是全場裁判與同組選手用來抓「球道踩線違例(Foot Fault / Stance Violation)」的最核心法條,
    出手瞬間必須同時通過以下三項物理檢驗:
      一腳踩在格子內(In contact with the lie):
              前一條提到,落停點是一個寬 20x30 公分的微型矩形。
              出手那一剎那,你當作重心的主力腳(腳尖或鞋底一部分),
              必須有部分踩在這個 20x30 公分的隱形格子內。
              如果你整隻腳跨開、完全離開這個格子的範圍投擲,即屬違例。
      不可超越標記盤後緣(No closer to the target):
              不論你用哪種站姿(如跨步投擲 Straddle shot),
              你全身上下所有接觸地面的部位(兩隻腳、或是撐在後面的手),
              絕對不能超過標記盤(或原盤)的「後緣」。
              也就是說,你不能踩在標記盤上面,更不能踩到標記盤前方。
      全肢皆在界內(All supporting points in-bounds):
              如果你的落停點剛好停在出界線(O.B. Line)旁邊,
              雖然你主力腳踩在界內的格子裡,但如果你為了保持平衡,
              另一隻腳往旁邊或往後踩在 O.B. 區的道路或水池裡,
              這在出手的瞬間也是不合法的。
    
  3. A drop zone is played as either a teeing area (see 802.04.B) or a marked lie (see 802.07.A).
  4. 指定投擲區(Drop zone)的投擲方式,應視為開盤區(參見規則第 802.04.B 條)
    或已標記落停點(參見規則第 802.07.A 條)其中之一來進行。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    兩種站姿法規的適用:這條規則是將前面提過的「落盤區定位」與「具體站姿」結合。
    當大會指定選手去落盤區投擲時,該區域會由賽事總監(TD)在賽前球員手冊或現場告示中明確告知其屬性:
              若視為開盤區(Teeing area):
                  選手適用 802.04.B 的規則。
                  在釋放飛盤的瞬間,
                  所有的支撐點(雙腳)都必須在這個落盤區矩形範圍之內。
                  選手可以在這個範圍內自由助跑或跨步。
              若視為已標記落停點(Marked lie):
                  通常是以地面上的一個畫圈、一塊地磚或一個固定迷你盤為基準。
                  選手適用 802.07.A 的規則。在釋放飛盤的瞬間,
                  主力腳必須踩在該標記正後方 20×30 公分的虛擬矩形內,
                  且身體任何接觸地面的部位都不能超越該標記的前緣(不得踩線或踩盤)。
    
  5. A player who violates 802.07.A or 802.07.B has committed a stance violation and receives one penalty throw.
  6. 選手若違反規則第 802.07.A 條(已標記落停點站姿)或第 802.07.B 條(落盤區站姿),
    即構成站姿違例(Stance violation),且將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    
    關鍵術語與最新規則解析(2026年最新罰則標準):
              Stance violation:
                  語譯為**「站姿違例」**(或稱腳步違例、踩線犯規)。
                  直接罰盤、不予警告:再次強調,這項條文確立了無論是在開盤區、落盤區還是一般球道投擲,
                  只要在飛盤出手瞬間被同組選手或裁判認定「踩線」、
                  「未踩在 20x30 公分矩形內」或「支撐點踩在界外」,
                  一律不給予警告,直接在成績中「加罰一盤(加一桿)」。
              落點有效性:
                  此時該次投擲的落點依然有效,選手應前往新的飛盤落停點繼續比賽,不需退回原位重新投擲。
    

803 Obstacles and Relief 障礙與脫困

803.01 Moving Obstacles 移動障礙物

  1. A player must choose the stance that results in the least movement of any obstacle that is a permanent or integral part of the course. Once a stance has been taken, the player may not move an obstacle in order to make room for a throwing motion. It is legal for a player's throwing motion to cause incidental movement of an obstacle.
  2. 選手必須選擇能對盤場上任何永久性或組成部分之障礙物(Obstacle)造成最少移動的站姿。
    一旦選手已擺好站姿,即不得移動任何障礙物以試圖為投擲動作騰出空間。
    選手在投擲過程中若對障礙物造成附帶性的移動(Incidental movement),屬於合法行為。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(場地維護與防作弊條款):
    Permanent or integral part of the course(永久性或組成部分的障礙物):
              例如賽道上活著的樹木、牢固的灌木叢、大岩石,或是大會設置的指示牌與圍籬。
    Choose the stance that results in the least movement(最少移動原則):
              如果飛盤卡在茂密的樹叢裡,選手在合法落停點(Lie)擺放站姿時,
              必須盡可能選擇不會破壞或過度推擠樹枝的站位。
              不能為了自己好站,而故意用身體把活樹枝死死壓在身後或折斷。
    May not move... to make room for a throwing motion(禁止人為開路):
              一旦你踩定落停點、擺好站姿了,你就絕對不能用手去撥開、拉住或撥弄前方的樹枝,
              試圖為你的手臂揮盤路徑「開出一條路(Make room)」,否則會多吃一支違例處罰。
    Incidental movement(附帶性的移動):
              這條對選手非常公平。雖然禁止在準備時人為開路,
              但在你真正出手投擲、手臂順勢揮擊(Throwing motion)的當下,因為揮盤速度很快,
              手指或盤子不小心「順便」刷過樹葉、擦撞到旁邊的樹幹或草叢,
              這種純屬物理慣性下的附帶接觸與移動是完全合法且不予處罰的。
    
  3. A player is not allowed to move any obstacle on the course, with the following exceptions:
    1. A player may move casual obstacles that are on the playing surface farther from the target than the front edge of the lie. A casual obstacle is:
      1. An item or collection of loose debris (such as small stones, small unconnected branches, pinecones, leaves, or twigs) that the player can easily and quickly move by themselves; or other objects designated by the Tournament Director; and
      2. Not intentionally placed as part of the course or event; and
      3. Not embedded in the playing surface.
    2. 選手不得移動盤場上的任何障礙物,但以下情況除外:
                1. 選手可移動位於比賽表面(地面)上、且比落停點(Lie)
                   前緣更遠離目標籃架的臨時障礙物(Casual obstacles)。
                   所謂臨時障礙物係指:
                      a.屬於散落碎片物或其聚集體(
                        例如:小石頭、未與樹體相連的小樹枝、松果、落葉或細枝),
                        且選手可自行輕鬆快速移動之物品;
                        或由賽事總監(Tournament Director)所指定的其他物品;且
                      b.非故意放置作為盤場或賽事的一部分;且
                      c.未深埋(Embedded)於比賽表面內。
      
      關鍵術語與最新規則解析(合法清理球道碎石落葉之限制):
      Casual obstacles(臨時障礙物 / 臨時遮蔽物):
                語譯為**「臨時障礙物」**,
                指自然掉落且不影響球道本質的天然雜物。
      Farther from the target than the front edge of the lie(更遠離籃架的後方區域):
                這項空間限制極為關鍵!
                可以清理的區域:你只能清理落停點**前緣以後(即你腳要踩踏的 20x30 公分矩形格內、
                以及更往後方的站姿與助跑區域)**的落葉與松果。
                絕對禁止清理的區域:你不能走到標記盤(或原盤)的前方,
                去撿走擋在你飛盤飛行路線(Flight path)上的大石頭、斷樹枝或落葉。
                前方所有的障礙物都屬於盤場挑戰的一部分,私自移走屬於犯規。
      Unconnected branches(未相連的樹枝):
                樹枝必須是已經斷裂、掉落在地上的才可以移開。
                如果是活生生長在樹幹上、或是雖然枯死但依然牢固連在樹根上的樹枝,
                絕對不允許折斷或拉開。
      Not embedded(未深埋):
                如果一塊大石頭或粗樹根有大半部是死死埋在土裡(Embedded),即便它很礙腳,
                你也不能拿工具把它挖出來,必須依現狀擺放站步。
      
    3. A player may request that other people move themselves or their belongings.
    4. 2. 選手可請求其他人移動其自身或其所屬之私人物品(Belongings)。
      
      關鍵術語與賽場實務解析:
      Move themselves or their belongings:在比賽中,這是一項非常實用的基本權益。
                適用對象:
                        包含同組選手(Group)、觀眾(Spectators)、賽事觀測員(Spotters)、
                        甚至是站在前方的**裁判(Officials)**或攝影師。
                私人物品:
                        最常見的就是同組隊友放在球道或籃架旁的「飛盤背包(Disc golf bag)」、
                      「推車(Cart)」、「折疊椅」或「水壺」。
                安全與心理維護:
                        如果別人的站位剛好擋在你的飛行路線(Flight path)上、
                        或是距離你的落停點太近,
                        在出手前你隨時可以禮貌要求對方「退後」或「把包包拿開」,
                        這不僅是為了保障被砸到的人的安全,
                        也能避免選手因為視野受到干擾而影響投擲。
      
    5. A player may restore course equipment to its proper working order, including the removal of obstacles.
    6. 4. 選手可將盤場設備(Course equipment)復原至正常的運作狀態(Proper working order),
          此行為亦包含移除阻礙該設備之障礙物。
      
      關鍵術語與賽場實務解析:
      Course equipment(盤場設備):
                主要指目標籃架(Target/Basket)、指示牌、
                開盤墊(Tee pad)等由大會架設的硬體設施。
      Restore to its proper working order(復原至正常運作狀態):
                這是給予選手維護基礎比賽條件的合法權力。
      常見的實際應用情境包括:
                籃架鏈條卡住:     
                    前一組投擲後,金屬鏈條(Chains)不小心絞在一起、或卡在網籃邊緣,
                    導致籃架失去正常接盤功能。
                    此時選手走過去把鏈條拉順、撥回原位,是完全合法的。
                移除阻礙設備的障礙物:
                    例如一陣大風把一根粗枯枝吹倒,剛好橫躺在開盤墊(Tee pad)正中央、
                    或是整根掛在目標籃架的網籃上。雖然這屬於前述禁止清理的「前方飛行路線」,
                    但因為它損害了設備的正常運作,選手此時可以合法將該障礙物移開。
      
    7. A player may remove litter from the course.
    8. 選手可自盤場上移除垃圾(Litter)。
      
      關鍵術語與賽場實務解析:
      Remove litter(移除垃圾):這條規則賦予選手至高無上的環保與場地維護權。
                不受空間限制:
                    前面提到,選手原則上不能走到落停點(Lie)的「前方」去撿移任何東西。
                    但是**「垃圾」是唯一的例外**。
                實際應用情境:
                    如果前方的球道中央、或是目標籃架(Basket)的網籃裡,
                    剛好有前人亂丟的寶特瓶、飲料罐、廢紙或煙蒂,不論它在什麼位置,
                    選手在投擲前都可以直接走過去將其撿起並丟進垃圾桶。
                    這項行為不僅不會被判處私自移動障礙物,
                    反而是 PDGA 官方大力鼓勵的運動員美德。
      
  4. A player who moves any obstacle on the course other than as allowed above receives one penalty throw.
  5. 選手若移動了除上述允許情況以外的盤場任何障礙物,
    將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(「人為開路」的嚴厲代價):
    Other than as allowed above(除上述允許情況以外):
              我們前面幾條翻譯完整界定了什麼可以動
              (落停點後方地面的落葉松果、私人物品、故障設備復原、垃圾);
              反之,只要不在這些允許名單內,就通通不能動。
    最常見的犯規地雷(直接罰一盤): 
              走到飛盤前方,折斷阻擋投擲與飛行路線(Flight path)的活樹枝。
              走到飛盤前方,動手拔除或踩平會遮擋視線的高大雜草、芒草。
              在落停點(Lie)擺放站姿時,為了讓手臂可以順利全力揮擊,
              故意用左手把旁邊長著的樹枝死死往後拉住固定。
    罰則落實:
              這種「為了讓自己好打而蓄意改變盤場現狀」的行為嚴重違反了飛盤高爾夫的運動精神。
              一旦被同組選手看到並確認(或是被裁判目擊),不需要口頭警告,直接當場「加罰一盤」。
    

803.02 Relief from Obstacles 自障礙物脫困

  1. A player may obtain relief from the following obstacles: harmful insects or animals, or any item as designated by the Tournament Director. To obtain relief, the player may mark a new lie that is on the line of play, farther from the target, at the nearest point that provides relief (unless greater relief is announced by the Tournament Director).
  2. 選手可針對下列障礙物申請脫困(Relief):
    具危害性的昆蟲或動物,以及由賽事總監(Tournament Director)所指定的任何物品。
    若要取得脫困,選手可在比賽線(Line of play)上、更遠離目標籃架的方向,
    於能提供脫困的「最近點」重新標記一個新的落停點(Lie)(除非賽事總監另行公告更大範圍的脫困空間)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(保障人身安全的「無罰盤脫困」):
    Obtain relief(取得脫困):
              在運動規則中,"Relief" 指的是當選手遇到特殊狀況時,
              規則允許其移動投擲點而不受處罰。這是一項**「不加罰盤數(免罰桿)」**的合法權利。
    Harmful insects or animals(具危害性的昆蟲或動物):
              這是場上最常觸發本條文的人道救援條款。如果飛盤落地後,
              旁邊剛好是紅火蟻塚、黃蜂窩、毒蛇、胡蜂、甚至是攻擊性強的野生動物,
              選手絕對不需要冒著生命危險去踩那個落停點。
    On the line of play, farther from the target(比賽線上、向後延伸):
              移動落停點的幾何軌跡非常嚴格。
              你不能往左或往右移,你必須順著「目標籃架中心 ➡️ 原標記盤中心」所連成的那條隱形直線,
              直接往後退(越退越遠離籃架),
              直到退到第一個「沒有蜜蜂/螞蟻、可以安全站立」的最近點(Nearest point),
              並在該處放下迷你標記盤作為新落停點。
    
  3. If an obstacle physically prevents the player from taking a legal stance behind the marker disc, or from marking a lie for a thrown disc which is above or below the playing surface, the player may mark a new lie on the line of play immediately behind that obstacle.
  4. 如果障礙物(Obstacle)阻礙選手在標記盤後方採取合法站位(Legal stance),
    或無法為停留在比賽表面上方或下方的已投擲飛盤標記落停點(Lie),
    則選手可在比賽線(Line of play)上,
    緊鄰該障礙物正後方(Immediately behind)的地點重新標記一個新的落停點。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(免罰盤的物理脫困):
    這條規則處理的是球場上極為常見的「飛盤卡在死角」或「立體空間」的無罰盤脫困(Free Relief)狀況:
    Physically prevents a legal stance(物理上無法擺放合法站姿):
              實際情境:例如飛盤剛好滾進一棵巨大神木的樹根裂縫裡,或是塞進巨大的實心岩石底下。
                      雖然飛盤仍在界內,但由於障礙物太大,
                      選手在物理上根本不可能把腳塞進那個寬 20x30 公分的虛擬格子裡。
              脫困方式:選手可以順著**「比賽線(籃架與飛盤的連線)」直線往後退**,
                      直接在該巨石或大樹樹幹的正後方地面放置迷你標記盤投擲。
    Above or below the playing surface(高於或低於比賽表面):
              實際情境:例如飛盤飛進密林,牢牢卡在高度 3 公尺的茂密樹枝上(高於比賽表面),
              此時選手無法直接在空中放迷你盤標記。脫困方式:這時需要找出飛盤在地面上的「垂直投影點」。
              如果該投影點剛好是一棵大灌木叢中心、人類站不進去,此時同樣適用本條文,
              可以沿著比賽線向後退到該灌木叢的正後方邊緣標記新落停點。
    
  5. A player who takes relief other than as allowed by rule has committed a misplay for playing from an incorrect lie, see 811.F.1.
  6. 選手若採取了除規則允許以外的脫困方式,即構成因自錯誤落停點進行投擲而導致的「錯誤比賽(Misplay)」,
    詳見規則第 811.F.1 條【自錯誤落停點投擲】。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(運動法規最高等級處罰):
    Misplay(錯誤比賽):
              這在飛盤高爾夫中是一個非常嚴重的違例類別。
              它高於一般的站姿違例(Stance violation),通常指選手在完全不合法的地點進行了投擲,
              嚴重破壞了賽道程序的正確性。
    與一般踩線違例的差別:
              站姿違例(罰 1 盤):
                  飛盤落點標記是正確的,但你在出手的瞬間,
                  腳不小心踩在標記盤前緣或格子外面(Foot Fault)。
              不當脫困 / 錯誤比賽(罰 2 盤或重賽):
                  你完全解讀錯脫困規則,例如飛盤明明沒有遇到危險昆蟲,
                  你卻自己把落停點往後挪了 5 公尺來躲避大樹;
                  或是本來只能「向後移」,你卻自己「向左移」。
                  這會直接觸發 811.F.1 條的 Misplay 罰則,
                  通常會面臨加罰 2 盤(2 penalty throws)且可能被要求該洞重新投擲的嚴厲處分。
    
  7. No penalty throw is added if optional relief is being taken following a penalty taken for a disc out-of-bounds or above two meters.
  8. 若在因飛盤出界(Out-of-bounds)或高於兩公尺違例(Above two meters)而接受處罰後,
    選手接著採取選擇性脫困(Optional relief),則無需額外加計(重複處罰)任何加罰盤數。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(重要最新法理):
    Optional relief(選擇性脫困):
              在 PDGA 規則中,選手如果覺得落停點很難打,
                  可以自行申請「沿著比賽線向後退、不限距離」的選擇性脫困,
                  但代價是通常需要加罰 1 盤(罰 1 桿)。
              免重複處罰原則(No Double Jeopardy):
                  這條規則是近年非常重要的配套修訂。
                  實際情境:選手的飛盤不幸飛進了水池出界(O.B.),
                      依照規則在界外點(或落盤區)已經被加罰了 1 盤(罰 1 桿)
                      然而,當他來到這個合法的 O.B. 重新投擲點時,
                      發現這個位置剛好緊貼著一面大牆或極密灌木叢,他根本無法揮盤。
              規則脫困:
                  此時他可以依法再啟動「選擇性脫困」,順著比賽線往後退到開闊處投擲。
                  這條規則強調,因為他剛才已經為了這一次投擲繳過「O.B. 的 1 盤罰盤」了,
                  所以在這一步往後退時,大會不會再對他追加選擇性脫困的第 2 支罰盤。
                  他只需承擔原本 O.B. 的那一盤罰盤即可。
    

803.03 Optional Line of Play Relief
選擇性比賽線脫困

  1. A player may elect at any time to take optional relief by declaring their intention to the group. The lie may then be relocated by marking a new lie which is farther from the target and is on the line of play. One penalty throw is added to the player's score.
  2. 選手可在比賽期間的任何時候,透過向小組宣告其意願,選擇採取「選擇性脫困(Optional relief)」。
    落停點(Lie)的重新定位方式,係指在比賽線(Line of play)上、更遠離目標籃架的方向,
    重新標記一個新的落停點。採取此項脫困時,選手的分數將被加罰一盤(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則延伸解析(結合前述 2026 最新配套):
    Elect at any time(任何時候皆可主動選擇):
              這是一項「不需要任何理由」就能使用的選手自主戰術選項。
              你不需要向小組證明遇到了危險動物或實體障礙物,只要你單純覺得眼前的障礙很難處理,
              就可以直接在場上提出。
    Declaring their intention to the group(必須口頭宣告):
              選手绝對不能私自默默往後走,
              必須大聲向同組所有隊友宣告「我要採取選擇性脫困(Optional Relief)」,流程才算合法。
    沒有後退距離限制:
              因為選手付出了「分數加罰一盤」的昂貴代價,
              所以只要維持在那條由籃架連過來的隱形「比賽線(Line of play)」上,
              選手想向後退 5 公尺、10 公尺、甚至直接退到視野大開的寬闊球道上投擲,都是完全合法的。
    ⚠️ 2026 關鍵免重複處罰配套(呼應 803.02.E):
              依據 PDGA 2026 最新法理,
              若此時選手是因為前一投**「飛盤出界(O.B.)」或「高於兩公尺違例」**,
              在已經面臨該次 O.B./兩公尺罰盤的情況下,
              來到重新投擲點如果想要接著向後使用這條比賽線脫困,
              大會不會對他追加這條規則的 1 盤罰盤(也就是免重複處罰)。
    

803.04 Damaging the Course 破壞場地

  1. A player who intentionally damages any part of the course receives two penalty throws. The player may also be disqualified from the tournament, in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Competition Manual.
  2. 選手若蓄意(Intentionally)破壞盤場的任何部分,
    將被直接處以兩次加罰盤數(Two penalty throws,即加兩桿)。
    此外,依據《競賽手冊》第 3.03 節之規定,
    該選手亦可能面臨被取消參賽資格(Disqualified)之處分。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(運動精神底線條款):
    Intentionally damages(蓄意/故意破壞):這是抓犯規的心理與物理要素。
              最常見的犯規地雷:
                  因為前一投表現不佳或失誤(例如敲桿沒進),
                  憤而拿飛盤猛砸大樹、用腳狠踢指示牌、或故意折斷球道上的活樹枝洩憤。
              與一般動作的差別:
                  前面提過,如果是因為正常投擲時手臂順勢揮擊「附帶擦撞」到樹枝,
                  屬於合法。但如果是出自情緒性或故意改變地形的「蓄意破壞」,就會觸發本條嚴厲罰則。
    Two penalty throws(直接罰兩盤/兩桿):
              一般的站姿違例或超時投擲只罰 1 盤,
              而破壞場地是不需要口頭警告、直接重罰 2 盤,屬於極為嚴重的違規。
    Competition Manual Section 3.03(競賽手冊:選手不當行為與 DQ):
              這條規則與前述「只有賽事總監(TD)能取消選手資格」相呼應。
              蓄意破壞場地不僅會當場多吃兩盤罰盤,
              裁判或同組選手還會將此不當行為上報給大會,
              賽事總監(TD)有權依據《競賽手冊》直接將該名選手驅逐出場並取消參賽資格(DQ)。
    

804 Regulated Routes 規定的路線

804.01 Mandatory Routes 強制路線

  1. A mandatory route restricts the path the disc may take in the process of playing a hole.
  2. 強制路線(Mandatory route,或簡稱 Mando)用以限制飛盤在進行該盤洞比賽過程中允許飛行的路徑。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    Mandatory route / Mando:
              譯名為**「強制路線」**,在賽場上選手通常會直接簡稱為 Mando。
    Restricts the path(路徑限制):
              這是設計賽道時非常常見的手法。
              大會通常會在特定大樹、電線桿或旗桿上標註一個大箭頭(例如「➡️」),
              規定選手投擲出的飛盤,其飛行軌跡必須從該物體的特定一側(如右側)通過。
    設計目的:  
              通常是出於安全考量(例如隔開隔壁賽道的選手或觀眾區域),
              或者是為了增加該盤洞的挑戰性與技術難度
              (防止選手用超高空的[右彎/左彎盤]直接繞過整片樹林)。
    
  3. The restricted plane is a vertical plane marked by one or more objects or other markers which define the edges of the space.
  4. 限制切面(Restricted plane)是由一個或多個目標物、
    或其他用以定義該空間邊緣的標記物所構成的一條垂直切面。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(抓 Mando 犯規的物理3D空間):
    Restricted plane:
              術語通常譯為**「限制切面」、「禁飛平面」**,
              它是判定選手有沒有漏掉 Mando(Missed Mando)的關鍵物理邊界。
    Vertical plane(垂直切面):
             這條界線在球場上是看不見的,它就像一面從地面往天空無限延伸的隱形立體牆壁。
    
    實際裁判應用:
              例如:大會規定飛盤必須從一棵大樹的「右側」通過,這棵大樹的左側就是「限制區域」。
              這棵樹的中心往左側(通常會延伸到出界線或由另一根柱子連起來)
              就會形成這面**「垂直限制切面」**。
              一旦飛盤在飛行或滾動過程中,穿過了這面隱形的牆壁(進入了限制切面),
              就會當場被宣告為「未通過強制路線(Missed Mando)」,並面臨加罰盤數的處分。
    
  5. If part of a thrown disc clearly enters into a restricted plane, the player receives one penalty throw. The lie for the next throw is the drop zone for that mandatory. If no drop zone has been designated, the lie for the next throw is the previous lie.
  6. 若已投擲飛盤之任何部分(Part of a thrown disc),明確進入(穿過)了限制切面(Restricted plane),
    則選手將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    下一投的落停點(Lie)應位於該強制路線所指定的指定投擲區(Drop zone)。
    若大會未指定落盤區,則下一投的落停點應回到前一次投擲的位置(Previous lie)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(重要2026年新規標準):
    If part of a thrown disc clearly enters(觸網即犯規原則):
              這是近年 PDGA 針對 Mando 最核心的修訂。
              過去舊制:必須等飛盤完全停下來(Come to rest),看它最後有沒有越界才算。
              目前新規:只要飛盤在飛行或滾動過程中,其「任何一部分(Part)」
                      明確穿過了那面隱形的限制切面牆壁,
                      就當場宣告違例(Missed Mando)。
                      即使飛盤後來撞到樹枝又彈回界內,或是風大吹回來,
                      只要「曾經穿過」就已經算犯規,直接加罰一盤。
    
    Next lie options(重新投擲點的順序):
              優先前往指定投擲區(Drop Zone):
                  大部分設有 Mando 的盤洞,主辦單位都會在該棵樹旁或特定地點設有指定投擲區。
                  選手踩線犯規後,直接去指定投擲區進行下一投。
              原地重丟(Previous lie):
                  如果這洞大會沒有設置指定投擲區,選手就必須認命走回剛剛開盤的地方、
                  或剛剛在球道上的投擲點,原地重新投擲(等同於高爾夫的罰桿重打)。
    
  7. If the thrown disc is released on the other side of the restricted plane compared to the rear edge of the marker disc, the player has missed the mandatory. The next lie and penalty are the same as 804.01.C.
  8. 若選手在相較於標記盤(Marker disc)後緣的限制切面(Restricted plane)另一側
    釋放(出手)已投擲的飛盤, 則視為未通過強制路線(漏 Mando)。
    其下一投的落停點(Lie)與罰則,均與規則第 804.01.C 條相同。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(防止「超越 Mando 線投擲」的漏洞):
    這條細則是 PDGA 針對**「人身站位已經跨越或極度貼近 Mando 線」**時所設下的防弊條款:
    
    On the other side of the restricted plane(在限制切面的另一側出手):
              實際情境:
                  有時飛盤的落停點(Lie)剛好停在非常靠近 Mando 隱形牆壁的地方,
                  甚至就在邊線上。選手在擺放站姿、
                  準備向前跨步跨大腳(Straddle/Step putt)投擲時,
                  雖然腳尖守規矩踩在標記盤後方的格子裡,
                  但因為他的身體或手臂很長,出手的瞬間(Released),
                  手指釋放飛盤的位置已經穿過牆壁、
                  跑到「禁飛區的另一側」了。
              判定結果:
                  即使飛盤出手後是往正確的方向飛,
                  只要**「出手的物理位置」落入禁飛平面另一側,
                  直接判定為未通過強制路線(Missed Mando)**。
    
    與 804.01.C 相同之罰則與位置(即前一條規則):
              處罰:     
                  加罰一盤(加一桿)。
              下一投位置:
                  必須前往該 Mando 指定的指定投擲區(Drop zone);
                  若該洞沒設指定投擲區,
                  則必須回到**前一次投擲的地點(Previous lie)**重新投擲。  
    

805 Regulated Positions 規定的位置

805.01 Establishing a Position 確立位置

  1. A thrown disc establishes a position where it first comes to rest.
  2. 已投擲之飛盤,於其最初停穩(First comes to rest)的地點建立其落停位置。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(抓規則與罰盤的時間切入點):
    First comes to rest(最初停穩 / 靜止):
    這是飛盤高爾夫在物理判定上極為重要的「時間分水嶺」。
              判定含意:
                  當飛盤飛出去,經過彈跳、滾動,最終在某個地點完全靜止不動的那一瞬間,
                  它在法律(規則)上的位置就已經**「建立(Establishes)」**了。
              後續外力介入無效:
                  一旦飛盤在地上停穩,此時如果突然刮起一陣強風把它吹進水池裡、
                  或是有一隻狗跑過去把飛盤叼走,
                  在規則上一律不算出界或遺失。
                  選手必須依照它「最初停穩」的那個合法界內位置,原處進行脫困與標記。
              出界與 Mando 的基準點:
                  不論是出界(O.B.)或是其他場地狀態,
                  都是以飛盤「最初靜止」的這一刻作為同組選手進行投票或判定的唯一時間基準。
    
  3. A thrown disc is considered to be at rest when it first stops moving. A disc in water or foliage is considered to be at rest when it is moving only as a result of movement of the water, the foliage, or the wind.
  4. 已投擲之飛盤於其最初停止移動時,即視為完全靜止(At rest)。
    當飛盤落入水中或枝葉叢(Foliage)中時,
    若其移動純粹是受到水流、枝葉擺動或風力所引起的(而非因自身投擲動能產生的滾動或滑行),
    則該飛盤即視為完全靜止。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(抓出界與罰盤時間差的物理基準):
    這條規則用來精準定義「什麼時候算停下來」,特別是掉進會動的自然環境時,
    這對判定出界(O.B.)的時機點極為關鍵:
    
    When it first stops moving(最初停止移動):
              這呼應了前一條規則,是算分數與定落停點(Lie)的時間起點。
    Disc in water or foliage(水流與枝葉擺動的例外):
              實際情境 A(掉進河裡):
                  當飛盤飛進溪流中,它因為喪失投擲動能,激起水花後就沒有自主滑行了。
                  但因為溪水在流動,飛盤開始順著水流往下游漂。
              判定結果:
                  只要它砸進水裡、失去投擲動能的那一刻,
                  它就已經被視為「完全靜止(At rest)」了!
                  隨後它順著水流漂走 10 公尺的位移是不予認定的。
                  全組選手必須以它「剛掉進水裡」的那個物理位置,
                  作為判定其出界(O.B.)或界內脫困的點。
              實際情境 B(卡在樹風吹動):
                  飛盤卡在高處的樹枝叢中,當時正颳著大風,樹枝與飛盤一直隨風搖晃。
                  規則規定,這也算**「完全靜止」**。
                  不能因為風一直吹、盤子一直晃,就說「它還沒停穩所以不能計時或不能標記」。
    
  5. If a disc comes to rest above the playing surface, its position is on the playing surface directly below the disc. If there is no playing surface below the disc, then its position is on the playing surface directly above the disc.
  6. 若飛盤落停於比賽表面(Playing surface)的上方,則其位置應定於該飛盤正下方的比賽表面上。
    若飛盤下方沒有任何比賽表面,則其位置應定於該飛盤正上方的比賽表面上。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(飛盤高爾夫的「垂直投影」定位法):
    這條規則處理的是當飛盤卡在樹上(空中)或卡在橋底懸空時,
    如何回到「地面(比賽表面)」標記落停點(Lie)的幾何判定:
    
    Above the playing surface(正下方投影):
              實際情境:這是最常見的狀況。飛盤飛進密林,牢牢卡在高度 3 公尺的樹枝上。
                      因為樹枝不屬於合法的「比賽表面」,此時全組選手要走到樹下,
                      找出飛盤在地面上的**「正下方垂直投影點」**,
                      該地面位置就是你下一投的落停點(你可以在那裡放迷你盤並踩著投擲,不需要爬樹)。
    No playing surface below... directly above(正上方投影):
              實際情境:這種情況較為罕見,通常發生在有巨大石洞、雙層拱橋或懸空走道的地形。
                      例如選手從橋下往上拋,飛盤卡在橋樑底部結構的縫隙中「懸空」,
                      而飛盤正下方直接是深不見底的懸崖或無法站立的深水池(下方沒有合法的比賽表面)。
              脫困方式:此時規則會向上尋找。全組要走到這座橋的**橋面(正上方的比賽表面)**上,
                      找出飛盤在橋面上的垂直投影位置,選手可以直接在橋面上放迷你盤進行下一投。
    
  7. If a thrown disc breaks into pieces, its position is that of the largest piece.
  8. 若已投擲之飛盤破裂成碎片,其位置應以最大碎片(Largest piece)的落停位置為準。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(罕見但重要的器材意外條款):
    Breaks into pieces(破裂成碎片):
              在極度寒冷的天氣(飛盤塑料變脆),
              或是飛盤以極高時速直接猛烈撞擊大岩石、鐵柱時,
              有時會發生飛盤當場炸裂成數塊碎片的慘劇。
    Largest piece(最大碎片原則):
              當飛盤碎成好幾塊並散落各處時(例如一塊在界內、一塊噴進水池 O.B. 區),
              全組選手必須走過去找出**「物理體積最大、最完整的那一塊碎片」**。
              以該最大碎片最初停穩(Come to rest)的位置,
              來作為你下一投標記落停點(Lie)的唯一合法依據。
    

805.02 Disc Above Two Meters
       飛盤落停於2公尺以上

  1. The two-meter rule refers to the rules within 805.02. It is not in effect unless the Tournament Director declares it to be in effect. The Tournament Director may declare the two-meter rule to be in effect for the entire course, for particular holes, and/or for individual objects.
  2. **兩公尺規則(The two-meter rule)**係指規則第 805.02 條內之相關規範。
    **除非賽事總監(Tournament Director)宣布其生效,否則該規則預設為不生效。
    **賽事總監可宣布兩公尺規則適用於整個盤場、特定盤洞及/或個別目標物(如特定樹木或建築)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(場上著名的「地方自治」條款):
    The two-meter rule(兩公尺規則):
              這是飛盤高爾夫中非常著名、但也最具爭議的處罰規則。
              它是指飛盤如果卡在距離地面「垂直高度 2 公尺以上」的樹枝、竹林或建築物結構上,
              就會被加罰一盤(罰一桿)。
    It is not in effect unless...(預設不生效原則):
              在目前的 PDGA 官方國際規則中,兩公尺規則在預設情況下是「不生效」的。
              也就是說,平時飛盤不論卡在多高的樹上,只要找垂直投影點放迷你盤投擲即可,不會被罰。
    
    賽事總監的特許彈性(TD's Authority):
              因為某些地區(例如美國加州)的樹木特別茂密,
                  選手如果卡在上面容易形成不公平的優勢或過度拖延,
                  所以规则賦予 TD(賽事總監) 最高裁量權,
                  可以在賽前「手冊(Caddy Book)」或選手大會中主動宣布此規則生效。
              TD 可以靈活規定:
                  可以全場 18 洞都抓兩公尺違例、也可以只針對有特定巨大古樹的「某幾個洞」、
                  甚至可以針對「特定一棵樹(Individual object)」來特別執行。
    
  3. If the two-meter rule is in effect when a disc has come to rest at least two meters above the in-bounds playing surface (as measured from the lowest point of the disc to the playing surface directly below it), the player receives one penalty throw. The position of the disc is on the playing surface directly below the disc. After establishing this lie, a player may then subsequently mark a new lie which is farther from the target and is on the line of play without additional penalty.
  4. 若兩公尺規則已宣布生效,
    當飛盤落停於距離界內(In-bounds)比賽表面垂直高度至少 2 公尺(含 2 公尺)以上的高處時
    (量測方式自飛盤的最低點,至其正下方的比賽表面計算),
    選手將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    該飛盤的位置應定於其正下方的比賽表面上。在建立此落停點(Lie)後,
    選手隨後可進一步在比賽線(Line of play)上、更遠離目標籃架的方向重新標記一個新的落停點,
    且無需承受額外的加罰(免重複罰盤)。
    
    關鍵術語與最新規則解析(2026年最新實務規範):
    這條規則完整涵蓋了當兩公尺規則被 TD 宣布啟動時,場上判定與脫困的所有物理標準:
    Measured from the lowest point(以飛盤最低點為量測基準):
              實際量測:
                  當飛盤垂直或傾斜卡在樹枝上時,裁判或同組選手在拉出捲尺時,
                  必須以**「飛盤最靠近地面的那個最低邊緣點」**開始往地下量。
                  如果最低點距離地面剛好是 2.0 公尺(或更高),
                  即構成違例。如果最低點只有 1.95 公尺,
                  即便飛盤頂端超過 2 公尺,依然算作合法安全,免受處罰。
    The position is directly below(垂直投影定位):
              不論有沒有被罰這 1 盤,你下一投的基本落停點,一樣是走到這棵樹下,
              找出飛盤的正下方垂直投影點來放置迷你標記盤。
    Without additional penalty(與 803.03 選擇性脫困合併的免重複處罰,2026年最新配套):
              實際狀況:
                  飛盤卡在 2 公尺的高樹上,已經被加罰了 1 盤。
                  此時選手來到樹下的垂直投影點準備投擲,但樹下通常佈滿了密密麻麻的樹幹、樹枝或樹叢,
                  在物理上根本無法跨步或揮盤。
              脫困方式:
                  這條規則與我們前面翻譯的 803.02.E 與 803.03 完美呼應。
                  選手在建立好樹下的投影點後,
                  可以立刻申請「選擇性脫困」,沿著隱形比賽線直線往後退,
                  退到完全沒有樹枝卡擋的寬闊球道上投擲。
                  因為前面已經為了「卡在樹上」 罰盤1盤了,所以這一步往後退是不需額外重複加罰的!
    
    
  5. A disc supported by the target for the hole being played is not subject to the two-meter rule.
  6. 落停並受到正進行比賽之盤洞目標籃架(Target)所支撐的飛盤,
    不受兩公尺規則之限制(Not subject to the two-meter rule)。
    
     關鍵術語與規則解析(重要安全免罰條款):
     Supported by the target(受到目標籃架支撐):
              指飛盤最後停在目標籃架的任何部位上(例如卡在最上方的金屬頂蓋、
              掛在黃色指示導條帶上、或夾在金屬網籃與鏈條結構中)。
     免除兩公尺罰盤之原因:
              目前的標準目標籃架(Target/Basket),其上方的頂蓋或導條帶,
              距離地面的垂直高度通常都已經超過 2 公尺。
              如果一項賽事宣布「兩公尺規則生效」,當選手精準將飛盤投向籃架,
              飛盤卻不幸停在籃架上方的頂蓋時,若沒有這條豁免條款,
              選手就會因為飛盤高度超過 2 公尺而被冤枉加罰一盤。
     規則實務:這條規則明確保障了選手。只要飛盤是停在「籃架本身」的任何結構上,
              即便它的高度超過 2 公尺,也絕對不會被處以兩公尺違例的罰盤。
              (註:至於這樣算不算成功「進洞」得分,則會依據規則第 807 條【完成盤洞】來判定,
              例如停在頂蓋上通常不算進洞,但只需在籃架下方免罰盤進行敲桿)
    
  7. If the thrower moves the disc before a determination has been made, the disc is considered to have come to rest above two meters.
  8. 若投擲者在小組或裁判做出判定(Determination)之前便移動了飛盤,
    則該飛盤將直接被視為落停於兩公尺(含兩公尺)以上的高處。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(防毀屍滅跡/強制作證條款):
    這條規則是與前面「兩公尺規則量測」以及「小組投票程序」相呼應的嚴厲防弊條款:
    Before a determination has been made(在判定做出之前):
              實際情境:
                  選手的飛盤卡在樹枝上,位置看起來非常接近 2 公尺的犯罪紅線。
                  同組隊友(Group)正準備走過去拿出捲尺量測,
                  或是正要發起小組投票來確認高度。
              賴皮行為:
                  投擲者因為心虛,在大家還沒量好、判定好之前,搶先走過去拍打樹幹讓飛盤掉下來,
                  或是用雨傘把飛盤戳下來,試圖「毀屍滅跡」讓隊友無法量測。
    The disc is considered to have come to rest above two meters(推定有罪原則):
              為了懲罰這種不配合執法、破壞現場的行為,規則直接祭出「推定有罪」的法律擬制。
              只要你敢在判定前動那顆盤子,不需要量了,
              大會直接判定你就是「兩公尺違例(Above two meters)」,當場加罰一盤(罰一桿)。
              選手隨後必須在該樹木正下方的垂直投影點標記落停點(Lie)繼續比賽。
    

805.03 Lost Disc 飛盤遺失

  1. A disc is declared lost if the player cannot locate it within three minutes after having arrived at the area where it is thought to be. Any player in the group or an Official may begin the timing of the three minutes and must inform the group that the timing has begun.
  2. 若選手在抵達判斷飛盤可能落入的區域後,於 3 分鐘內(Within three minutes)仍無法尋獲該飛盤,
    則該飛盤應被宣告為遺失盤(Lost disc)。
    小組中的任何一名選手或賽事裁判(Official),皆可開始進行這 3 分鐘的計時,
    且必須口頭通知全組(Inform the group)計時已經開始。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(場上著名的「3分鐘尋盤時鐘」):
    Lost disc(遺失盤):
              語譯為**「遺失盤」**,選手口語常直接說「Lost 盤」。
    After having arrived at the area(抵達該區域後才開始算):
              這項時間切入點非常注重公平性。
              3 分鐘的時鐘並非在選手出手那一刻、也不是大家從開盤區走路出發時啟動。
              必須是選手與隊友們已經走到「判斷飛盤掉落的樹叢或草叢起點」,
              正式撥開草叢開始找的那一瞬間, 時間才能開始倒數。
    Must inform the group(必須口頭告知):
              為了避免爭議,想幫忙計時的隊友或裁判不能默默在口袋裡按碼錶。
              他必須大聲喊出:「我現在開始計時 3 分鐘!」讓全組(尤其是當事人)心裡有時間概念,
              這項計時才具備合法的規則效力。
    ⚠️ 2026 處罰連結(重要提醒):如果 3 分鐘到,依然找不到,
              飛盤即正式判定為遺失,此時選手將被處以加罰一盤(Penalty throw),
              並必須退回**前一次投擲的位置(Previous lie)**原地重丟。
    
  3. All players in the group must assist in searching for the disc. Failure to do so is a courtesy violation.
  4. 小組中的所有選手(All players in the group)均必須協助搜尋該遺失的飛盤。
    未履行此協助義務者,即構成違反禮貌行為(Courtesy violation)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(體現運動員精神的強制條款):
    Must assist in searching(必須協助搜尋):
              這是飛盤高爾夫一項非常獨特且強制性的同儕義務。由於飛盤極易飛進密林、高草叢或盲區,
              為了維持整體賽事的推進速度(Pace of play)並維護公平,
              規則強制規定:當同組隊友的飛盤找不到了,
              全組所有人必須立刻放下自己的裝備,一起走進草叢幫忙找盤。
    Failure to do so is a courtesy violation(不幫忙算违例):
              選手不能因為「他是我的主要競爭對手,不幫他找最好,
              讓他因超時而罰盤」或是「我好累,想站在球道上休息喝水」而拒絕幫忙。
              如果故意冷眼旁觀、不參與尋盤,
              這在 PDGA 規則中會被直接判定為違反禮貌行為(Courtesy violation)。
    處罰連動:  依據規則第 812 條,被檢舉不幫忙尋盤的選手,初犯將收到口頭警告(Warning);
              若在同一回合(Round)內有其他禮貌違例再犯,則會被直接加罰盤數(Penalty throw)。
    
  5. Once a disc has been declared lost, the status does not change if subsequently found. A player is allowed to use the disc if found.
  6. 飛盤一旦被正式宣告為遺失盤(Declared lost),即使隨後(Subsequently)被尋獲,
    其遺失的狀態亦不會改變。然而,若該飛盤被尋獲,選手仍被允許繼續在比賽中使用它。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(落子無悔與器材使用權益):
    這條規則確立了運動法規在時間切入點上的「不可逆性」,以及對選手個人器材所有權的保障:
    The status does not change(狀態不可逆原則):
              實際情境:3 分鐘的尋盤時鐘走到 0 秒,小組或裁判依法大聲宣告:「這盤 Lost(遺失)了!」
                      選手退回前一次投擲點,並在分數上加罰 1 盤。此時,
                      下一組的選手走過來,剛好踩到並大喊:「找到了!就在這棵樹後面!」
              判定結果:很抱歉,「遺失盤」的官方判定與 1 盤的罰盤已經既定,
                      絕對不能因為事後找到而撤銷或退還罰盤。
                      選手依然必須待在前一次投擲點,用別顆盤子(或這顆剛撿回來的盤子)重新投擲。
    Allowed to use the disc if found(允許繼續投擲該盤):
              雖然這顆飛盤在該洞的定位變成了「遺失盤」,
              但它在物理上依然是選手合法的個人財產與比賽器材。
              只要被撿回來,選手在後續的盤洞、或甚至在原地重丟時,
              依然可以把這顆剛找回來的飛盤拿出來繼續投擲比賽,
              大會不會因為它曾經被宣告遺失而禁止這項器材參賽。
    
  7. A player whose disc has been declared lost receives one penalty throw. The next throw is made from the previous lie. If a drop zone has been designated for lost discs on the hole, the player may throw from the drop zone instead of from the previous lie.
  8. 飛盤被宣告為遺失盤之選手,將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    其下一投必須回到前一次投擲的位置(Previous lie)進行。
    若大會針對該盤洞的遺失盤設有指定投擲區(Drop zone),
    則選手亦可選擇改自指定投擲區進行投擲,以取代回到前一次投擲的位置。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析:
    One penalty throw(加罰一盤):
              飛盤找不到的代價是直接加罰 1 盤(罰 1 桿)。
    Previous lie(回到原地重丟):
              這是處理遺失盤的標準程序(同傳統高爾夫的遺失球)。
              如果是在開盤區(Tee)開盤時把飛盤丟不見,就必須走回開盤區重新開盤,
              此時已算第三盤:第1投開盤不見 + 第2投罰盤 = 接下來是第3投。
    Drop zone instead of previous lie(指定投擲區的戰術選擇權):
              如果該盤洞地形險惡(例如要把飛盤越過極深的森林峽谷),
              大會通常會很人性化地在峽谷對岸或特定地點設置「遺失盤專用指定投擲區」。
              此時選手繳了 1 盤罰盤後,可以自由選擇要走回原本極遠的起點重丟,
              還是直接前進到指定投擲區投擲下一盤,具有高度的戰術彈性。
    
  9. If it is discovered prior to the completion of the tournament that a player's disc that had been declared lost had been removed or taken prior to it being declared lost, then two throws are subtracted from the player's score for that hole.
  10. 若在巡迴賽(Tournament)結束前發現,某位選手已被宣告為遺失的飛盤,
    其實在被宣告遺失之前就已經被(他人)移開或拿走,
    則該選手在該盤洞的分數應予以扣減兩盤(Two throws are subtracted)。
    
    關鍵術語與最新規則解析(極為正義的「事後平反」條款):
    這條規則處理的是賽場上極為罕見、但近年(包含 2026 最新賽事防弊)
    被高度重視的「外力或觀眾干擾」爭議:
    
    Prior to the completion of the tournament(賽事結束之前):
              平反時效:只要在整場巡迴賽正式關帳、公布最終成績前
              (通常是打完所有回合回到總部大會看板前),
              選手或小組拿出了確鑿證據
              (例如後續組別選手回報、現場觀眾拍到的錄影、甚至是看盤員 Spotter 的事後自白),
              都可以依法要求總監修正分數。
    Removed or taken prior to it being declared lost(宣告前已被拿走):
              實際情境:選手把飛盤丟進草叢,全組進去找了 3 分鐘找不到,
                      依法判定遺失(Lost)、罰 1 盤並退回原地重丟(多花了 1 投)。
                      結果賽後看錄影才發現,其實在選手們還沒走到草叢前,
                      就已經有一個不知情的路人或小朋友把那顆飛盤撿起來塞進包包帶走了。
              這意味著:選手和隊友在草叢裡找那 3 分鐘時,
                      飛盤在物理上「根本就不在裡面」,選手是被冤枉的。
    Two throws are subtracted(分數扣減兩盤/減兩桿):
              為什麼是扣 2 盤? 因為當時判定遺失盤時,
              選手被「加罰了 1 盤罰盤」,且因為找不到盤子被迫「退回原地多投擲了 1 盤(重丟的代價)」。
              大會為了完全補償選手因這起意外所遭受的雙重分數損失,
              會直接在該洞的最終成績上**「倒扣 2 盤」**,把被冤枉的分數百分之百還給選手!
    
  11. If a drop zone has been provided for lost discs, the Tournament Director may allow players to proceed directly to the drop zone at the cost of two penalty throws.
  12. 若大會針對遺失盤設有落盤區(Drop zone),賽事總監(Tournament Director)
    可允許選手以「加罰兩次盤數(Two penalty throws,即加兩桿)」為代價,
    直接前進至該落盤區進行投擲。
    
    關鍵術語與最新規則解析(2026 戰術與節奏新制):
    這條規則是 PDGA 近年為了解決**「長距離隔空盲眼投擲(如越過深谷或大水池)」時,
    因尋盤與回頭重丟造成賽道嚴重塞車,而設計的高彈性新配套**:
    At the cost of two penalty throws(代價為加罰兩盤):
            一般標準程序(罰1盤+回原地重丟):
                如果飛盤不見,一般是加罰 1 盤並退回原地重丟。
                如果選手走回原地再丟一盤,此時雖然名義上只吃 1 個罰盤,
                但在物理上他已經花費了 2 盤的代價(不見的那投 + 罰 1 盤 = 回原地重丟是第 3 投)。
            新制直接前進(直接罰 2 盤):
                為了節省選手往返走回原地的時間與體力,若 TD 在賽前宣布啟動此特許。
                選手在草叢找盤時,如果自認絕對找不到了,
                可以不用等 3 分鐘走完,也完全不用回頭走路。
                只要向小組宣告,直接當場吃 2 個罰盤,
                然後背起背包直接前進到落盤區(Drop Zone)投擲他的第 4 投,
                (原本那一投 + 罰 2 盤 = 落盤區出手算第 4 投)。
    賽事節奏(Pace of Play)的重大配套:
            這讓選手在面對極險惡、極容易掉盤的地形時,
            可以用分數(多罰一盤)直接換取「免走回頭路」的權益,
            對維護巡迴賽後方小組的流暢度非常有幫助。
    
  13. Section 805.03 does not apply if a disc is considered to be out-of-bounds.
  14. 若飛盤已被判定為出界(Out-of-bounds),則不適用規則第 805.03 條(即不適用遺失盤之規範)。
    
    關鍵術語與運動規則解析(場上極為重要的「法理優先權」):
    這條規則在實務賽事中非常重要,解決了當飛盤「既看不見、但又高度確定位置」時的計分與執法衝突:
    O.B. 凌駕於遺失盤(O.B. Status Supersedes Lost Disc):
              實際情境:
                  選手將飛盤用力一擲,飛盤直接飛越了畫有明確出界紅線的大深水池、
                  或是高大圍籬(圍籬外全屬 O.B. 區)。
                  由於水太深、或是圍籬內是私人禁地玩家進不去,
                  大家在物理上完全無法走過去把飛盤撿回來(Locator 失敗,物理上遺失)。
              判定結果:
                  此時同組選手(Group)如果根據飛行軌跡,
                  能夠百分之百明確斷定飛盤絕對落在了出界(O.B.)區域內,
                  那麼即使這顆盤子永遠拿不回來,它在規則上的身份也是**「出界(O.B.)」,
                  而不是「遺失盤(Lost Disc)」**。
    指定投擲區的巨大差別:
              若依遺失盤處理:
                  必須**退回前一次投擲點(Previous lie)**原地重丟。
              若依出界(O.B.) 處理:
                  選手繳了 1 盤罰盤後,可以前進到飛盤最後切入界外線(Last In-bounds)的交界點、
                  或是前進到大會指定的 O.B. 指定投擲區投擲,
                  可以少走很多回頭路。
    

806 Regulated Areas 規定的區域

806.01 Putting Area 敲桿區

  1. Any throw made from within 10 meters of the target, as measured from the front of the lie to the base of the target, is a putt.
  2. 任何自距離目標籃架 10 公尺以內(含 10 公尺)所進行的投擲,均視為敲桿(Putt);
    其距離量測方式係自落停點(Lie)的前緣,計算至目標籃架的基座(Base of the target)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(場上最關鍵的「10公尺禁區」):
    這條規則正式定義了飛盤高爾夫中的 Putt(敲桿 / 推桿) 空間範圍,
    在賽場上這 10 公尺半徑的圓形區域也被稱為**「敲桿區(Putting Zone)」**:
              Measured from the front of the lie to the base(量測物理基準):
                  當選手的飛盤停在籃架附近,無法確定算不算 10 公尺禁區時,
                  全組或裁判必須拉出捲尺:從迷你標記盤(或原盤)的「最前緣」,
                  一路量到目標籃架中心「金屬基座/中柱插地處」。
                  如果這段距離小於或剛好等於 10.0 公尺,
                  就代表選手正式進入了「敲桿狀態」。
              為什麼要特別定義 10 公尺(Putt)?
                  因為一旦這投被法化為「Putt」,選手就必須強制遵守我們先前提到過的特殊限制:
                  在飛盤出手的瞬間與出手後,選手必須在落停點後方保持完全平衡,
                  絕對不能順勢向前跨步或跌倒(不可進行 Step Putt 或 Jump Putt),
                  否則會直接被抓站姿違例並加罰一盤。
                  反之,如果在 10.01 公尺(禁區外),
                  選手就可以合法使用跳投(Jump Putt)或向前跨步投擲。
    
  3. After having released a putt, the player must demonstrate full control of balance behind the marker disc before advancing toward the target. A player who fails to do so has committed a stance violation and receives one penalty throw.
  4. 在釋放敲盤(Putt,即出手)之後,選手在向前邁向目標籃架之前,
    必須(在落停點後方)展現對身體平衡的完全控制力(Demonstrate full control of balance)。
    未履行此(保持平衡)義務之選手,即構成站姿違例(Stance violation),
    且將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    
    關鍵術語與裁判執法解析(著名的「防偷跑、防跌倒」條款):
    這條規則是飛盤高爾夫在 10 公尺敲桿區(Putting Zone)內
    最容易抓到犯規的核心法條(選手與裁判口語常稱此犯規為 "Falling Putt"):
    
    Demonstrate full control of balance(展現對平衡的完全控制):
              合法標準:
                  飛盤離手後,選手必須在標記盤(或原盤)後方的合法 20x30 公分矩形格內,
                  「定格」站穩。通常在實務上,小組或裁判會看選手是否有一個明顯的
                  「回收動作(如將向後抬起的手腳收回、立定站好且身體不搖晃)」。
    Before advancing toward the target(向前邁進之前):
              違例情境:
                  選手在 10 公尺內敲桿,
                  因為身體過度前傾用力,飛盤剛一離手,
                  他的後腳就耐不住慣性立刻向前跨出踩超過標記盤,
                  或是身體失去平衡向前撲倒、用雙手撐地。
              判定結果:
                  哪怕你這盤飛盤精準飛進籃架內得分,
                  只要你在「站穩並展現完全平衡」之前腳往前踩或往前倒,
                  就直接構成站姿違例(Stance violation),
                  當場加罰一盤(加一桿)。
    與 10 公尺外的差別:
              如果在 10 公尺外,選手可以使用跳投(Jump Putt)或跨步投擲(Step Putt),
              身體在出手後直接順勢衝向前、超越標記盤是合法的。
              但在 10 公尺內,這種向前衝的動作是絕對禁止的。
    

806.02 Out-of-Bounds 界外;出界

  1. An out-of-bounds (OB) area is an area designated by the Tournament Director from which a disc may not be played, and within which a stance may not be taken. The out-of-bounds line is part of the out-of-bounds area. Any area of the course that is not out-of-bounds is in-bounds.
  2. 出界區域(Out-of-bounds area,簡稱 OB 區)係指由賽事總監(Tournament Director)所指定、
    在其中不可繼續進行飛盤比賽且不得擺放投擲站姿(Stance)的區域。
    出界線(Out-of-bounds line,簡稱 OB 線)本身屬於出界區域的一部分。
    盤場上任何不屬於出界的區域,即為界內(In-bounds)。
    
    關鍵術語與裁判執法解析(最核心的 OB 物理邊界):
    這段條文確立了飛盤高爾夫場上判定出界(O.B.)最基本也最常發生爭議的「線與界」的法律關係:
              Within which a stance may not be taken(禁止在 OB 區擺放站姿):
                  這代表一旦飛盤被判定出界,
                  你就絕對不能直接站在出界的地方(例如柏油路、水池裡、或是圍籬外)去丟下一盤。
                  你必須依法移回界內進行「規則脫困」。
              The OB line is part of the OB area(OB 線算界外):
                  這是一項極為關鍵的物理判定標準。
                  在球場上,大會通常會用白漆、紅線或拉繩來標示 OB 邊界。
                  這條規則強調:「這條線(或這根繩子)本身,百分之百屬於界外(OB)」。
                  因此,如果飛盤最後停穩時,其盤體是壓在線的「正上方」,
                  而沒有任何一部分超越這條線接觸到界內的草地,
                  那麼這顆飛盤在規則上就會被直接判定為出界(OB),
                  這與足球或網球「壓線算界內」的邏輯完全相反。
    
  3. A disc is out-of-bounds if its position is clearly and completely surrounded by an out-of-bounds area.
  4. 若已投擲飛盤之落停位置,已明確且完全被出界區域(Out-of-bounds area)所包圍,
    則該飛盤即判定為出界(OB)。
    
    關鍵術語與裁判執法解析(著名的「一絲界內即界內」原則):
    這條規則是全場裁判與選手在判定 O.B. 時最常引用的核心黃金法則。
    它的物理判定邏輯非常嚴謹:
    Completely surrounded(完全包圍才算界外):
              飛盤高爾夫的判定採取**「無罪推定/寬容原則」。
              飛盤必須百分之百(100%)
              **完全躺在界外區域(如馬路、水池、或是壓在 O.B. 線的正上方),
              才算做出界。
    界內判定的實際情境(一絲壓線算界內):
              前一條規則提到「O.B. 線本身算界外」。但是,
                  如果飛盤停在大路邊的草地邊緣,
                  整片飛盤有 99% 的面積都懸空凸出在馬路上(界外),
                  但只要它最邊緣的哪怕只有 1 毫米(1mm)的邊緣,
                  有壓過 O.B. 線內側、觸碰到界內的草皮或泥土,
                  這顆飛盤就**「沒有」被界外完全包圍**。
              判定結果:
                  這顆盤子是完全合法的界內(In-bounds)!選手不需要被罰盤,
                  只需依法向內移回 1 公尺進行合法站姿投擲。
    
  5. If there is compelling evidence that a disc came to rest within an out-of-bounds area, the disc is considered to be out-of-bounds and does not need to be located.
  6. 若有壓倒性的證據(Compelling evidence)顯示飛盤已落停於出界區域(Out-of-bounds area)之內,
    則該飛盤即直接被視為出界(OB),且選手無需將其尋獲(Does not need to be located)。
    
    關鍵術語與裁判執法解析(場上著名的「OB 凌駕遺失盤」第二條款):
    這條規則與我們先前翻譯的「遺失盤互斥原則」相呼應,
    用以處理「飛盤看得見軌跡、卻找不到實體」的特殊計分狀況:
    
    Compelling evidence(壓倒性的證據/無可置疑的證據):
              實際情境 A(大深水池):
                  選手用力開盤,全組 4 個人和現場的看盤員(Spotter)都睜大眼睛親眼看到,
                  飛盤「噗通」一聲直接砸進賽道中央深不見底的巨大界外水池正中央。
                  因為水太深、水質混濁,
                  大家在物理上完全不可能看得到、也撿不到這顆飛盤的實體。
              實際情境 B(禁區圍籬):
                  飛盤直接飛越掛有「OB/政府軍事禁地、嚴禁進入」的巨大高牆。
              判定結果:
                  由於全組目擊證詞或錄影畫面屬於「壓倒性的證據」,雖然在物理上找不到這顆盤子,
                  但大會免除你 3 分鐘內一定要摸到盤子的尋盤義務。
    免受「遺失盤(Lost Disc)」回到原地重丟的嚴厲處罰:
              因為不需要判定為遺失盤,選手此時只需繳交 1 盤的出界(OB)處罰,
              然後背起包包,直接合法前進到飛盤最後切入水池/圍籬的那個「最後界內點(Last In-bounds)」,
              或者直接前往大會指定的 OB 落盤區(Drop Zone)投擲他的下一盤,
              省去了走回頭路重丟的巨大懲罰。
    
  7. A player whose disc is out-of-bounds receives one penalty throw. The player may play the next throw from:
    1. The previous lie; or,
    2. A lie designated by a marker disc placed on the playing surface up to one meter away from the point where the disc was last in-bounds. After establishing this lie, a player may then subsequently mark a new lie which is farther from the target and is on the line of play without additional penalty.

    The above options for an out-of-bounds area may be limited by the Tournament Director only with prior approval from the PDGA Director of Event Support. Whether or not prior approval has been granted, during tournament play players must still observe the course rules announced by the Tournament Director.

    At the Tournament Director's discretion, the player may additionally choose to play the next throw from:

    1. Within the designated drop zone; or,
    2. A lie designated by a marker disc placed on the playing surface up to one meter away from the point on the out-of-bounds line nearest the position of the disc.
  8. 選手若飛盤出界(Out-of-bounds),將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    選手可選擇自下列位置進行下一投:
              1. 前一次投擲的位置(Previous lie);或
              2. 在比賽表面(地面)上,
                 距離飛盤「最後切入界內點(Last in-bounds)」向內至多 1 公尺的範圍內,
                 放置標記盤所決定的落停點(Lie)。在建立此落停點後,
                 選手隨後可進一步在比賽線上、更遠離目標籃架的方向重新標記一個新的落停點,
                 且無需承受額外的加罰(免重複罰盤)。
    
    針對出界區域的脫困選項,賽事總監僅在事先獲得 PDGA 賽事支持總監批准的情況下,
    方可進行限縮。無論是否獲得事先批准,
    選手在比賽期間仍必須遵守賽事總監所公告的場地規則。
    您可以參考 PDGA 官方網站瞭解更多規則詳情。
    
    根據賽事總監的判斷,球員還可以選擇從以下位置進行下一輪投擲:
    
              3.在指定投擲區內;或者,
              4.落盤點由放置在比賽場地上的標記盤標示,
              該標記盤距離界外線上距離標記盤位置最近的點不超過一公尺。
    
    
    關鍵術語與 2026 最新規則解析:
    Last in-bounds(最後切入界內點):
              當飛盤飛進界外區(如柏油路或水池)時,
              全組必須合意判定飛盤是在哪一個物理點「飛越邊界、最後與界內接觸」的。
    Up to one meter(至多 1 公尺):選手從最後切入點出發,
              垂直於 OB 線向界內方向移動最多 1 公尺並放好迷你標記盤。這 1 公尺是「上限」,
              如果你想移動 20 公分、50 公分就停下來標記也是合法的。
    免重複加罰(重要脫困配套):
              這是近年最人性化的修訂。當選手移回界內 1 公尺後,
              如果發現該處剛好緊貼著大樹、圍籬而完全無法揮盤,
              此時選手可以立刻接著申請「選擇性比賽線指定投擲區」
              (順著比賽線直線往後退,退到開闊處)。
              因為前面已經為了「出界」繳過 1 盤罰盤了,所以這一步往後退,
              是不需重複加罰 1 盤的!
    
  9. If the position of the thrown disc is in-bounds and within one meter of an out-of-bounds line, the lie may be relocated to a new lie at any point on a one meter line that extends perpendicularly from that point on the out-of-bounds line and passes through the thrown disc. Alternatively, when the thrown disc is within one meter of a corner, the lie may be relocated on a one meter line that extends from that corner through the thrown disc.
  10. 若已投擲飛盤的落停位置位於界內(In-bounds),且距離出界線(OB 線)在 1 公尺以內,
    則落停點(Lie)可重新定位至一條 1 公尺長線上之任意點;
    該 1 公尺長線係自出界線上該點垂直延伸並穿過飛盤。或者,
    當已投擲之飛盤距離轉角(Corner)在 1 公尺以內時,落停點可重新定位至一條 1 公尺長線上;
    該 1 公尺長線係自該轉角延伸並穿過飛盤。
    
    關鍵術語與裁判執法解析(保障界內安全站姿的 1 公尺免罰脫困):
    這條規則在實務賽事中非常高頻地被應用,處理的是當飛盤「雖然在界內,但太貼近邊界,
    導致選手無法擺放站姿」的無罰盤脫困(Free Relief):
             
    Extends perpendicularly... passes through the thrown disc(垂直線投影向內移):
              實際情境:
                  選手的飛盤停在球道邊緣,距離出界(OB)的柏油路只有 10 公分。雖然飛盤算界內,
                  但如果選手要在飛盤正後方(也就是柏油路上)擺放寬 20x30 公分的站姿,
                  就會違反「所有支撐點必須在界內」的規則(802.07.A)。
              脫困方式:
                  選手可以從 OB 線出發,劃出一條垂直於 OB 線、長度剛好 1 公尺且穿過飛盤的隱形線段。
                  選手可以把標記盤放在這條線上的任意一點(通常是量滿 1 公尺的端點),
                  好讓自己的雙腳能安全、舒服地踩在界內草地上投擲,
                  這項移動是**完全免罰盤(Free)**的。
    When within one meter of a corner(轉角/直角處的放射狀脫困):
              實際情境:
                  如果出界線剛好在賽道邊緣形成了一個直角轉角(Corner,例如圍籬的死角),
                  而飛盤剛好停在距離這個尖角 1 公尺內。此時「垂直線」會很難定義。
              脫困方式:
                  規則規定,
                  這時直接以**「該轉角頂點」為起點,連線穿過飛盤並往內延伸成一條 1 公尺的直線**,
                  選手同樣可以在這條放射線上的任意點標記新落停點。
    
  11. The out-of-bounds line extends a vertical plane. When marking within one meter of the out-of-bounds line, the one meter relief may be taken from any point up or down on the vertical plane.
  12. 出界線(OB 線)延伸出一個垂直切面(Vertical plane)。
    當在出界線 1 公尺範圍內進行標記時,
    這 1 公尺的脫困(Relief)可自該垂直切面上的任意高度(向上或向下)起算。
    
    關鍵術語與裁判執法解析(打破二維地面的「立體脫困」概念):
              OB 線是一個無限延伸的隱形立體牆(Vertical Plane):
                 OB 線不僅指畫在地面上的那條漆線,這條線在規則上會往天空、往地下無限垂直延伸。
    
              Up or down on the vertical plane(向上或向下的立體量測):
                  實際情境(陡坡、懸崖或山丘):
                      如果你的飛盤落停點剛好位於界內的陡峭斜坡、高大擋土牆、土堤邊緣,
                      且緊貼著 OB 線。因為地形起伏,
                      如果你單純只用捲尺貼著傾斜的「地面」量 1 公尺,
                      在三維空間中向內推進的實質距離會被縮減。
                  脫困量測方式:
                      規則允許這 1 公尺的免罰脫困(Free Relief)
                      是從那面隱形的**「垂直切面牆壁」上的任意高度,
                      (看你需要往上還是往下投影)**垂直向界內拉出 1 公尺。
                      這樣能確保選手無論遇到多陡峭的坡度或高低差地形,
                      都能獲得百分之百完整的 1 公尺合法界內站姿空間。
    
    
  13. If a drop zone has been provided for an out-of-bounds area, the Tournament Director may allow players to proceed directly to that drop zone at the cost of two penalty throws.
  14. 若大會針對出界(OB)區域設有落盤區(Drop zone),賽事總監(Tournament Director)
    可允許選手以「加罰兩次盤數(Two penalty throws,即加兩桿)」為代記,直接前進至該指定投擲區進行投擲。
    
    關鍵術語與最新規則解析(2026 賽事流暢度新制):
    這條規則與我們先前翻譯的「遺失盤(Lost Disc)直接前進指定投擲區罰 2 盤」具有完全相同的法理邏輯,
    是 2026 年最新生效的節奏配套條款:
    At the cost of two penalty throws(以加罰兩盤為代價):
              一般標準 OB 程序(罰 1 盤):
                  通常飛盤出界是加罰 1 盤,
                  然後在「最後切入界內點(Last In-bounds)」向內移 1 公尺投擲。
              2026 新制直接前進選項(直接罰 2 盤):
                  如果該盤洞的 OB 區域是一片極大且無法跨越的深水池或峽谷,
                  選手如果要把飛盤從最後切入點撈回來、或走到極遠的對岸定位標記,常會嚴重卡住比賽進度。
              實務應用:
                   現在若賽事總監(TD)在賽前手冊宣布開放此選項,選手一旦自知飛盤落入極難處理的 OB 區,
                  可以不用花時間去尋找或判定最後切入點。只要向小組宣告,直接當場吃 2 個罰盤,
                  然後背起背包直接前進到指定的 OB 指定投擲區(Drop Zone)投擲他的下一盤
                  (例如開盤 OB + 罰 2 盤 = 指定投擲區出手算第 4 投)。
    
  15. The Tournament Director may announce relief greater than one meter for particular out-of-bounds areas on a hole.
  16. 賽事總監(Tournament Director)可針對某個盤洞的特定出界(OB)區域,
    公告大於 1 公尺(Relief greater than one meter)的脫困範圍。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(因地制宜的大會特許裁量權):
    這條規則賦予了賽事總監(TD)在面對特殊賽道地形時,超越預設「1 公尺」限制的最高行政裁量權:
    Relief greater than one meter(大於 1 公尺的脫困):
              一般標準規則:
                  前幾條提到,飛盤出界後,標準做法是從最後切入點垂直向界內移回「至多 1 公尺」來標記與站姿。
              大會放寬的實際情境(例如 2 公尺或 3 公尺脫困):
                  有些盤洞的界外線(OB 線)是沿著密密麻麻的尖銳鐵絲網、
                  劇毒植物叢(如毒藤、毒橡樹)、或是極度陡峭不穩固的碎石坡所劃設。
                  如果選手只移回 1 公尺,在擺放投擲站姿時,
                  後腳或手臂依然會被鐵絲網刮傷、或是整個人滑落山谷。
              實務應用:
                  為了**人身安全(Safety)**或賽事順暢,
                  賽事總監(TD)可以在球員手冊(Caddy Book)中特別公告:「本洞右側高壓電網 OB 區,
                  免罰盤脫困放寬為 2 公尺(或 3 公尺)。」讓選手可以向內移動更遠的距離,
                  在完全安全且不受干擾的平坦地面上放置迷你標記盤投擲。
    
  17. If the thrower moves the disc before a determination regarding its out-of-bounds status has been made, the disc is considered to be out-of-bounds.
  18. 若投擲者在小組或裁判對其飛盤的出界(OB)狀態做出判定(Determination)之前便移動了飛盤,
    則該飛盤將直接被視為出界(OB)。
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(防賴皮/強制作證條款):
    這條規則與我們先前翻譯的「兩公尺規則判定前私自動盤」具有完全相同的法理邏輯,
    属于維護程序正義的嚴厲防弊條款:
              Before a determination regarding its OB status...(在 OB 判定做出之前):
                  實際情境:
                      選手的飛盤停在球道邊緣,位置看起來非常尷尬(俗稱「生死線」)。
                      同組隊友(Group)正準備走過去蹲下來,
                      仔細觀察飛盤是否有任何 1 毫米的邊緣壓在界內草皮上,或是正要發起小組投票表態。
                  違規行為:
                      投擲者因為心虛或沒耐心,在大家還沒看清、判定好之前,
                      搶先跑過去一把將飛盤撿起來,試圖「破壞現場」讓隊友無法進行幾何檢視。
              The disc is considered to be out-of-bounds(直接推定出界):
                  為了嚴懲這種破壞證據、拒絕配合小組執法的行為,規則直接採用「推定有罪」的法效擬制。
                  只要你敢在小組裁決前動那顆盤子,就不需要再量了,大會直接判定你這投就是出界(OB),
                  當場加罰一盤(加一桿)。
                  選手隨後必須依照大會規定的 OB 脫困程序(如回到前一次投擲點,
                  或由小組推定一個最合理的最後切入點移回 1 公尺)來進行下一投。
    

806.03 Casual Area 臨時的區域

  1. A casual area is an area designated by the Tournament Director which allows for optional relocation without penalty. A player may choose to take relief if their lie is in that area.
  2. 臨時安全區(Casual area)係指由賽事總監(Tournament Director)所指定、
    允許選手進行「選擇性重新定位且不予處罰(Optional relocation without penalty)」的特定區域。
    若選手的落停點(Lie)位於該區域內,選手可自行選擇是否採取脫困(Relief)。
    
    關鍵術語與裁判執法解析(極具人性化的「免罰退後」條款):
              Casual Area:
                  術語通常譯為**「臨時安全區」、「免罰脫困區」或「臨時障礙區」**。
                  這通常是賽事前夕因為突發氣候或場地臨時狀況
                  (例如:連續暴雨導致低窪處嚴重積水形成泥濘大水坑、
                  或者是場地割草留下的巨大天然堆肥區)所劃設的彈性區域。
              Optional relocation without penalty(免罰盤的選擇性移動):
                  這條規則最珍貴的地方在於**「完全不扣分(免罰桿)」**。
                  一般情況下: 
                     如果選手想自己往後退到好丟的地方,
                     必須啟動「選擇性脫困(Optional Relief)」,
                     代價是加罰 1 盤。
                  但如果你的飛盤今天剛好掉進了 TD 指定的 Casual Area(例如大積水坑):
                     直接**免罰(Without penalty)**把落停點往後移。
              A player may choose(選手的自由選擇權):
                  它是「選擇性」的。如果選手覺得站在水坑或泥濘裡穿雨鞋丟反而視野比較好,
                  他也可以選擇「不申請脫困」,直接在積水坑原地投擲,完全合法。
    
  3. By default, any body of water that is in-bounds and has not been explicitly declared by the Tournament Director to be in play is a casual area.
  4. 在預設情況下(By default),任何位於界內(In-bounds)且
    未被賽事總監(Tournament Director)明確宣告為「進行比賽(In play)」之水體,
    皆視為臨時安全區(Casual area)。
    
    關鍵術語與裁判執法解析(場上極為重要的「水坑免罰脫困」):
    這條規則是飛盤高爾夫非常體貼選手的一項預設條款,
    專門用來處理因下雨造成的積水或球場內的小水漥:
    
    By default(預設情況下):
              這代表即使賽事總監(TD)在賽前完全忘記公告,
              只要符合本條文的物理條件,這條規則就會在全場自動生效。
    Any body of water that is in-bounds(界內水體):
              前提是這個水坑必須在界內(沒有被畫上 OB 線變成界外水池)。
              最常見的例子就是:突發的大暴雨導致草地上出現的大積水坑、泥濘水窪,
              或是賽道上本來就存在、但未被列為 OB 的小溪流、小雨水溝。
    沒有明確宣告為 In play(未宣告進行比賽):
              除非 TD 在賽前手冊(Caddy Book)
              特別寫明:「本洞中央之界內小溪屬於賽道挑戰的一部分,視為進行比賽(In play),
              不可申請免罰脫困。」否則,只要沒寫,一律適用這條預設規則。
    選手的權益(免罰盤退後):
              當飛盤掉進這個界內水坑時,因為它自動成了 Casual Area,選手可以大方地向小組宣告,
              並**完全(不加罰任何盤數)**地順著比賽線往後退,
              退到乾淨的草地上放置迷你標記盤投擲,不需要站在水裡或泥濘中作賽。
    
  5. A player may obtain relief from a casual area without penalty by marking along the line of play a new lie which is farther from the target and no farther than the nearest lie where the marker disc and lie are outside the casual area.
  6. 選手可藉由在比賽線(Line of play)上、更遠離目標籃架的方向,重新標記一個新的落停點(Lie),
    以此自臨時安全區取得免罰盤(Without penalty)脫困;該新落停點的向後距離,
    不得超過標記盤與落停點皆完全移出臨時安全區外的「最近落停點(Nearest lie)」。
    
    關鍵術語與裁判執法解析(免罰後退的物理限制):
    這條規則精準限定了選手在界內水坑或泥濘(Casual Area)中申請免罰盤脫困時,
    能往後退的幾何距離極限。它遵循了**「只給安全、不給額外利益」**的脫困法理:
    Along the line of play, farther from the target(沿著比賽線直線向後退):
              幾何路徑與先前相同。選手必須順著「目標籃架中心 ➡️ 原飛盤位置」連成的那條隱形直線,
              直接正對著籃架往正後方倒退,絕對不能向左或向右斜退。
    No farther than the nearest lie outside...(最近點限制原則):
              可以退到的位置:
                  你只能沿著比賽線向後退,退到「剛好離開水坑邊緣、
                  且標記盤和 20x30 公分站姿格子都能安全踩在乾地上」的**「最近那一個點」**。            
              禁止過度退後(與選擇性脫困的差別):
                  這屬於免費脫困(Free Relief)[免罰盤脫困],
                  所以你不能因為想躲避前方的大樹,就藉口順便往後退個 10 公尺、20 公尺。
                  如果你想退得比這個「最近乾地點」還要更遠,
                  你就必須改為申請罰 1 盤的「選擇性比賽線脫困(Optional Relief)」。
    
  7. Additional or alternate relief may be declared by the Tournament Director for a casual area.
  8. 賽事總監(Tournament Director)可針對臨時安全區(Casual area)公告額外(Additional)
    或替代(Alternate)的脫困方案。
    
    關鍵術語與裁判執法解析:
    這條規則賦予了賽事總監(TD)在面對特殊場地災情(例如大範圍淹水)時的最高特別行政裁量權:
    額外或替代的脫困(Additional or alternate relief):
              預設規則的困境:
                  前一條規則提到,免罰盤脫困「只能沿著比賽線向後退到乾地」。
                  但如果遇到超級大暴雨,整條球道向後 50 公尺全部都淹成汪洋一片,
                  選手順著比賽線往後退根本退不出水坑。
              大會介入的實際情境:
                  此時,賽事總監(TD)為了讓比賽順利進行,可以特別公告「替代方案」。
                  例如:「本洞中央大積水區,選手除可向後退外,
                  亦可選擇(免罰盤)移至大會指定的左側高地落盤區(Drop Zone)投擲」,
                  或者「允許垂直於比賽線向左或向右移動至乾地」。
    
  9. A player who takes relief other than as allowed by rule has committed a misplay for playing from an incorrect lie, see 811.F.1.
  10. 選手若採取了除規則允許以外的脫困方式,即構成因自錯誤落停點進行投擲而導致的「錯誤比賽(Misplay)」,
    詳見規則第 811.F.1 條【自錯誤落停點投擲】。
    
    關鍵術語與最新規則解析:
    這條規則用來嚴厲杜絕选手在場上「假脫困之名,行作弊之實」或因不熟悉法規而亂移位的情況:
    與一般踩線違例的本質區別:
              站姿違例(Stance Violation,罰 1 盤):
                 你的落停點標記完全正確合法,只是出手瞬間主力腳不小心踩在標記盤前緣,或是超時出手。
              錯誤比賽(Misplay,重罰 2 盤或要求重丟):
                指的是選手完全用錯了脫困條文。
                例如:飛盤明明停在界內一般的草地上,沒有遇到任何危險昆蟲、也沒掉進水坑(Casual Area),
                選手卻自己偷偷把飛盤向後移動了 5 公尺以躲避前方的茂密大樹。
                這屬於「自錯誤的落停點投擲」,等同於嚴重的法理違規。
    觸發規則第 811.F.1 條的重大代價:
              一旦被小組選手或裁判抓到並確認,將被直接處以最高等級的 2 次加罰盤數(加兩桿),
              且情節嚴重或破壞程序正義時,還可能被要求退回原位重新投擲。
    

806.04 Required Relief Area 脫困區域

  1. A required relief area is an area designated by the Tournament Director from which a disc may not be played.
  2. 脫困區域是由賽事總監指定的區域,在該區域內不得投擲飛盤。
    
    關鍵術語與裁判執法解析(場上著名的「絕對禁區」條款):
    Required relief area:
              標準術語譯為**「脫困區域」**。
              它是大會基於生態保護、人身安全或場地財產產權所劃設的「絕對禁區」。
    From which a disc may not be played(絕不可在其中投擲):
              這與前述的「臨時安全區(Casual Area)」完全不同。
              Casual Area:
                  選手可以「自行選擇」要不要退後(如果你想穿雨鞋站在水坑裡直接丟,大會是允許的)。
              Required Relief Area:
                  選手完全沒有選擇權。一旦飛盤掉進這個區域,
                  不論該處有多平坦、多好揮盤,你被強制禁止(May not)在裡面擺放站姿或進行投擲。
                  你必須立刻依法將落停點(Lie)移出該區域。
    常見的劃設情境:
              盤場內精心維護的花圃、幼苗植栽區(避免選手助跑時踩壞)。
              歷史古蹟、脆弱的公用設施結構。具有高度危險的地形(例如緊鄰高壓電塔或深不見底的施工坑洞)。
    
  3. A required relief area is considered and played as an out-of-bounds area (see 806.02), with the following exceptions:
    脫困區域被視為界外區域並按界外區域進行比賽(參見 806.02),但以下情況除外:
    
    1. The player does not receive a penalty throw as described in 806.02.D.
    2. 選手不會如同規則第 806.02.D 條所描述的那樣被處以加罰盤數(Penalty throw,即免受出界的加罰處罰)。
      
      為何要比照 OB 卻又不用罰盤?
                比照 OB 的部分:
                    飛盤掉進這個區域後,選手**「強制禁止」在裡面擺放站姿或投擲**,
                    必須要把落停點移到「最後切入該區域的界內交界點」,
                    這項前進與定位程序與出界(OB)完全一模一樣。
                免罰盤(No penalty throw)的例外:
                    因為這個區域是賽事總監(TD)基於「安全、環保、保育或產權限制」而強制封鎖的,
                    並非選手技術失誤造成的懲罰。因此,規則網開一面,
                    雖然強制你把落停點移出來,但大會絕對不會對你加罰任何盤數(完全免罰桿)。 
      連動限制(2026最新法規配套):
                因為選手在這裡沒有繳交任何罰盤,所以在法律擬制上,
                他**「不得」**像真正出界那樣接著申請「1公尺免罰比賽線向後脫困」或「回到前一次投擲點重丟」。
                他唯一的合法選擇,就是從最後切入點向界內移回至多 1 公尺標記新落停點並直接投擲。
      
    3. Because the player does not receive a penalty throw, they may not take optional line of play relief without penalty described in 806.02.D.2.
    4. 正因選手(在脫困區域)未被處以加罰盤數,故他們不得在免受加罰的情況下,
      採取規則第 806.02.D.2 條所描述的「選擇性比賽線脫困(Optional line of play relief)」。
      
      因為免罰,所以沒有補償(No Penalty, No Free Bonus):
                真正出界(OB)時:
                    選手已經在分數上「實質被扣了 1 盤(罰 1 桿)」,
                    所以大會給予補償,移回界內 1 公尺後,如果還是很難丟,
                    允許選手**「免費(免重複罰盤)」**再沿著比賽線向後退(即 806.02.D.2 的配套)。
                脫困區域(Required Relief Area)時:
                    前一條規則提到,選手把飛盤丟進花圃或禁區,
                    雖然被強制移出來,但分數是完全免罰(0 罰盤)的。
                    既然你一分都沒被扣,大會就不會再「免費再向後退」的紅利。
      選手如果真的想退後,該怎麼辦?
                如果你移出禁區 1 公尺後,發現前方剛好有棵大樹死角。
                此時你不能享有出界(OB)後的免罰後退待遇。
                你唯一的選擇,是必須主動向小組宣告改為申請標準的「選擇性脫困(Optional Relief,參見 803.03)」,
                並在分數上加罰一盤數(罰一桿),方可合法向後退。
      
    5. The player may not play from the previous lie as described in 806.02.D.1. They may still abandon their throw with penalty under 809.01.
    6. 選手不得如同規則第 806.02.D.1 條所描述的那樣,選擇自「前一次投擲的位置(Previous lie)」進行下一投。
      然而,他們仍可依據規則第 809.01 條之規定,以接受處罰為代價來「拋棄其投擲(Abandon their throw)」。
      
      這條規則完整補全了脫困區域(Required Relief Area)在「免罰盤」前提下的最後一項限制,
      其邏輯與前一條一模一樣:
      
      禁止直接回到原地重丟(No Free Re-throw):
                真正出界(OB,罰1盤)時:
                    選手可以自己評估,是要在「最後切入點移 1 公尺」投擲,
                    還是直接「走回原本開盤的地方(Previous lie)」重丟。
                脫困區域(免罰盤)時:
                    因為大會沒有罰你這 1 盤,所以你不能享有出界時的「自由二選一位置權」。
                    你不能自己宣告說:「我不要移出花圃 1 公尺,我想走回前一次的位置重丟(且不想被罰盤)」。
                    大會規定你唯一的合法選擇,就是從最後切入點向界內移回至多 1 公尺標記落停點並直接投擲。
      仍可適用規則第 809.01 條【拋棄投擲(Abandoned Throw)】:
                如果選手移出禁區 1 公尺後,發現現場的地形、樹木死角實在太差(完全是死路一條),
                而他真心想要退回原本的位置重丟。
                這時他必須走正常的「放棄宣告(Abandon)」程序。代價是這投的分數作廢,
                但必須在計分卡上加罰一次盤數(罰一桿),方可合法走回前一次的位置重新投擲。
      

806.05 Hazard 障礙區(或稱沙坑)

  1. A hazard is an area designated by the Tournament Director which incurs a penalty throw.
  2. **障礙區(Hazard,或稱沙坑區)係指由賽事總監(Tournament Director)所指定、
    在其中進行投擲會被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)**的特定區
    
    關鍵術語與規則解析(飛盤高爾夫獨特的「沙坑」概念):
    Hazard(障礙區):
              在傳統高爾夫球中,"Hazard" 指的是沙坑(Bunker)或障礙物。
              在飛盤高爾夫中,它是賽道設計上一個非常獨特的**「罰桿但不移位」**的區域。
    與出界(OB)的重大差別(罰盤原地打原則):
              出界(OB,罰1盤):
                  飛盤掉進去後,你絕對不能在裡面擺放站姿。
                  你必須強制把飛盤拿出來,
                  移回界內 1 公尺投擲下一盤。
              障礙區(Hazard,罰1盤):
                  飛盤掉進去後,你一樣會被加罰一盤(加一桿),
                  但你不能移動位置。大會強制你必須走進這個障礙區內,
                  在飛盤落點的原地、踩著障礙區的地面投擲下一盤。
    場上實際劃設情境:
              賽事總監(TD)通常會把果嶺籃架周圍的一圈沙地、碎石地、或者是特定的島狀草皮,
              指定為 Hazard 區。這旨在考量選手的進攻精準度,如果飛盤不幸落入,
              就必須付出分數被多罰 1 盤的代價,且直接在沙坑內接受考驗、就地續丟。
    
  3. The line defining the edges of the hazard area is part of the hazard area. If a line is shared between out-of-bounds and a hazard area, the line is considered part of the out-of-bounds area.
  4. 用以定義障礙區(Hazard 區)邊緣的界線,本身屬於障礙區的一部分。
    若某條界線同時為出界(OB)區域與障礙區所共用,
    則該界線應被視為出界(OB)區域的一部分。
    
    The hazard line is part of the hazard area(沙坑線算沙坑內):
              這與出界(OB)的邏輯一致:
                  如果大會在球道中央用黃漆畫了一圈 Hazard 區,
                  這條黃漆線本身就屬於 Hazard 區的一部分。
              如果飛盤最後停穩時:
                  其盤體壓在黃線上,且沒有任何一絲邊緣接觸到線外的正常界內草皮,
                  這顆飛盤就會被判定為「落入障礙區(Hazard)」,必須加罰一盤並在原地投擲。
    OB 凌駕於 Hazard(出界優先於障礙原則):
              實際情境:
                  在一些極度硬核的賽道設計中,大路(OB 區)的旁邊緊貼著一塊大沙坑(Hazard 區),
                  兩者之間只用了一條白漆線來劃分邊界(白線左邊是 OB,白線右邊是 Hazard)。
                  此時飛盤如果剛好不偏不倚、死死壓在這條共用的邊線上,全組該怎麼判?
              判定結果:
                  規則明確指出,「這條共用線算 OB 區」。
                  因為出界(OB)在運動法理上屬於比障礙(Hazard)更為嚴格的邊界限制。
                  因此,壓在共用線上的飛盤會直接被判定為出界(OB)。
              實務影響:
                  選手雖然同樣都是被加罰 1 盤,但如果是判定為 OB,選手不能在線上原地打,
                  必須依法將飛盤拿出來,移回界內(Hazard 區或其他合法界內地面)1 公尺處進行下一投。
    
  5. A disc is in a hazard if its position is clearly and completely surrounded by the hazard or by a combination of the hazard and an out-of-bounds area.
  6. 若已投擲飛盤的落停位置,已明確且完全被障礙區(Hazard 區)所包圍,
    或者被「障礙區與出界(OB)區域的組合」所完全包圍,
    則該飛盤即判定為位於障礙區之內。
    
    這條規則是 PDGA 為了因應球場上極為複雜的**「雙重懲罰邊界(Hazard 緊貼 OB)」**地形,
    所設下的立體幾何防禦條款:
    
    完全被 Hazard 所包圍(標準情況):
              飛盤 100% 躺在黃色沙坑(Hazard)內,
              四面都是沙坑。這最簡單,直接判定在 Hazard 內,加罰一盤並原地續投。
    
    被 Hazard 與 OB 的「組合(Combination)」完全包圍(複合界線情境):
              實際情境:
                  大會設計了一條馬路(OB 區),而馬路的邊緣緊貼著一塊大沙坑(Hazard 區)。
                  如果選手丟出去的飛盤,最後不偏不倚剛好橫跨停在**「沙坑與馬路(OB)的交界線上」**。
              物理狀態:
                  這顆飛盤左半邊在馬路(OB),右半边在沙坑(Hazard)。
                  它身上沒有任何一部分接觸到正常的界內綠色草皮。
              如何判定?
                  首先:
                      它有部分壓在沙坑,所以它沒有被 OB「完全包圍」,依規則它不算出界(Not OB)。
                  其次:
                      它有部分壓在馬路,所以它也沒有單獨被沙坑完全包圍。
                  最終裁決:
                      此時本條文啟動!因為這顆飛盤的四週,
                      是由「OB + Hazard 的組合」達成了 100% 的完全包包圍。
                      規則定調:這種情況下,飛盤的身份就直接被判定為「位於障礙區(Hazard)之內」。
    實務影響:
              選手此時的分數會被加罰一盤。但由於他的身份是 Hazard 而不是 OB,
              選手不需要(也不能)把飛盤移回球道中央,
              他必須直接走到這個尷尬的交界點原地擺放站姿、繼續投擲下一盤。
    
  7. A player whose disc is in a hazard receives one penalty throw. A hazard area has no impact on the location of the lie.
  8. 飛盤位於障礙區(Hazard)內之選手,將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    障礙區對於落停點(Lie)的位置不產生任何影響(No impact)。
    
    這條規則再度以最清晰的法律字句,確立了障礙區(Hazard)與出界(OB)的本質區別:
              One penalty throw(加罰一盤):
                  掉進大會指定的 Hazard 區(例如沙坑、碎石果嶺周邊),代價一樣是分數加罰 1 盤(罰 1 桿)。
              No impact on the location of the lie(落停點完全不移位,2026年新規核心):
                  實務含意:
                      這句話的意思是,「大會絕對不會因為你掉進 Hazard 區而送你任何移動位置(脫困)的權利」。
                  如果飛盤出界(OB):
                      規則規定它的落停點「必須移動」到界內 1 公尺(有移位)。
                  但如果是掉進 Hazard:
                      你的落停點依然完全由飛盤落地停穩的物理位置決定。
                      你不能向左、向右或向後移動 1 公尺,大會強制你必須直接走進這個沙坑/障礙區裡,
                      在飛盤落點的正後方(20x30公分矩形格內)原地擺放站姿、繼續投擲下一盤。
    
  9. If the thrower moves the disc before a determination whether it is in a hazard has been made, the disc is considered to be in the hazard.
  10. 若投擲者在小組或裁判對其飛盤是否位於障礙區(Hazard)做出判定(Determination)之前,
    便移動了飛盤,則該飛盤將直接被視為位於障礙區之內。
    
    這條規則與我們先前翻譯的「兩公尺規則判定前」以及「出界(OB)判定前」私自動盤的法理完全一致,
    屬於維護賽場執法與程序正義的嚴厲防弊條款:
    Before a determination whether it is in a hazard...(在 Hazard 判定做出之前):
              實際情境:
                  選手的飛盤停在黃色沙坑(Hazard 區)的邊緣線上,
                  位置看起來非常尷尬(生死線)。同組隊友(Group)正準備走過去蹲下來,
                  仔細觀察飛盤是否有任何 1 毫米的邊緣接觸到線外的正常球道草皮,
                  或是正要發起小組投票表態。
              違規行為:
                  投擲者因為擔心被罰盤、或是沒耐心等待,
                  在全組隊友還沒看清、判定好之前,搶先跑過去一把將飛盤撿起來,
                  試圖「破壞現場」讓隊友無法進行幾何檢視。
    
    The disc is considered to be in the hazard(直接推定落入障礙區):
              為了嚴懲這種破壞現場證據:
                  拒絕配合小組共同執法的行為,規則直接採用「推定有罪」的法效擬制。
                  只要你敢在小組裁決前動那顆盤子,就不需要再量了,
                  大會直接判定你這投就是落入障礙區(Hazard),
                  當場加罰一盤(加一桿)。
              因為身份被定調為 Hazard:
                  選手隨後必須在被撿起飛盤的原落點正後方,
                  原地擺放站姿、繼續投擲下一盤。
    

807 Completing the Hole 完成一洞

  1. A target is a device whose purpose is to clearly determine completion of a hole. A basket target is designed to catch discs and generally consists of a tray, chains, and a chain support mounted on a pole. An object target generally has a marked target area.
  2. **目標物(Target)**係指一種旨在明確判定完成盤洞(Completion of a hole)的裝置。
    籃架目標物(Basket target,或簡稱籃架)其設計目的係用以接捕飛盤,
    通常由安裝在支柱(Pole)上的網籃托盤(Tray)、**金屬鏈條(Chains)
    以及鏈條支撐架(Chain support)**所組成。
    **標的物目標物(Object target)**則通常設有明確標記之目標區域。
    
    Basket target vs Object target:
              籃架目標物(Basket):
                  這是現代正式巡迴賽中唯一使用的標準配備。
                  利用上方的金屬鏈條去吸收飛盤飛過來的動能,
                  讓飛盤順勢掉進下方的網籃托盤(Tray)內以完成比賽。
              標的物目標物(Object):
                  這屬於早期或休閒球場(例如公園或校園自建賽道)的設計。
                  場地上沒有昂貴的金屬籃架,而是指定某一棵大樹、一根特定的木樁或電線桿,
                  並在上面畫出一個特定高度的方框(Target area),
                  只要選手的飛盤砸中該方框的區域即算進洞。
    為後續「進球判定」鋪路:
              本條文精準定義了籃架的各個物理物理結構(托盤、鏈條、支撐頂蓋、中柱)。
              因為在下一條核心規則中,飛盤必須「被這些結構所支撐」才算成功進洞。
    
  3. In order to complete a hole with a basket target, the thrower must release the disc and it must come to rest supported by the tray or the chains below the chain support.
  4. 為了使用籃架目標物(Basket target)完成一個盤洞,投擲者必須將飛盤釋放(出手),
    且該飛盤最終停穩時,其位置必須受到網籃托盤(Tray)
    或金屬鏈條支撐架下方的鏈條(Chains below the chain support)所支撐。
    
    必須受到托盤或鏈條支撐(Supported by the tray or chains):
              合法進洞(Holed Out):
                  飛盤飛過去撞擊鏈條後掉進下方的網籃托盤內(Tray)停穩,
                  或者是直接死死卡在金屬鏈條(Chains)的縫隙中懸空。
                  這兩種情況都算完全合法的「完成盤洞」。
              最新修訂德政(2022年起延續至今):
                  過去舊制規定「飛盤必須從上方切入網籃才算」。
                  但依據近年最新修訂,只要飛盤最終停穩時的物理狀態是「受到網籃或鏈條支撐」,
                  即便它是強烈撞擊直接**「卡在網籃托盤的外側金屬網格縫隙上(Wedged)」、
                  或者是「掛在網籃外邊緣(Hanging)」**,
                  通通都算合法進洞得分! 這大幅減少了小組選手因看不清飛盤切入軌跡而產生的爭議。
    
    最常見的「不合法進洞」地雷:❌ 
              停在籃架最頂端的頂蓋上(On top of the basket):
              如果飛盤拋得太高,最後不偏不倚「躺在鏈條支撐架最上方(頂蓋)的外側表面上」。
              因為它沒有在頂蓋「下方」,也沒有受到托盤或鏈條支撐,這在規則上絕對不算進洞! 
              選手必須走過去把飛盤拿下來,在籃架下方免罰盤進行一次極近距離的敲桿放進網籃內。
    
  5. In order to complete a hole with an object target, the thrower must release the disc and it must strike the marked target area of the object.
  6. 為了使用標的物目標物(Object target)完成一個盤洞,投擲者必須將飛盤釋放(出手),
    且該飛盤必須擊中(Strike)該目標物上明確標記之目標區域(Marked target area)。
    
    Strike the marked target area(擊中標記之目標區域):
              判定標準:
                  與前述需要飛盤停穩(Come to rest)的籃架目標物(Basket)不同。
                  標的物(如指定大樹、電線桿上的色帶或方框)的判定是**「接觸制」**。
              實務應用:
                  只要飛盤在飛行過程中,物理上有「擊中/砸中」大會畫好的那個框框或目標區域,
                  不論飛盤隨後是掉在草地上還是彈飛到十公尺外,在擊中的那一瞬間,
                  就已經宣告**「成功完成該盤洞」**。選手不需再進行後續的敲桿動作。
    

808 Scoring 計分

  1. Each player must keep an independent scorecard recording scores after each hole for the entire group. A player must show their scorecard upon request to an Official or other players in their group. A player who refuses to keep score will be disqualified.
  2. 每位選手(Each player)在每個盤洞結束後,
    皆必須各自獨立填寫一份計分卡(Keep an independent scorecard),
    用以記錄整組(Entire group)所有選手的分數。
    當賽事裁判(Official)或同組內的其他選手提出要求時,選手必須出示其計分卡。
    若選手拒絕記錄分數(Refuses to keep score),
    將被直接取消參賽資格(Disqualified)。
    
    這條規則是巡迴賽在誠信與程序正義上最不容妥協的鐵律。
    即使近年(2026年)數位電子計分(如 PDGA Live Scoring App)已成主流,
    法規依然嚴格執行以下幾點:
    Keep an independent scorecard(各自獨立記分):
              重要觀念:
                  在一組(通常 4 人)當中,
                  每個人都必須拿自己的手機或紙本記錄「全組 4 個人」的分數,
                  不能偷懶說「我們派一個人代表記就好了」。
              目的:
                  打完 18 洞後,大家必須互相核對分數。
                  如果有人記錯、或者意圖作弊改分數,四張獨立的計分卡比對,就能立刻抓出落差,
                  這在傳統高爾夫與飛盤高爾夫中都是最核心的監督機制。
    Must show upon request(隨時出示接受檢驗):
              如果在比賽途中,隊友對某一洞的分數有爭議,或是裁判走過來抽查,
              你必須強制公開你目前幫全組記錄的計分卡畫面,不能拒絕。
    Refuses to keep score will be DQ(拒絕記分直接驅逐出場):
              很多選手:
                  可能自認打不好、心情差,或是單純覺得幫別人記分很麻煩,
                  就口頭拒絕甚至不配合操作計分軟體。
              最嚴厲處罰:
                  這屬於「拒絕履行運動員基本義務」,不需要給予口頭警告、
                  也不只是罰盤數,大會將會直接取消參賽資格(DQ),
                  當場把你趕出球場,是非常嚴重的犯規。
    
  3. Players may delegate scorekeeping duties only to their designated caddie.
  4. 選手僅能將其記分職責(Scorekeeping duties),委託給其指定的桿弟(Designated caddie)代為執行。
    
    Delegate scorekeeping duties(委託記分職責):
    嚴格限制:
              前一條規則提到「每位選手必須各自獨立填寫一份計分卡」,
              這是強制性的。選手在場上如果因為專注於比賽,不希望因為拿手機或計分板分心,
              唯一可以幫他代勞的合法對象,只有他自己登記的專屬桿弟(Designated caddie)。
    禁止私下找隊友或觀眾代記:
              選手不能把自己的手機交給同組的其他隊友說「幫我記一下」,
              也不能丟給路邊隨行的親友、觀眾代勞。
              如果桿弟未經賽事登記,或是直接交給非限定人員,
              選手本身仍會因為「未履行記分義務」而面臨犯規處罰。
    
    
  5. After each hole has been completed, each player records the score for every player in the group in a manner that makes each score clear to every player in the group. Any warnings or penalty throws are to be noted along with the score for the hole.
  6. 在每個盤洞(Hole)完成之後,每位選手皆必須記錄該組每位選手的分數,
    其記錄方式應確保組內每位選手都能清晰知悉(Clear to every player)所有分數。
    任何口頭警告(Warnings)或加罰盤數(Penalty throws),均必須與該盤洞的分數一併進行備註(Noted)。
    
    Manner that makes each score clear(透明公開的記分方式):
              實務操作(口頭唱分):
                  選手在記錄分數時,不能默默躲在後面打字。
                  標準作法是負責掌管該卡的人,
                  要大聲唸出:「選手 A 這洞 3 盤(Par)、選手 B 這洞 4 盤(+1)」,
                  讓全組當場確認無誤。
              不論是用 PDGA Live 還是紙本:
                  必須確保每個人對當下登記的數字有共識,
                  以便在 18 洞結束後核對時完全一致。
    
    Warnings or penalty throws are to be noted(警告與罰盤強制備註):
              極為關鍵的法化動作:
                  如果選手在這一洞發生了「超時投擲(Excessive Time)初犯警告」、
                  「站姿違例(Stance Violation)罰 1 盤」、
                  或是「飛盤出界(OB)罰 1 盤」,在填寫該洞總分數
                  (例如該洞打 4 盤 + 罰 1 盤 = 5 盤)的同時,
                  必須在計分系統的備註欄中明確勾選或寫下違規理由。
              目的:這能確保大會(Tournament Director)在賽後審查計分卡時,
                  能核對出這多出來的一盤是物理投擲造成的還是規則懲罰,
                  同時也能讓系統自動將「超時警告」的效力延續到這回合的後續盤洞
                  (若再犯就直接自動轉為罰盤)。
    
  7. The score for a player on a hole is the total number of throws, including penalty throws. The total score for the round is the sum of all hole scores, plus any additional penalty throws. The use of anything other than a number as a score (including the lack of a score) is subject to penalty as described in 808.G.2.
  8. 選手在單一盤洞(Hole)的分數,係指其投擲的總盤數(包含加罰盤數 penalty throws)。
    該回合(Round)的總分數,則為所有盤洞分數之總和,
    再外加任何(針對回合或行政違例所處以的)額外加罰盤數。
    若於計分卡上使用數字以外的任何符號作為分數(包括未填寫分數),
    均將依據規則第 808.G.2 條之規定予以加罰。
    
    total number of throws, including penalty throws(投擲總盤數,含罰盤):
              這是最基本的計分數學:
              例如某個盤洞選手實際投擲了 3 次飛盤才成功進洞,
              但在途中發生了一次飛盤出界(OB)被加罰 1 盤,
              那麼他在該洞被登記的最終分數就是 4 盤(3 + 1 = 4)。
    Additional penalty throws(回合額外加罰盤數):
              這指的是**「不屬於任何特定盤洞」的行政處罰**。
              最常見的例子包括:
              賽後逾時提交計分卡、忘記在計分卡上簽名、或者是遲到。
              這些罰盤(通常是 2 盤)不會被算在某一洞的成績內,
              而是直接在該回合的**「總成績(Total score)」上進行外加**。
    Use of anything other than a number(禁用數字以外的符號):
              在紙本或電子計分卡中:
                  每一洞的格子裡只能填寫明確的整數(如 3, 4, 5)。
              選手絕對不能填寫「X」、「—」、「Par」或直接留白(Lack of a score)。
                  不論該洞是因為選手請假去洗手間被處以 Par+4,
                  還是直接棄賽、漏記,都必須轉換成精確的數字(如 7)。否則一旦提交,
                  將直接觸發 808.G.2 條的**「計分卡填寫錯誤」重罰(通常會被加罰兩盤)**。
    
  9. If there is disagreement about the score a player reports, the group reviews the hole and attempts to arrive at the correct score. If the group cannot reach consensus on the player's score, they seek the help of an Official as soon as is practical. If all players in the group agree that a score is incorrect, the score may be corrected before the scorecard is submitted.
  10. 若對選手所申報的分數存有異議(Disagreement),小組應共同回顧該盤洞(Hole)的比賽過程,
    並試圖達成正確的分數認定。若小組無法對該名選手的分數達成共識(Consensus),
    則應在可行(Practical)的情況下,盡速尋求賽事裁判(Official)的協助。
    若小組內的所有選手皆一致同意某個分數有誤,則在計分卡正式提交(Submitted)之前,
    皆可對該分數進行修正。
    
    Reviews the hole and attempts to arrive at...(共同回顧、還原現場):
              實務操作:
                  當選手 A 說自己這洞打 3 盤,但隊友 B 覺得是 4 盤時,
                  全組應該立刻停下來「報盤還原」。
                  例如:「你第一投開盤到大樹左邊,第二投切上果嶺,
                  第三投敲桿沒進,第四投才進洞。」透過這樣一投一投的口頭重播,
                  通常就能順利幫選手找回正確的記憶。
    Seek the help of an Official as soon as is practical(裁判介入時機):
              如果大家吵了半天:
                  依然沒辦法達成共識(例如當事人堅持那是第三投,而其他人堅信那是第四投),
                  為了不影響後方小組的比賽節奏(Pace of Play),選手絕對不能在球道上原地僵持。
              全組應該先各自記錄(或由負責人註記爭議),直接前進繼續比賽。等到在賽道上遇到巡邏裁判,
                  或是打完這回合走到總部大會時,再立刻向裁判或賽事總監(TD)呈報,
                  交由官方做出最終裁決。
    Corrected before submitted(提交前均可修正):
              只要計分卡**「還沒有正式按下傳送提交」**:
                  (不論是紙本交到大會桌上,還是在 PDGA Live App 按下 Final Submit 提交確認),
                  只要全組 4 個人都在現場核對過,發現哪一洞不小心手滑按錯或抄錯,
                  不需要經過裁判,全組當場直接修改,完全合法且不會受到任何填寫錯誤的處罰。
    
  11. All players are responsible for reconciling and submitting their copy of the scorecard within 30 minutes of when their group finishes their round. A player who has not submitted their scorecard on time receives two penalty throws.
  12. 全體選手皆有責任在其組別完成該回合比賽後的 30 分鐘之內(Within 30 minutes),
    核對一致(Reconciling)並提交(Submitting)各自持有的計分卡副本。
    未按時提交計分卡之選手,將被處以兩次加罰盤數(Two penalty throws,即加兩桿)。
    
    Reconciling and submitting their copy(核對一致並提交各自的副本):
              極為關鍵的 2026 最新實務:現在不論是紙本還是 PDGA Live 電子計分,
              打完最後一洞回到大會總部後,
              全組 4 個人必須找個地方坐下來,把 4 支手機(或紙本)排在一起,
              確認每個人記錄的「每一洞、每個人」的分數完全一模一樣(核對一致 Reconcile)。
              核對完畢後,「每位選手」都要在自己的手機上各自按下「最終提交(Final Submit)」。
              不能以為「我們這組有派代表送出就好了」,
              如果別人送了但你沒送,依然算你違規。
    Within 30 minutes of when... finishes(黃金 30 分鐘時限):
              計時起點:
                  從你們這組的最後一位選手將最後一盤飛盤送進第 18 洞的籃架(完成該回合)的那一刻起,
                  大會的 30 分鐘倒數計時就正式啟動。
                  選手絕對不能打完球就直接跑去餐廳吃飯、買飲料、或回車上吹冷氣。
                  必須在 30 分鐘之內完成核對與送出。
    Two penalty throws(直接重罰兩盤):
              這屬於行政違例:
                  不需要給予任何口頭警告。
                  只要時鐘走到第 31 分鐘大會系統沒收到你的計分卡,
                  你的該回合總成績(Total Score)將會被大會直接「外加 2 盤(罰兩桿)」。
    
  13. After the scorecard has been submitted, the total score as recorded is final, except for the following circumstances:
    成績提交後,除下列情況外,記錄的總分即為最終分數:
    
    
    
    1. Penalty throws may be added or removed by the Tournament Director up until the Tournament Director declares the tournament over, or all awards have been distributed.
    2. 賽事總監(Tournament Director)可對加罰盤數(Penalty throws)進行增列或刪除,
      其修正期限截止於賽事總監宣告巡迴賽正式結束(Declares the tournament over),
      或所有獎項皆已頒發完畢(Awards have been distributed)為止。
      
      Added or removed by the TD(賽事總監的裁量增刪權):
                這是一項僅屬於**賽事總監(TD)**的最高行政權力。
                一般的同組選手或巡邏裁判只能在賽中提出判罰,
                但如果賽後發現計分卡有行政疏失(例如前述的 30 分鐘逾時提交、算錯分數),
                或是事後有壓倒性證據平反(例如證實遺失盤,其實在宣告前就被路人拿走,可倒扣 2 盤),
                TD 都有權在後台手動修改並調整選手的最終分數。
      修正權的兩大終止時間點(二選一,以先到者為準):
                時間點 A(宣告結束):
                   大會官方正式關閉計分系統,並在公佈欄或線上系統宣告「本屆賽事正式閉幕關帳」。
                時間點 B(獎項頒發完畢):
                   現場的頒獎典禮(Awards ceremony)已經全部進行完畢,
                   所有獎盃、獎金或獎品都已全數分發給獲獎選手。
      終局效力:
                一旦上述兩個條件之中的任何一個達成了,該場巡迴賽的成績就正式進入「法制上的定格狀態」。
                即使選手在頒獎典禮結束的一小時後,突然拿出手機錄影畫面證明自己某一洞被冤枉,
                由於大會已經結束且獎項發放完畢,賽事總監在規則上也已無權再幫你修改分數。
      
    3. If a player submits a scorecard where their total score or hole scores are incorrect, improperly recorded, or missing, two penalty throws are added to the correct total score. Those penalty throws are not added when the score has been adjusted for other violations determined after the player had submitted an otherwise correct scorecard.
    4. 若選手提交的計分卡中,其總分數(Total score)或個別盤洞分數(Hole scores)有錯誤、
      記錄不當(Improperly recorded)或漏填(Missing)之情形,
      則應於正確的總分數上直接外加兩次加罰盤數(Two penalty throws,即加兩桿)。
      然而,若該分數的調整,係因選手在提交了一份「在其他方面皆完全正確(Otherwise correct)」的計分卡後,
      才被大會判定之其他違例行為所致,則不予加計上述(計分卡填寫錯誤的)兩次加罰盤數。
      
      Incorrect, improperly recorded, or missing(算錯、記錯或漏填,重罰 2 盤):
                經典犯規地雷:
                    選手雖然每一洞的數字都按對了,但最後加總時手算錯誤(例如總分 60 盤卻自己填 58 盤);
                    或者在某個盤洞格子裡填寫了數字以外的文字(如寫 "Par" 而非數字 3);
                    再者是直接漏填某一洞(留白)。
                處罰落實:
                    一旦按下最終提交送交大會,只要被審查出與正確事實不符,
                    大會會在**「正確的總分數」上直接重罰 2 盤(外加兩桿)**。
                    這是一項針對「未善盡誠實與細心複查義務」的嚴厲行政懲罰。
      不予重複加罰的「黃金豁免條款」(極重要免重複受罰法理):
                實際情境:選手在賽後極度認真地與全組核對,確認了每一洞的實際投擲數字和手算總分都 100% 正確,
                    並且順利按時提交了這份完全無誤(Otherwise correct)的計分卡。
                突發狀況:
                    半小時後,
                    後續組別的選手向大會舉報(或提出錄影證據),證實該名選手在第 5 洞時,
                    主力腳踩在標記盤前緣出手,
                    構成了「站姿違例(Stance Violation)」。賽事總監(TD)審查後確認屬實,
                    依法將該名選手第 5 洞的分數「手動補加 1 盤罰盤」。
                豁免機制:
                    因為這個 1 盤的罰盤是在「選手交完卡之後」才被大會追溯追加的,
                    這會導致選手原本交出去的總分數(例如 60 盤)在後台變成了錯誤的數字(變成 61 盤)。
                    這條豁免規則特別強調:這不算是選手的填寫疏失!
                    大會絕對不會因為這種「事後追罰引起的分數變動」,
                    而對選手追加這條規則的 2 盤填寫錯誤罰盤。 
                    選手只需要承受原本站姿違例的那 1 盤罰盤即可。
      
    5. A player is not penalized if another member of their group submits an incorrect scorecard.
    6. 若小組(Group)中的其他成員提交了錯誤的計分卡,該名選手不會因此受到處罰。
      
      個人責任與連帶豁免:
                規則衝突點:
                    我們前面提過,規則規定「每位選手必須各自獨立填寫一份計分卡,
                    記錄全組所有人的分數(808.A)」,且「算錯或記錯總分要重罰 2 盤(808.G.2)」。
                實際情境:
                    打完 18 洞後,選手 A 萬分仔細地核對了自己手機裡的數字,
                    確認無誤後按時提交了完全正確的計分卡。然而,同組的隊友 B 因為心不在焉或算錯數學,
                    提交了一份總分算錯、或是把選手 A 的某一洞分數抄錯的「錯誤計分卡」。
                判定結果:
                    本條文明確保障了守秩序的選手。
                    大會(Tournament Director)在抓到隊友 B 的計分卡出錯時,
                    只會對隊友 B 個人追加處以 2 盤的填寫錯誤罰盤。
                    選手 A 絕對不會因為「隊友把我的分數記錯並交出去」而受到任何一丁點的連帶扣分或處罰。
                    每個人只需要對「自己親手提交的那份計分卡」負百分之百的法律責任。
      

809 Other Throws 其他的投擲

809.01 Abandoned Throw 放棄投擲

  1. A player may choose to abandon their most recent throw by declaring their intention to the group. The abandoned throw and one penalty throw are counted in the player's score, and the player plays from the lie from which the abandoned throw was made. Penalty throws incurred by the abandoned throw are disregarded.
  2. 選手可透過向小組宣告其意願,選擇放棄(Abandon)其最近一次的投擲。
    該次被放棄的投擲以及一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)皆必須計入選手的分數中,
    且選手應回到進行該次被拋棄投擲的原落停點(Lie)繼續比賽。
    因該次被放棄投擲所延伸帶來的任何其他加罰盤數,均不予採計(Disregarded)。
    
    什麼時候會想用「放棄投擲」?
              實際情境:
                  選手在林道開盤(Tee shot),飛盤不小心重重撞在前方 5 公尺的樹幹上,
                  直接彈進了深不見底、完全無法揮盤的死角密林中。
                  如果他硬著頭皮走進密林去打第二投,
                  可能會因為不斷撞樹而多花 4、5 盤才打得出來。
              戰術停損:
                  此時他可以當場大聲向小組宣告:「我要 Abandon(放棄這一投)!」
                  然後直接背著包包走回原本的開盤區重新投擲。
    分數與桿數怎麼計算?(經典的「罰桿重打」數學)
              規則規定:
                  被拋棄的那一投要算(1 盤)+ 拋棄的懲罰罰盤要算(1 盤)= 合計付出 2 盤的代價。
              因此:
                  當他走回原地重新投擲時,
                  他的下一投將會是該洞的**「第 3 投」**(1 撞樹 + 1 罰盤 = 原地打第 3 投)。
    Penalty throws... are disregarded(與該投相關的其他罰盤一併抹消):
              這條配套非常體貼選手。
                  假設選手剛才那一投不僅撞樹,還不小心卡在 2 公尺高的樹上(兩公尺違例),
                  或是飛盤最後滾進了界外水池(OB)。
              一旦選手宣告「拋棄這一投」:
                  那麼這一次投擲所伴隨而來的 OB 罰盤或兩公尺罰盤,
                  通通一筆勾銷(作廢不計)。
                  選手全身上下只需要承擔「拋棄投擲本身的這 1 盤罰盤」即可,
                  不會面臨雙重或三重被扣分的慘劇。
    
  3. If a drop zone has been designated for abandoned throws on the hole, the player may throw from the drop zone instead of the previous lie.
  4. 若大會針對該盤洞(Hole)的拋棄投擲(Abandoned throws)設有指定的指定投擲區(Drop zone),
    則選手亦可選擇改自指定投擲區進行投擲,以取代回到前一次投擲的位置(Previous lie)。
    
    免走回頭路的戰術彈性:
              一般標準程序:
                 當選手主動宣告「拋棄最近一次投擲」
                 (付出 1 投 + 1 罰盤 = 合計 2 盤的代價)後,
                 標準程序是必須「走回頭路」,退回到上一次出手的原落停點(Previous lie)去丟他的第 3 投。
              大會設置指定投擲區時的特許:
                 如果該盤洞地形極度險惡(例如要把飛盤跨越極大的山谷,而選手不小心失誤將飛盤拋下懸崖死角),
                 如果強迫選手走回極遠的起點重丟,不僅打擊信心,
                 也會嚴重卡住後方小組的賽事進度。
              實務應用:
                 現在若大會特別在這洞畫了「拋棄投擲專用指定投擲區」,
                 選手罰了拋棄的罰盤後,可以不用走回頭路,
                 而是可以直接到指定投擲區(Drop Zone)去投擲他的下一盤(同樣算作第 3 投)。
                 這在長距離盲眼林道或島狀果嶺地形中,是非常重要的停損與推進戰術。
    

809.02 Provisional Throw 暫定投擲

  1. Provisional throws are an alternate sequence of throws starting from a different lie. Only the throws from one of the two sequences are used in the final score for the hole.
  2. 暫定投擲(Provisional throws)係指自另一個不同的落停點(Lie)
    開始所進行的一組替代投擲序列(Alternate sequence of throws)。
    在該盤洞(Hole)的最終分數中,僅會採計這兩組投擲序列其中之一的分數。
    
    Provisional Throws(暫定投擲):
              口語一律稱為**「暫定盤」或「暫定投擲」。
              這是當場上出現「規則爭議且當下無法立刻查明」**時,
              為了不拖延比賽時間而設計的極重要配套。
    Alternate sequence... Only one is used(替代序列與二選一採計):
              實務情境:
                  例如選手開盤出去,飛盤卡在一道圍籬上。
                  選手認為這地方算界內(可以免罰盤向內移 1 公尺投擲);
                  但同組隊友(Group)投票判定認為這算界外(OB,必須移到最後界內點並加罰 1 盤)。
              自救機制(暫定盤):
                  為了不卡住賽道,選手此時可以行使權利,分別用兩種路線各自打完這洞:
                  路徑 A:
                      依自己主張的「界內位置」把這洞打完(假設這條路徑最後打出 3 盤)。
                  路徑 B(暫定投擲):
                      依隊友主張的「OB 位置並含罰盤」
                      再丟一組替代序列把這洞打完(假設這條路徑最後打出 5 盤)。
              最終結算:
                  打完這回合後,全組帶著這兩個分數走到總部呈報給賽事總監(TD)裁決。
                  若總監認定當初算界內,該洞分數就登錄為路徑 A 的 3 盤;
                  若總監認定算 OB,就登錄為路徑 B 的 5 盤。這兩組分數絕對不會相加,
                  只會依據官方最終的法理判定**「二選一」**採計。
    
  3. Players use a sequence of provisional throws on a hole until the hole is complete or a ruling determines which set of throws should be used.
  4. 選手在單一盤洞(Hole)上應持續使用該組暫定投擲(Provisional throws)序列,
    直到該盤洞順利完成,或者直至裁判做出最終裁決(Ruling)、
    確定應採計哪一組投擲序列的分數為止。
    
    必須將該洞完整打完(Until the hole is complete):
              重要觀念:
                  如果選手啟動了暫定盤程序(例如區分「界內路徑」與「OB路徑」),
                  他不能只在當下那一次投擲多丟一顆就停手。
                  他必須用這兩顆飛盤分別獨立、一路敲桿進洞,
                  直到兩種狀況都成功「完成盤洞(Holed out)」為止。
              目的:
                  因為大會(Tournament Director)在賽後裁決時,
                  必須擁有兩組「完全合法打完該洞的完整分數」,
                  才能根據最終判定進行二選一登錄。如果選手中途漏打某一組,該組暫定序列就會失效。
    除非裁判當場做出裁決(Or a ruling determines):
              如果選手在打到一半時(例如正在林道中打第二投),
                  大會的巡邏裁判(Official)或賽事總監(TD)剛好開著球車經過現場。
                  小組當場攔下裁判並完成舉證,裁判在現場直接給出鐵證如山的終局裁決
                  (例如:「這裡依照球員手冊百分之百算 OB」)。
              一旦官方裁決當場出爐:
                  暫定盤序列就立刻終止。
                  選手必須馬上收起另一顆多丟的飛盤,
                  依據裁判指定的唯一合法路徑繼續完成該洞即可,不需要再浪費體力打完兩組序列。
    
  5. Provisional throws may only be taken in the following circumstances:
    暫定投擲只能在下列情況下進行:
    
    1. When it is unclear, or there is a disagreement about, how to properly proceed under the rules; or
    2. 當規則不明確或有分歧時,如何根據規則正確行事;或
      
    3. When the thrower intends to appeal a ruling; or
    4. 當投擲者打算對裁決提出(申訴)時;或
      
    5. When the following are true:
      當以下情況成立時:
      
      1. The status of the disc is unknown; and
      2. The disc might be lost or Out of Bounds or in a Required Relief Area; and
      3. A provisional throw will prevent backtracking.
      4. 若飛盤狀態未知,且
        可能遺失、出界(OB)或掉進強制脫困區,而
        暫定投擲能避免選手走回頭路(Backtracking)時,
        
        
        
        
  6. Provisional throws are not available in the following situations, even if the requirements in 809.02.C are otherwise met:
    在下列情況下,即使符合 809.02.C 中的其他要求,也不能使用臨時投擲:
    
    1. When a disc potentially missed a mandatory (see 804.01)
    2. When the player is considering abandoning the throw (see 809.01).
    3. When the only issue is whether or not a penalty throw applies (see Appeals, 801.03).
    4. 當飛盤可能未通過強制路線(漏 Mando)時(參見規則第 804.01 條);
      當選手正在考慮是否要拋棄該次投擲(Abandon the throw)時(參見規則第 809.01 條);
      當唯一的爭議點僅在於「是否應被處以加罰盤數(Penalty throw)」時(參見申訴規則第 801.03 條)。
      
  7. To begin a provisional sequence, the player must do all three of the following things in a manner understandable to all members of the group:
    要開始一個暫定投擲時,選手必須以小組所有成員都能理解的方式完成以下三件事:
    
    1. Declare that they are starting a provisional sequence; and
    2. Explain why they are starting a provisional sequence; and
    3. Explain which sequence of throws will be used for which resolution.
    4. **口頭宣告(Declare)**其正要開始一組暫定投擲序列;且
      **清晰說明(Explain)**他們為何要開始該組暫定投擲序列(指出具體的懷疑原因或爭議點);且
      **明確解釋(Explain)**若最終達成何種裁決(Resolution)時,應採計哪一組對應的投擲序列分數。
      
  8. Provisional throws that do not meet the requirements in 809.02 are practice throws (see 809.03).
  9. 未符合規則第 809.02 條各項要件之暫定投擲(Provisional throws),
    均視為練習投擲(Practice throws),詳見規則第 809.03 條【練習投擲】。
    
    這條規則是 PDGA 用來防範選手「假借暫定盤名義,
    在原地多丟一顆飛盤來抓風向、修正姿勢或當作練習」的終極執法配套:
              Practice Throws(練習投擲 / 練習盤):
                  在正式巡迴賽(Tournament play)中,
                  回合進行期間是絕對禁止任何練習投擲的。
              直接判定違例的實際情境:
                  選手在開盤(Tee shot)撞樹彈進密林:
                      他沒有向小組口頭宣告(Declare),也沒有解釋原因與對帳劇本,
                      就直接默默從包包再拿出一顆飛盤在原地補丟一發。
                  或者是:
                      飛盤明明只是可能未通過強制路線(漏 Mando),
                      而這在規則上是明確屬於「三大禁用紅線」、禁止打暫定盤的情況,
                      但選手依然在原地多丟了一顆。
              轉為練習盤的懲罰代價(重罰 1 盤):
                  依據規則第 809.03 條
                  ,一旦這顆飛盤被同組隊友(Group)或裁判認定不符合暫定盤程序,
                  它就會被定調為「練習投擲」。選手在當前這一回合的分數中,
                  將會被當場「加罰一盤(加一桿)」。請注意,這屬於隨抓隨罰的罰則,不可不慎!
    

809.03 Practice Throw 試擲

  1. A practice throw is any throw that is not made as a competitive attempt to change the lie, except for a throw that is made either to set aside an unused disc or to return a disc to a player and that travels less than five meters in the air. A drop is not a practice throw.
  2. 練習投擲(Practice throw)係指任何「非為了改變落停點(Lie)所進行的競賽嘗試」之投擲行為。
    但下列情況除外(下列投擲不視為練習投擲):
        為了將未使用的飛盤移至一旁(Set aside),
        或為了將飛盤還給(Return)其他選手,且該飛盤在空中飛行的距離小於 5 公尺;
        不小心掉落(Drop)飛盤。
    
    Not made as a competitive attempt to change the lie(非改變落停點的競賽嘗試):
              練習盤的核心定義:
              只要你這個投擲動作,不是為了推進比賽(例如不是正式的開盤、接續投或敲桿),
              只要你把飛盤「扔」出去,名義上就是練習投擲。
    5公尺內的人情與安全例外(Less than five meters in the air):
              情境 A(移開未用盤):
                  你包包裡有兩顆盤子,你拿出一顆準備敲桿,
                  順手把另一顆未使用的飛盤往旁邊空地上「拋」了 2 公尺遠。
              情境 B(還盤給隊友):
                  同組隊友打完進洞,他的飛盤彈到你的腳邊。
                  你很有禮貌地蹲下去撿起來,順手朝他「拋扔」過去(距離 3 公尺)還給他。
              合法關鍵:
                  上述這兩種行為非常生活化,所以規則網開一面。
                  但前提是**「在空中飛行的直線距離必須小於 5 公尺」**。
                  如果你撿起隊友的飛盤,隔空劃出一道美麗的弧線、朝 10 公尺外的他甩過去,
                  這就會直接引爆地雷,被判定為「練習投擲」並加罰一盤!
    A drop is not a practice throw(掉盤不算練習):
              物理手滑:
                  如果你從包包拿飛盤、或是準備出手前在手上轉盤子,
                  結果不小心「手滑掉在地上(Drop)」,不論它在地上滾了多遠,
                  只要沒有明顯的揮臂拋扔企圖,這純屬意外,絕對不會被算作練習盤。
    
  3. A player receives one penalty throw for making a practice throw; the throw itself is disregarded and not counted.
  4. 選手若進行練習投擲(Practice throw),將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿);
    該次練習投擲本身則不予採計(Disregarded)且不計入分數。
    
    One penalty throw(直接罰一盤):
              在回合(Round)比賽進行中,只要被同組選手目擊或裁判抓到進行了不合法的練習投擲
              (例如私自補丟暫定盤、或者隔空把飛盤還給 6 公尺外的隊友),不需要給予任何口頭警告,
              直接在該回合的成績中「加罰一盤(加一桿)」。
    The throw itself is disregarded(該投本身不予採計/不計入):
              這是許多人常搞混的數學。
                  既然是「練習」,那一下扔出去的物理動作在計分卡上是完全不作數的(不計桿)。
              分數計算範例:
                  假設選手在一般球道上準備投擲第二投(目前分數為 1 盤)。
                  他在出手前,因為手癢先朝旁邊大樹扔了一發練習盤,接著才正式投擲飛盤切上果嶺。
              最終這洞的帳怎麼算?
                  練習盤本身:不計桿,但因為犯規要外加 1 盤罰盤。            
                  正式的第二投: 正常計入 1 盤。            
                  因此到切上果嶺那一刻為止,
                  他的累計分數是 3 盤(開盤 1 + 練習犯規罰 1 + 正式第二投 1 = 3)。
    

810 Interference 干擾

  1. If a thrown disc has moved after having come to rest on the in-bounds playing surface, it is replaced to where it first came to rest, as agreed on by the group. A thrown disc that has come to rest elsewhere does not need to be replaced, and its position is based on where it first came to rest, as agreed on by the group.
  2. 若已投擲飛盤在界內(In-bounds)比賽表面上完全靜止(Come to rest)後發生了位移,
    則應依據小組(Group)成員之共識,將其放回(Replaced)
    最初完全靜止的地點。若已投擲飛盤係在其他地方(Elsewhere,如界外或高空)完全靜止,
    則無需將其放回原處,其最終落停位置應依據小組成員之共識,以最初完全靜止的地點為基準進行判定。
    
    這條規則完整涵蓋了當飛盤已經停穩、卻因「刮大風、被狗叼走、被路人踢到、
    或是順著水流漂移」等非選手投擲動能產生的位移時,場上應採取的法理恢復程序:
    
    In-bounds playing surface ➡️ Replaced(界內原地打原則):
              實際情境:
                  選手的飛盤精準停在界內寬闊的草地上。正當全組準備走過去時,
                  突然一陣強風把飛盤吹動並滾進了旁邊的馬路(OB 區),
                  或是跑來一隻松鼠把飛盤抱到 5 公尺外。
              處理方式:
                  因為飛盤先前已經在界內「最初停穩(First came to rest)」,
                  在法律上該位置已正式成立。小組成員應憑記憶共同回顧並達成共識,
                  直接將這顆飛盤**「拿回來放回(Replace)」當初完全靜止的那個界內點**,
                  選手在此免罰盤正常投擲下一發。
    Come to rest elsewhere ➡️ No need to replace(其他地方免復位,但以此定奪):
              實際情境 A(掉進界外河道漂走):
                  飛盤飛進界外(OB)的水池或溪流中。它砸進水裡、喪失投擲動能的那一刻,
                  就已經在「Elsewhere(其他地方)」完全靜止了。
                  隨後,這顆飛盤順著溪水往前漂走了 20 公尺。
              處理方式:
                  規則規定這種情況**「不需要把盤子撈回來放回水中央」**。
                  全組只需達成共識,確認它「最初砸進水裡停穩」的那個物理位置,
                  並以此作為判定最後切入界內點(Last In-bounds)或計算 O.B. 脫困的唯一基準。
              實際情境 B(卡在高樹被風吹落):
                  飛盤卡在 3 公尺高的樹枝上停穩,
                  大家正準備走過去量高度,突然大風把飛盤吹落掉到地上。這同樣不需要再把飛盤掛回樹上,
                  小組直接以它「最初卡在樹上」的垂直投影點來標記落停點即可
                  (若此時有實施兩公尺規則,則依樹上的初始位置抓違例)。
    
  3. A marker disc that has moved is replaced to its original location, as agreed on by the group.
  4. 若標記盤(Marker disc)發生了位移,應依據小組(Group)成員之共識,
    將其放回(Replaced)原本的位置。
    
    這條規則與前述「飛盤靜止後遭外力位移」的法理完全相同,
    專門用來處理已經放置在球道上的迷你標記盤(Mini Marker)或原盤,
    因非自願外力導致位置改變時的恢復程序:
    常見的位移情境:
              同組隊友在附近跨步投擲時,腳步或背包不小心踢到了你已經放好的迷你標記盤。
              隨行的狗、野生動物、或者是現場圍觀的觀眾(Spectators)走過去時踩到或撿起你的標記盤。
              一陣突如其來的怪風把放在地面上的輕量迷你盤吹離了原位。
    小組共識與原處復位(As agreed on by the group):
              當發現標記盤被動過後,選手不需要驚慌或擔心被罰。此時全組成員(Group)
              應共同憑藉剛才的地面視覺參照物(例如某塊特定形狀的草皮、石頭或樹根旁),
              共同商議並達成共識,直接把標記盤「拿回來放回(Replace)」最精準的原始位置即可。
              此項程序完全不牽涉任何罰盤,旨在百分之百還原選手應得的合法落停點(Lie)邊界。
    
  5. A thrown disc that strikes a person or animal is played where it first comes to rest.
  6. 已投擲之飛盤若擊中人(Person)或動物(Animal),
    一律以其最初停穩(First comes to rest)的地點作為下一投的落停位置。
    
    這條規則在實務賽事中非常重要,
    確立了當飛盤遭遇「非固定障礙物(人或動物)」干擾時的終局法律狀態:
    
    Played where it first comes to rest(最初停穩處續打原則):
              實際情境 A(撞到人):
                  你用力把飛盤甩出去,結果不小心「煞車不及」,
                  直接重重砸在站在球道邊緣的看盤員(Spotter)、觀眾、甚至是同組隊友的包包或身上。
                   飛盤隨後反彈,停在界內大草皮上。
              實際情境 B(撞到動物):
                  飛盤橫越果嶺時,空中突然飛過一隻鳥、或是草地上衝出一隻松鼠,飛盤跟動物發生擦撞後,
                  彈進了隔壁的灌木叢或沙坑中。
              判定結果:這在運動法理上被視為「場地因數(Rub of the green)」。
                  不管被撞到的人或動物是故意還是不小心,
                  也不管飛盤隨後是彈得更靠近籃架(得利)還是彈進死角(吃虧),
                  選手都完全不需要、也禁止將飛盤拿回撞擊點。
                  全組必須直接走到飛盤**「最終落地停穩的那個物理位置」**,
                  並以此建立下一投的落停點(Lie)。
    與蓄意攔截(Interference)的區別:
              本條文處理的是純粹的「擊中/擦撞(Strikes)」。如果事後證實,
              是某個隊友或觀眾因為「看你不爽」而故意伸腳去擋盤子、或是伸手去空中抓盤子,
              這就會觸發另一條更嚴厲的**「蓄意干擾(Interference)」**防弊罰則。
    
  7. It is a violation if a player or their equipment interferes with the course of their own thrown disc. The throw and one penalty throw are counted in the player's score; the player continues play from the previous lie. Any other penalty throws incurred by the throw are disregarded. If a throw is interfered with by request of the thrower, that is considered the same as a player interfering with their own throw.
  8. 若選手或其裝備干擾(Interferes with)了自身已投擲飛盤的飛行與移動路徑,
    即構成违例。該次投擲以及一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)均必須計入選手的分數中,
    且選手應回到前一次投擲的位置(Previous lie)繼續比賽。
    因該次投擲所延伸帶來的任何其他加罰盤數,均不予採計(Disregarded)。
    若飛盤的移動路徑係因應投擲者之請求(By request of the thrower)而遭到他人干擾,
    則此行為直接視同選手自行干擾自身投擲。
    
    這條規則是球場上非常重要的防弊與停損限制。
    當你丟出飛盤後,絕對不能用任何方式去碰觸、改變自己飛盤的滾動或飛行軌跡:
    
    Interferes with... own thrown disc(干擾自身飛盤):
              違規情境 A(人為攔截):
                 選手開盤失誤,飛盤直直朝向界外(OB)的深水池飛去。選手一時情急,在飛盤快掉進水裡前,
                 整個人衝過去用腳去把飛盤踢停、或是用手去接,試圖不讓它掉進水裡。
              違規情境 B(裝備干擾):
                 選手把自己的飛盤背包或推車停在球道中央,
                 結果自己投擲出去的飛盤在果嶺上彈跳後,剛好重重撞在「自己的背包」上而停下來。
    分數與重新投擲位置(等同於強制的拋棄投擲數學):
              一旦發生上述干擾:
                (不論是故意攔截還是被自己的包包撞到),
                 大會為了懲罰或導正此行為,
                 該次投擲要算(1 盤)+ 犯規罰盤要算(1 盤)= 合計付出 2 盤的代價。
              選手:
                 絕對不能在背包撞到的點或手接住的點繼續打,大會強制他必須走回頭路、
                 退回前一次出手的原落停點(Previous lie)重新投擲。
    By request of the thrower(授意他人攔截,株連本體):
              投機行為:
                  選手看到飛盤快要滾下懸崖或出界,自己來不及跑過去,
                  於是對著站在前方的桿弟、朋友或觀眾大喊:「幫我擋住那顆盤子!」
              判定結果:
                  只要是**「因為你的請求」**而導致別人伸手去碰你的盤子,
                  這筆帳會百分之百算在投擲者自己頭上。
                  同樣直接宣告犯規,加罰一盤並強制退回原地重新投擲。
    抹消其他罰盤(Any other penalty disregarded):
              如果這顆飛盤在被你(或被你的包包)擋住之前,
              其實已經在空中漏掉了強制路線(漏 Mando),
              或是它被你接住的當下其實人站在 OB 區。一旦啟動本條文,
              那些伴隨而來的 Mando 或 OB 罰盤全部一筆勾銷,全身上下只吃這條干擾規則本身的 1 盤罰盤。
    
  9. A thrown disc whose course was intentionally altered by someone other than the thrower is given a position at the point of contact, as agreed on by the group. The thrower may choose to play from the resulting lie, or to abandon the throw without penalty, in which case the original throw is not counted in the player's score.
  10. 若已投擲飛盤的移動路徑,遭到投擲者以外的其他人(Someone other than the thrower)蓄意改變(Intentionally altered),
    則依據小組(Group)成員之共識,應以「接觸發生時的物理點(Point of contact)」賦予該飛盤落停位置。
    投擲者可自由選擇(Choose)以下列其中一種方式繼續比賽:
    
    自上述接觸點所決定的落停點(Lie)進行下一投;或
    在免受任何加罰(Without penalty)的情況下拋棄該次投擲(Abandon the throw),
    此時原本的那一次投擲將不計入(Not counted)選手的分數之中(即原地免罰重丟)。
    
    這條規則與前述的「不小心擊中人或動物( Rub of the green )」完全不同,
    它專門用來對抗球場上**「他人蓄意干擾(惡意破壞或非理性外力)」的惡劣行為,
    並給予選手至高無上的「雙重劇本二選一」保障權利**:
    
    Intentionally altered(蓄意改變/蓄意攔截):
              實際情境:
                  例如選手拋出了一發極具奪冠相的完美進攻,
                  結果球道旁一個沒水準的觀眾、或是心懷不軌的競爭對手,
                  因為看你不順眼,竟然故意伸腳把滾動中的飛盤踢開、或是伸手把空中的飛盤抓下來。
              位置擬制(接觸點原則):
                  一旦被小組或裁判認定對方是「故意(Intentionally)」碰盤,
                  大會規定這顆飛盤在規則上的合法原點,
                  立刻定格在「那個壞人手或腳剛好碰到飛盤的那一瞬間的 3D 空間投影點(Point of contact)」,
                  小組會在那裡為你放置迷你標記盤。
    
    極具戰術價值的「二選一權利」(The options):
              劇本 A(原地續打):
                  如果那個壞人伸手去抓飛盤的當下,
                  飛盤剛好在目標籃架旁 2 公尺的空中(已經是穩進的敲桿範圍)。
                  選手可以選擇:「我就要在這個接觸點(籃下 2 公尺)放下標記盤打下一投!」
                  這能保住你的推進成果。
              劇本 B(免罰重來):
                  如果那個壞人是在你剛開盤、飛盤飛得正漂亮時故意把它拍落,
                  導致飛盤掉進死角。選手此時可以行使至高權益:「我宣告拋棄這一投!」
              驚人的分數平反:
                  普通的拋棄投擲(Abandon)是要罰 1 盤且算桿數的(代價為 2 盤)。
                  但因為你是被他人蓄意干擾的受害者,
                  這條規則特許你**「完全免罰盤(0罰盤)且那一投直接歸零不計(Not counted)」**!
                  你只需回前一次出手的原地「免罰重新投擲」。 
    
  11. A player who intentionally interferes with another player's disc in any of the following ways receives two penalty throws:
    選手若以下列任何方式故意干擾其他球員的飛盤,將被判罰兩次罰桿:
    
    1. Altering the course of a thrown disc (other than to prevent injury); or,
    2. Moving or obscuring a thrown disc or marker disc (other than in the process of identification, retrieval, marking, or as allowed by 810.H).
    3. 蓄意改變(Altering)已投擲飛盤的飛行或移動路徑(但為了防止人員受傷 prevent injury 的安全行為除外);或
      私自移動或遮蔽(Moving or obscuring)已投擲的飛盤或標記盤(marker disc)
      (但為了辨識飛盤、回收飛盤、進行合法標記,或規則第 810.H 條所允許的正常比賽程序除外)。
      
      這兩條禁令是用來嚴厲懲罰球場上的「小動作」或「非紳士行為」,違反者通常會被直接加罰盤數或收到嚴重警告:
      
      Altering the course... other than to prevent injury(改變路徑與安全例外):
                嚴格禁止:
                    飛盤還在飛、在地上滾動或滑行時,任何人(不論是隊友、桿弟還是觀眾)
                    都絕對不能伸手去擋、用腳去踢,
                    或是故意丟東西去砸飛盤以改變它的方向。
                安全至上例外(Prevent Injury):
                    如果選手用力一擲,飛盤不幸直直朝向球道旁一個不知情的路人、小朋友或隊友的後腦勺砸去。
                    為了**「防止人員受傷」,前方的選手或裁判直接跳起來把飛盤拍落、或是用手接住,
                    這是完全合法且被官方大力鼓勵的(安全高於一切規則)**。
                    (註:此時的脫困位置會適用我們前一條翻譯的「他人蓄意/安全攔截」條款,
                    選手可免罰盤回原地重丟)
      Moving or obscuring a thrown disc or marker(禁止移動或藏匿標記):
                私自移動:
                    當飛盤已經落地停穩,或是迷你標記盤(Mini Marker)已經放好在地上時,
                    你絕對不能私自走過去把它踢開、拿起來、或是挪動它的位置。
                故意遮蔽(Obscuring):
                    例如故意用自己的大背包、推車擋在隊友的迷你盤前面,
                    或是用落葉、樹枝故意把隊友的飛盤蓋起來,
                    讓隊友在擺放站姿時受到物理或視覺上的嚴重干擾。
      合法的四大例外程序:
                辨識(Identification):
                    當兩名選手的飛盤顏色和型號一模一樣,停在同一個草叢裡。
                    為了確認哪一顆是自己的,在「徵得全組同意並做好標記」的前提下,
                    蹲下去把盤子翻過來看背面的簽名,是合法的。
                回收(Retrieval):
                    該洞比賽結束,大家走過去把各自在網籃裡或果嶺上的飛盤撿起來放回包包。
                標記(Marking):
                    在飛盤前緣擺放迷你標記盤的正常程序。
      
  12. Players must not stand or leave their equipment where interference with a disc in play may occur. A player may require other players to move themselves or their equipment if either could interfere with the throw. Refusal to do so is a courtesy violation.
  13. 選手絕不可站立或將其裝備(Equipment)留在可能對「進行比賽中之飛盤(Disc in play)」造成干擾的地點。
    若任何選手或其裝備有可能對投擲(Throw)造成干擾,(當前準備投擲的)選手可要求其他選手移動其自身或其裝備。
    若拒絕履行此要求(Refusal to do so),即構成違反禮貌行為(Courtesy violation)。
    
    這條規則完整涵蓋了賽事進行時,非投擲者在場上的「站位安全」與「裝備管理」責任:
              Disc in play(進行比賽中之飛盤):
                  指的是從對手就位、助跑、出手,
                  到飛盤在空中飛行、在地上滾動直至最終完全靜止的整個動態過程。
              放置責任:
                  你的飛盤包包、推車、水壺、雨傘,在放下時必須自覺遠離飛盤預計的飛行路線與落點果嶺區。
                  不能隨便亂丟在球道中央,這屬於選手的基本自律責任。
    要求移動權(Require to move):
              當選手準備投擲時,如果發現隊友為了看熱鬧而站得太靠前(擋住視線或揮盤軌跡),
              或者隊友的推車剛好停在籃架旁邊可能會擋住進球,
              準備投擲的人有絕對的規則權利要求對方「退後」或「移開裝備」。
    拒絕移動即算犯規(Refusal is a Courtesy Violation):
              如果隊友被要求後表現出不耐煩,甚至口頭回絕:
                  「我覺得我站這裡很安全啊,我不搬。」
              罰則連動:
                  這種拒絕配合的傲慢行為會直接被定調為違反禮貌行為(Courtesy Violation)。
                  依據規則第 812 條,初犯將被處以口頭警告(Warning);
                  在同一回合比賽中若有任何禮貌違例再犯,則會被直接加罰一盤(罰一桿)。
    
  14. A disc in play that was thrown by another player and comes to rest on or behind the lie may be moved. After the player has thrown, the other player's disc is replaced to where it came to rest, as agreed on by the group.
  15. 若其他選手所投擲且進行比賽中之飛盤,落停於(當前投擲選手的)落停點(Lie)之上或其正後方,
    則該飛盤可被(暫時)移開。在該名選手完成投擲後,該顆屬於其他選手的飛盤,
    必須依據小組(Group)成員之共識,放回(Replaced)其原本落停的地點。
    
    這條規則在草地果嶺或狹窄林道中非常實用,
    處理的是兩顆飛盤在球場上「撞車」或靠得太近時的物理干擾問題:
    
    On or behind the lie(在落停點之上或正後方):
              實際情境:
                  選手 A 先投擲,飛盤滾到距離籃架 5 公尺處停穩。接著選手 B 投擲,
                  飛盤竟然不偏不倚「疊在選手 A 的飛盤正上方」,
                  或者剛好停在選手 A 飛盤的「正後方 20 公分處」
                  (也就是選手 A 待會主力腳踩踏、或是後腳擺放平衡支撐點的 20x30 公分合法格子內) 
                  [802.07.A]。
              問題點:
                  如果直接打,選手 A 的鞋底一定會踩爛選手 B 的飛盤,或者出手瞬間會被對方的飛盤干擾。
    May be moved... then replaced(暫時移開與事後復位):
              合法程序:
                  規則特許此時選手 A 可以合法地把選手 B 的飛盤**「拿起來、暫時移到一旁」**,
                  好讓自己能乾淨、安全地擺放站姿並完成投擲。
              義務責任:選手 A 一出手釋放飛盤後,
                  大家不能拍拍屁股走人。全組必須憑剛剛的視覺記憶達成共識,
                  立刻把選手 B 的飛盤**「放回(Replace)」當初一模一樣的落停點**,
                  保障選手 B 隨後投擲時的權益。
                  這項程序完全不扣分、不罰盤。
    

811 Misplay 失誤 【錯誤比賽 / 不當程序 】

  1. It is the responsibility of the player to play the course correctly. Before play begins, players are expected to attend the players' meeting in order to learn about any special conditions that may exist on the course, including extra holes, alternate teeing areas, alternate hole placements, out-of-bounds areas, mandatories, and drop zones.
  2. 正確且依循規範完成盤場比賽,屬於選手個人的責任(Responsibility of the player)。
    在比賽開始之前,選手被預期(強制要求)必須參加選手大會(Players' meeting),
    以了解盤場上可能存在的任何特殊狀況,其內容包含:加賽洞(Extra holes)、
    替代開盤區(Alternate teeing areas)、替代目標籃架位置(Alternate hole placements)、
    出界區域(Out-of-bounds areas)、強制路線(Mandatories)以及落盤區(Drop zones)。
    
    這條規則是 PDGA 賽事法規中著名的**「不自證無罪/選手全責」**條款。
    它徹底堵死了選手在犯規後試圖用「我不知道、大會沒講」來賴皮的藉口:
    
    Responsibility of the player(選手全責原則):
              法理含意:
                  在飛盤高爾夫中,不管賽道設計多複雜、或者現場有沒有裁判死死盯著,
                  「把路走對、把規則守好」就是選手自己的責任。
                  如果你因為走錯賽道、看錯籃架、或是漏掉 Mando 而投擲,
                  大會絕對不會因為你說「我是第一次來這球場」而減免罰盤。
    Expected to attend the players' meeting(選手大會的強制預期):
              正式的巡迴賽在首輪開賽前半小時,**賽事總監(TD)**
              一定會召集所有人舉行選手大會(或在賽前一晚發布數位球員手冊 Caddy Book)。
              大會上宣布的內容(
              例如:今天風大所以第 9 洞放寬 OB 脫困為 2 公尺、或是今天使用的是 B 號後備籃架位置),
              在法律效力上直接等同於賽事規則。
              如果你因為睡過頭、遲到而沒聽到,隨後在場上因為踩錯開盤墊、丟錯籃架而犯規,
              你必須概括承受接下來 **811 條【錯誤比賽(Misplay)】
              最低 2 盤起跳、最高直接取消資格(DQ)**的連環重罰。
    
  3. A misplay has occurred if the player either has failed to complete every hole on the course correctly and in the proper order or has played from an incorrect lie for any throw.
  4. 若選手未按正確順序(Proper order)且正確地完成盤場上的每一個盤洞(Hole),
    或者在任何一次投擲時自錯誤的落停點(Incorrect lie)進行投擲,即構成錯誤比賽(Misplay)。
    
    這條規則明確劃定了「錯誤比賽(Misplay)」的兩大核心犯罪事實。一旦觸發,
    代表選手的比賽程序已出現重大瑕疵,通常會面臨**加罰兩盤(Two penalty throws)**起跳
    並可能需要修正或重投的嚴厲處分:
    
    Failed to complete... in the proper order(未依正確順序正確進洞):
              常見違規情境(跳洞打、看錯籃架):
                  球場設計有時路線較為錯綜複雜。例如打完第 4 洞後,
                  選手看錯指示牌,直接走去開第 6 洞(跳過第 5 洞);
                  或是該洞有 A、B 兩個目標籃架,選手沒注意聽賽前大會公告,
                  直接把飛盤敲進了不對的 B 籃架並以為打完了。
                  這種打錯洞、跳洞或丟錯籃架的行為,就屬於「未依正確順序與規範完賽」。
    Played from an incorrect lie for any throw(自錯誤的落停點投擲):
              常見違規情境(不當脫困、踩錯開盤墊):
                  這呼應了我們前面幾天翻譯的特殊地形規則。
                  例如飛盤明明只是掉在一般的界內草地上,你為了躲避前方大樹,
                  卻自己假借脫困名義向後退了 10 公尺投擲;或者是在開盤時,
                  你一腳踩在原本規定使用的「藍色職業開盤墊」之外、
                  跑去踩隔壁的「綠色業餘開盤墊」出手。
                  這都屬於自完全不合法的地點進行了投擲。
    
  5. If a misplay is discovered after the scorecard has been turned in, the player receives the penalty throws applicable to the misplay.
  6. 若在計分卡正式交回(Turned in)之後才發現錯誤比賽(Misplay),
    選手仍應被處以該項錯誤比賽所適用的相應加罰盤數(Penalty throws)。
    
    這條規則確立了運動法理上的**「追溯懲罰原則」**。它強調無論是當場抓到,
    還是賽後看錄影才發現,只要在賽事正式宣告結束的合法期限前,
    犯規代價都必須實質反映在成績上:
    
    After the scorecard has been turned in(計分卡交回後):
              實際情境:
                 選手在第 7 洞不小心看錯籃架(投錯洞)或者使用了完全不合法的錯誤落停點,
                 但同組隊友當下都沒發現,大家核對完分數後就把計分卡最終提交(Turn in)給大會了。
              事後穿幫:
                 半小時後,後續組別的選手走過來向大會舉報,或是現場觀眾拿出了清晰的手機錄影畫面,
                 證實該名選手有嚴重的 Misplay 行為。
    Receives the penalty throws applicable(追溯加罰):
              選手不能用「我卡都交了、你們當下也沒抓,所以現在算我安全」來規避責任。
              處罰落實:
                 一旦大會審查證據屬實,賽事總監(TD)會直接在後台系統「手動修改」該名選手的分數,
                 將該錯誤比賽相應的**重罰(通常為 2 次加罰盤數,即加兩桿)**
                 直接補加進去,確保賽事最終排名的絕對公平。
    
  7. A misplay is not a stance violation, nor is it a practice throw.
  8. 錯誤比賽(Misplay)既不屬於站姿違例(Stance violation),亦不屬於練習投擲(Practice throw)。
    
    這條規則在 PDGA 執法體系中具有極高的一事不二罰與性質釐清價值。
    它明確界定了這三種常被新手混淆的違規,在法理與懲罰力道上的本質區別:
    
    站姿違例(Stance Violation,輕度,罰 1 盤):
              本質:
                  你的落停點(Lie)標記完全正確合法,但你在出手(釋放飛盤)的物理瞬間,
                  主力腳腳尖不小心踩在標記盤前緣、超出 20x30 公分矩形格(Foot Fault),
                  或是在 10 公尺敲桿區內出手後跌倒沒站穩。
              與 Misplay 的區別:
                  站姿違例的投擲點本身是合法的,純粹是「動作犯規」。
                  而 Misplay 則是你在「完全不合法的地點」完成了投擲(例如私自移動落停點)。
    練習投擲(Practice Throw,中度,罰 1 盤且該投不算桿):
              本質:
                  你那一下拋扔,純粹是為了抓風向、回盤給隊友或手癢,
                  主觀上完全不是為了推進這洞的比賽。因此練習盤那一下扔出去的桿數「不予採計」,
                  但要額外吃 1 盤罰盤。
    錯誤比賽(Misplay,重度,重罰 2 盤起跳且計分最複雜):
              本質:
                  你那一下投擲,百分之百是為了推進該洞比賽(競賽嘗試),
                  只是你完全解讀錯規則或看錯賽道,導致在錯誤的位置出了手。
              處罰與計分:
                  因為你是認真想打這洞,所以那一下投擲的桿數必須實質算進計分卡裡,
                  同時還要被追加重罰 2 盤(加兩桿)!
    
  9. A player who deliberately misplays the course to gain competitive advantage may be disqualified in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Competition Manual. This includes but is not limited to any deliberate misplays specified in 811.F.
  10. 選手若蓄意(Deliberately)進行錯誤比賽以謀取競賽優勢,
    可依據《競賽手冊》第 3.03 節之規定,被直接取消參賽資格(Disqualified)。
    此行為包含但不限於規則第 811.F 條中所載明之任何蓄意錯誤比賽行為。
    
    這條規則在 PDGA 執法體系中屬於最嚴厲的作弊防禦條款。
    它將一般的「粗心看錯、規則不熟(罰2盤)」與「心懷不軌、惡意投機」做出了本質上的重大切割:
    
    Deliberately misplays to gain advantage(蓄意謀取優勢):
              作弊情境演練:
                  選手開盤後,飛盤不幸卡在密林最深處(在物理上幾乎不可能打出來)。
                  如果他走過去正常宣告「拋棄投擲(Abandon)」,必須走回原地重丟(浪費大量體力和時間),
                  或者必須加罰 1 盤向後退。
              惡意行為:
                  該選手為了省事、不想多吃桿數,
                  趁著同組隊友(Group)在幫別人找盤、沒注意看的時候,
                  偷偷把自己的飛盤往旁邊空曠處挪動了 5 公尺,
                  並假裝它原本就停在那裡投擲。
                  這種「明知故犯、意圖改變落點以獲得好打角度」的行為,就屬於蓄意錯誤比賽。
    直接取消資格(Disqualified / DQ):
              一般的 Misplay 被抓到是「加罰 2 盤並修正分數」。
              但只要同組隊友或裁判舉證,證實該選手是「故意、有預謀的(Deliberate)」作弊行為,
              大會將完全跳過加罰盤數的步驟,直接引用《競賽手冊》第 3.03 節的不當行為條款,
              將該名選手驅逐出場並取消整場巡迴賽的參賽資格(DQ),
              且事後通常會面臨 PDGA 紀律委員會的停賽處分。
    
    包含但不限於 811.F:
              規則 811.F 是接下來我們即將翻譯的具體情境(如自錯誤開盤墊出手、打錯籃架等)。
              這意味著不論你是在開盤、球道續投、敲桿還是任何脫困程序中,
              只要有心存僥倖的欺騙行為,一律以作弊論處。
    
  11. Types of misplay:
    錯誤比賽類型:
    
    1. Incorrect Lie. The player has played from a lie that is not the correct lie. For example, the player has:
      1. Teed off from a teeing area that is not the correct teeing area for the current hole; or,
      2. Thrown from a lie other than that established by the thrown disc; or,
      3. Played an out-of-bounds disc as if it were in-bounds; or,
      4. Thrown from a lie established by a previous throw which missed a mandatory; or,
      5. Played a disc in a required relief area as if it were not in a required relief area.
      錯誤落停點(Incorrect Lie)
      選手自一個非正確的落停點進行了投擲。例如,選手有下列行為之一:
                自一個非當前盤洞所規定使用的正確開盤區(Teeing area)進行開盤投擲;或
                自一個非該已投擲飛盤所建立之落停點以外的位置進行投擲;或
                將一顆出界(OB)的飛盤,當作界內(In-bounds)飛盤直接就地進行投擲;或
                自一個由前一次「未通過強制路線(漏 Mando)」之投擲所建立的(非法)落停點進行投擲;或
                將落在強制脫困區(Required relief area)內的飛盤,
                當作未落在強制脫困區內一樣直接就地進行投擲。
      
      這條規則用來嚴厲懲罰與修正選手在場上「自完全不合法的位置出手的競賽嘗試」。
      依據最新 PDGA 官方規則第 811 條,其後續的加罰盤數與計分處理非常硬核,
      完全取決於「該次犯規是在何時被同組發現」:
       
      若在「進行下一次投擲前」就被當場抓到(及時修正):
              罰則:
                  選手被處以一次加罰盤數(加 1 桿)。
              處理:
                  那一下自錯誤位置丟出去的物理桿數直接作廢不計。選手必須背起包包,
                  乖乖走回「正確的法定落停點」重新投擲他的下一發。 
       
      若在「已經進行了後續投擲或打完進洞後」才被抓到(事後追罰):
              罰則:
                  選手被處以兩次加罰盤數(重罰加 2 桿)。
              處理:
                  因為比賽已經繼續推進或打完了,
                  選手不需要(也無法)再回頭重丟。
                  原本自錯誤地點丟出的桿數以及後續所有桿數全部照實採計,
                  大會僅在該洞的最終成績上直接外加 2 盤罰盤作為懲罰。
      

      If no subsequent throws have been made after the misplayed throw, that throw is disregarded. The player plays from the correct lie and receives one penalty throw for the misplay. If an additional throw has been made after the misplayed throw, the player continues play from their current lie and receives two penalty throws for the misplay. Any penalty throws applicable to the throws used are assessed in addition to the penalties for the misplay.

    2. 若在該次錯誤比賽(Misplayed)的投擲之後,選手尚未進行任何後續投擲,
      則該次(錯誤位置的)投擲不予採計(Disregarded)。
      選手應改自正確的落停點(Lie)進行投擲,
      並因該次錯誤比賽而被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
      若在該次錯誤比賽的投擲之後,選手已經進行了額外的後擲,則選手應自其當前的落停點繼續完成比賽,
      並因該次錯誤比賽而被處以兩次加罰盤數(Two penalty throws,即加兩桿)。
      任何適用於後續採計投擲的(其他物理)加罰盤數,均應與此項錯誤比賽的罰盤合併累計處罰。
      
      這條規則是全場裁判最需要考驗數學計算的硬核條文。
      它根據**「隊友或裁判有沒有在第一時間抓到犯規」**,
      劃分為兩個完全不同的命運劇本:
      
      劇本 A:【出手後、走過去前,立刻被當場抓到】(及時修正,罰 1 盤)
                實際情境:
                    選手在第 3 洞開盤。
                    他的飛盤在前一洞明明出界(OB),他卻忘記向內移 1 公尺,
                    直接在界外的柏油路上(錯誤落停點)把飛盤奮力切上果嶺。
                現場反應:
                    飛盤剛一離手,同組隊友立刻大喊:「欸!你這投是從 OB 馬路上丟的,這是錯誤落停點!」
                計分與程序修正:
                    他剛剛從馬路上把飛盤切上果嶺的那一下物理動作直接作廢抹消(不計桿)。
                    選手必須走去界內,在最後切入點向內量 1 公尺的「正確法定落停點」放下標記盤重新投擲。
                    記分卡結算:因為這個 Misplay,他被加罰 1 盤。
      
      劇本 B:【大家沒注意,選手已經接著丟下一盤或打完進洞】(事後追罰,重罰 2 盤)
                實際情境:
                    承接上例,選手在 OB 馬路上把飛盤切上果嶺。當時全組都在看風景沒注意。
                    選手默默走上果嶺,拿著飛盤完成了最後的敲桿進洞,
                    全組才突然驚醒:「等等!你剛才那一投是不是從馬路上丟過來的?」
                計分與程序修正:
                    因為比賽已經繼續推進且完成了:
                        時光無法倒流,
                        選手不需要、也絕對不能回頭重丟。
                    他在馬路上丟的那一投、果嶺上敲桿的那一投:
                        所有後續的物理桿數通通「照實採計」。
                    記分卡結算:
                        大會直接在正確的總得分上,
                        額外追加重罰 2 盤罰盤(加兩桿)。
      
      罰盤合併累計(Penalties are assessed in addition)是什麼意思?
                如果選手在馬路上(錯誤落停點)把飛盤切出去的那一投,
                飛盤在飛行過程中又不小心飛進了另一個水池出界(OB)。
                如果是**劇本 B(事後追罰)**的狀況:因為所有投擲都被採計,
                所以除了要吃這條規則的 2 盤 Misplay 罰盤之外,
                那一下飛進水池的 1 盤 OB 罰盤也必須同時算進去(2 + 1 = 當場多吃 3 個罰盤)。
      
    3. Failure to Complete a Hole. The player has finished the round or thrown on a hole without having completed a previous hole. The score for the misplayed hole is the number of throws made, plus one for completing the hole, plus two penalty throws for the misplay. Intentionally failing to complete a hole constitutes withdrawal from competition.
    4. 未完成盤洞(Failure to Complete a Hole)選手在「尚未完成前一個盤洞」的情況下,
      便已經結束了該回合(Round)比賽,或已在後續的盤洞進行了投擲。
      該錯誤比賽盤洞的分數計算方式為:
      該洞已投擲的盤數,外加 1 盤作為完成盤洞(得分進洞)的虛擬桿數,
      再外加 2 盤因該次錯誤比賽所處以的加罰盤數。
      蓄意(Intentionally)未完成盤洞者,即構成退賽(Withdrawal)論處。
      
      這條規則專門用來處理球場上最嚴重的行政與程序瑕疵——「漏打某一洞」或「沒進洞就直接走去下一洞開盤」。
      它的計分公式非常獨特且嚴厲:什麼情況算「未完成盤洞」?
      
      實際情境 A(跳洞打漏掉):
                打完第 4 洞,選手看錯指示牌,直接走去開第 6 洞。
                直到打完 18 洞回總部交卡時,大家才發現第 5 洞居然是完全空白、一投都沒打。
      實際情境 B(沒進洞就走掉):
                在第 7 洞,選手敲桿彈出。他因為心態崩潰或粗心,
                沒把飛盤撿起來放進網籃,就直接收盤子走到第 8 洞開盤(此時在第 7 洞已經投擲了 4 次)。
      
      分數計算公式(已投盤數 + 1 + 2):
                大會為了讓計分卡能順利結算,
                會對這個被漏掉或未完成的盤洞進行強制的「法律擬制計分」:
                【範例 1:像情境 A 那樣,整洞完全漏打、一投都沒丟過】
                    該洞已投擲盤數 = 0
                    補進洞的虛擬桿數 = +1
                    Misplay 錯誤比賽懲罰 = +2
                    最終該漏打洞的總登記分數 = 3 盤(俗稱「強制吃 3 桿」)。
      
                【範例 2:像情境 B 那樣,打了 4 投但沒進洞就走人】
                    該洞已投擲盤數 = 4
                    補進洞的虛擬桿數 = +1
                    Misplay 錯誤比賽懲罰 = +2
                    最終該未完成洞的總登記分數 = 7 盤(4 + 1 + 2 = 7)。
       
      蓄意未完成 ➡️ 視同棄賽(Withdrawal):
                如果選手因為打得太爛、鬧脾氣,
                故意不把盤子敲進洞、或是故意不打某個險惡的盤洞,大會不會幫你套用上面的「+1+2」公式。
                賽事總監(TD)會直接認定你主觀上想要退賽(Withdrawal),
                當場取消你後續的參賽權利,並在歷史紀錄上留下 DNF(未完賽)標記。
      
    5. Non-Sequential Play. The player has completed play on a hole in the wrong order. The player continues to play the course in its proper order. Regardless of the number of holes played in the wrong order during the round, a total of two penalty throws is added to the player's total score for the misplay. The score for any completed hole stands.
    6. 未依序比賽(Non-Sequential Play)選手未按正確順序完成某個盤洞(Hole)的比賽。
      隨後,選手應繼續依正確的賽道順序完成盤場比赛。
      不論在該回合(Round)比賽中未按順序(跳洞或倒著打)打了多少個盤洞,因該次錯誤比賽(Misplay),
      選手的總成績一律僅被外加總共兩次加罰盤數(Two penalty throws,即加兩桿)。
      任何已完成盤洞的分數均維持有效。
      
      這條規則專門用來處理球場上最常見的
      **「看錯指示牌而跳洞打」但「事後有及時發現並把洞補回來」**的程序錯誤。
      它遵循了飛盤高爾夫在行政違例上相對寬容的「一事不二罰」法理:
      
      什麼情況算「未依序比賽」?(與漏打的本質差別)
                實際情境:
                    選手們打完第 4 洞,因為找不到第 5 洞的指標,誤把第 6 洞當成第 5 洞給打完了。
                    打完後,全組才突然發現:「天啊!我們剛剛跳過了第 5 洞!」
                處理程序:
                    此時全組不能裝死。他們必須立刻**「回頭走向第 5 洞、依序把第 5 洞打完」**,
                    隨後再跨過已經打完的第 6 洞,直接前往第 7 洞繼續比賽。
                    這與我們先前翻譯的「未完成盤洞(Failure to Complete,整洞漏掉沒打回總部)」完全不同,
                    這屬於有回頭把考卷補寫完的「順序錯亂」。
      
      Regardless of the number... total of two penalty throws(打錯再多洞,均只罰 2 盤):
                大會對於這種因為球場指引不清導致的集體迷航給予了相對寬容的計分保障。
                
                不論你們這組是因為恍神,
                    連續跳著打了 2 個洞、3 個洞、還是半場都順序錯亂,
                    只要你們在該回合結束前(交卡前)有把所有盤洞都實質投擲進洞完賽,
                    大會不會針對每個洞重複處罰,
                    而是直接在該回合的最終總成績(Total Score)上,一律只外加 2 盤的行政處罰
      
      The score stands, not replayed(分數維持有效、禁止重打):
                像前述範例中:
                    選手看錯順序而「提早打完的第 6 洞」,
                    他們在那一洞所打出來的真實物理盤數(例如 3 盤完賽),
                    會被百分之百承認並保留在計分卡上。
                當他們依序打完第 5 洞、前進到第 6 洞時:
                    全組絕對禁止因為「剛剛不小心提早打過,我想再打一次刷好成績」而重新投擲。
                    全組必須直接背著包包走過第 6 洞,直接在第 7 洞的開盤區就位。
      
      
    7. Absent. If a player is not present at the start of the round for their assigned group, the player is considered absent and does not play the hole. A player is also considered absent if the player has not played the previous hole and is not present when their group is ready to start on a hole. The absent player receives a score of par plus four on each hole not played. Par is determined by the Tournament Director.
    8. 缺席(Absent)若選手在分配小組(Group)的回合(Round)開賽時未到場,該名選手即被視為缺席,
      且不得進行該盤洞的比賽。若選手未進行前一個盤洞的比賽,且在小組已準備好開始進行某個盤洞時仍未到場,
      該名選手同樣被視為缺席。缺席之選手,在每個未進行比賽的盤洞上,
      一律被處以該洞標準盤數外加四盤(Par plus four,即標準桿加四桿)之分數登記。
      標準盤數(Par)由賽事總監(Tournament Director)定之。
      
      這條規則在實務巡迴賽中極常被引用,用以處理**「開賽睡過頭遲到」、
      或是「比賽中途去洗手間或因個人私事嚴重脫隊」**的計分公式:
      
      什麼情況算「Absent(缺席)」?
                開賽遲到:
                    大會規定早上 8:00 全場同步開賽,
                    而你們小組在第 3 洞出發。當 8:00 鳴笛開賽、同組第一位選手站上開盤墊時,
                    你人還在停車場綁鞋帶。那麼你在這第 3 洞就直接被宣告為「缺席」。
                賽中脫隊:
                    你因為肚子痛,在打完第 4 洞後跑去很遠的廁所。
                    當小組在第 5 洞全部開完盤、準備走上球道打下一投,
                    而你依然不見人影時,你在第 5 洞同樣被宣告缺席。
      
      經典的「Par + 4」懲罰公式(沒打的洞如何計分):
                大會為了讓遲到的選手在趕回現場後還能「繼續接下去打」,
                    不會因為漏掉前面幾洞就直接被取消整場資格(DQ),
                    因此設計了這項代價昂貴的保障計分:
                【計分範例】:
                    假設第 3 洞是由賽事總監(TD)訂定為 標準 3 盤(Par 3) 的洞。
                    你因為遲到漏打這一洞,大會幫你登記的分數就是:3 (Par) + 4 = 7 盤。
                    如果你連續遲到了 3 個標準 3 盤的洞,你一趕到現場,
                    計分卡上就已經背負了 21 盤(7+7+7)的慘烈分數。
      
      趕回現場後的對接程序(You can resume):
                只要你小跑步趕到小組目前正在進行的盤洞(例如他們正在打第 6 洞),
                只要你在他們正式開完盤、 ready 之前及時加入,
                你就可以從第 6 洞開始拿起飛盤正常參賽,
                前面漏掉的第 3、4、5 洞則全數強制套用 Par + 4 結算。
      
    9. Missing. If a player was present with the group and is now missing when it is their turn to throw, the player is given 30 seconds to rejoin the group. If the player remains missing for that time, then the player is considered absent for the hole and receives a score of par plus four on the hole. See 802.03.H for exception to this rule.
    10. 失蹤(Missing)若選手原本與小組(Group)同行,
      但在輪到其投擲(Turn to throw)時卻突然不知去向(Missing),
      則大會給予該名選手 30 秒的時間歸隊。若該名選手在時限內仍未現身,則視為該盤洞缺席(Absent),
      且該洞分數一律處以標準盤數外加四盤(Par plus four,即標準桿加四桿)之處分。
      相關例外情況請參閱規則第 802.03.H 條。
      
      這條規則與前述的「缺席/遲到(Absent)」相輔相成,專門用來處理**「原本人有在場,
      卻在要輪到自己投擲時突然失聯」**的突發狀況:
      
      與「缺席(Absent)」的定義區別:
                缺席(Absent):
                    小組一來到這個洞的開盤區,選手從頭到尾就都「不在場」。
                失蹤(Missing):
                    選手明明剛剛還和大家一起走到這顆飛盤落點旁,但當前一位隊友打完、
                    正式輪到他投擲時,大家轉頭一看,才發現他竟然在沒宣告的情況下自己不見了
                    (例如擅自跑進樹林找飛盤、或突然走開)。
      黃金 30 秒倒數計時(30 seconds to rejoin):
                一旦輪到他投擲且確認人不見,小組或裁判會立刻開始倒數計時 30 秒。
                如果他在 30 秒之內小跑步趕回來,可以免除缺席處罰,
                (但如果超過原本的出手時限,仍可能面臨超時投擲 Excessive Time 的口頭警告)。
      重罰「Par + 4」與 802.03.H 的人性化例外:
                若 30 秒到了人還是沒回來:
                    這一洞他直接被定調為缺席,
                    該洞直接被強制登記為該洞標準盤數(Par)
                    再加 4 盤的嚴厲分數(例如 Par 3 的洞直接登記為 7 盤)。
      
                802.03.H 的重要安全例外:
                    這項嚴厲的 Par+4 懲罰有一項人性化例外。
                    如果該選手之所以突然失蹤或脫隊,
                    是因為**「人身遭受緊急醫療狀況需要救護」、「突發的惡劣極端天氣安全撤離」,
                    或者是「為了協助處理場上危及生命的安全意外」**,
                    只要事後向賽事總監(TD)提出合理證明,
                    大會將依據 802.03.H 的行政豁免撤銷這項 Par+4 的處罰,保障選手權益。
      
    11. Omitted Hole. The round has been completed, and the player has neglected to play one or more holes. The player receives a score of par plus four on each unplayed hole. Intentionally failing to play a hole constitutes withdrawal from competition.
    12. 遺漏盤洞(Omitted Hole)回合(Round)比賽已經結束,
      而選手遺漏(Neglected)了其中一個或多個盤洞未進行比賽。
      選手在每個未進行比賽的盤洞上,
      一律被處以該洞標準盤數外加四盤(Par plus four,即標準桿加四桿)之分數登記。
      蓄意(Intentionally)未進行某個盤洞之比賽者,即構成退賽(Withdrawal)論處。
      
      這條規則專門用來處理當整場比賽完全結束、全組回到大會總部準備核對交卡時,
      才赫然發現**「漏看、漏打某一洞」**的最終計分卡法律擬制公式:
      
      與「未依序比賽(Non-Sequential)」的本質差別:
                未依序比賽:
                    你在賽中發現跳洞,有立刻回頭把洞補打完。只要有補寫完考卷,全場不管跳幾洞,
                    總分都只會被「微罰 2 盤」。
                遺漏盤洞(Omitted Hole):
                    你們這組直接漏看某一洞(例如跳過第 11 洞),
                    打完第 18 洞後直接按下 Final Submit 結算。
                    這代表你們完全沒有回頭補打,該洞在物理上是一片空白。
      昂貴的「Par + 4」計分公式(與缺席遲到同等重罰):
                大會為了讓這張殘缺的計分卡能順利結算總分,
                    必須強制為這個空白的洞無中生有生出一個數字。
                其公式與選手開賽睡過頭、遲到沒來的處罰完全一模一樣,
                    直接套用 Par + 4。
                【計分範例】:若被遺漏的第 11 洞是由賽事總監(TD)訂定的 標準 3 盤(Par 3),
                    那麼你在這張計分卡上,該洞就會被強制等同於拿了 7 盤(3 + 4 = 7)。
                    如果運氣不好漏掉的是標準 5 盤的大洞,
                    那直接就是以 9 盤結算,代價非常慘烈。
      蓄意漏打 ➡️ 視同棄賽(Withdrawal):
                這是一條嚴厲的誠信防禦紅線:
                    如果選手是因為看到某個盤洞要跨越極為恐怖的大水池,
                    自認飛盤百分之百會掉進水裡遺失或出界,為了保全分數而「故意(Intentionally)」,
                    跟隊友說我不要打這洞、直接走過去。
                一旦被證實是蓄意投機、故意不打:
                    大會將拒絕套用「Par + 4」的補分公式,
                    賽事總監會直接判定該名選手**「不當退賽(Withdrawal / DNF)」**,
                    直接取消其整場巡迴賽的後續參賽與敘獎權利。
      
    13. Incorrect Hole. The player has completed a hole that is not part of the course for that round, in place of a hole that is part of the course for the round. Two penalty throws are added to the player's score for the hole.
    14. 錯誤盤洞(Incorrect Hole)選手完成了一個不屬於該回合賽道範圍內的盤洞,
      用以替代該回合本應進行比賽的正確盤洞。在該盤洞的分數結算中,
      選手的分數將被直接追加處以兩次加罰盤數(Two penalty throws,即加兩桿)。
      
      這條規則專門用來處理現代大型飛盤高爾夫球場中,
      因**「多編制賽道交叉(例如同場地同時有金賽道、藍賽道、綠賽道)」或「前後備用籃架同時存在」**時,
      選手不小心完全迷航打錯洞的特殊烏龍狀況:
      
      什麼情況算「錯誤盤洞(Incorrect Hole)」?
                實際情境:
                    在一個擁有 36 洞的綜合大球場中,
                    今天官方公告的回合賽道是「西區 A 路線 18 洞」。
                    選手在打完第 11 洞後,看錯地上的引導箭頭,
                    誤走進了旁邊緊鄰的「東區 B 路線第 12 洞」的開盤區,
                    並且全組一路開盤、續投、敲桿進洞,高高興興打完了這一洞。
                穿幫時刻:
                    打完後大家一對 App 導航,
                    才赫然發現剛剛打的那整整一洞,
                    在今天的大會地圖上根本是**「不對、不列入計分」的非法盤洞**。
      極硬核的分數計算公式(真實投擲 + 2 盤罰盤):
                大會對於這種「打錯整條平行宇宙賽道」的烏龍,
                    其計分方式非常特殊:你在那個錯誤盤洞裡所丟出的「真實物理投擲盤數」,
                    會被百分之百全數採計(Stands),然後再直接重罰外加 2 盤罰盤!
                【計分數學範例】:
                    你在那個不屬於賽道的錯誤第 12 洞,總共投擲了 4 次 飛盤進洞。
                    Misplay 錯誤比賽行政重罰 = +2最終這格計分卡上登記的分數 = 6 盤(4 + 2 = 6)。
      後續對接程序義務(不需回頭補打,避免塞車):
                因為選手已經付出實體體力打完了一整洞,
                    且已經被追加重罰了 2 盤,為了維持全場球道的流暢度(Pace of play)、
                    防止選手走回頭路造成後方全面大塞車,選手在扣完這 6 盤後,
                    不需要、也禁止再走回原本正確的西區第 12 洞去補打。
                全組:
                    順著球道直接前進到正確賽道的「第 13 洞開盤區」就位、繼續打下去即可。
      
    15. Extra Hole. The player has completed a hole that is not part of the course for that round. Two penalty throws are added to the player's total score. Throws made on the extra hole are not counted.
    16. 額外洞(Extra Hole)
      選手完成了一個不屬於該回合賽道範圍內的盤洞。
      因該次錯誤比賽(Misplay),選手的總成績(Total score)
      將被直接追加處以兩次加罰盤數(Two penalty throws,即加兩桿)。
      而在該加賽洞上進行的所有投擲盤數,均不予採計(Not counted)。
      
      這條規則專門用來處理球場上另一種罕見但非常經典的「迷航」烏龍
      不小心多打了一整洞原本不存在賽道圖上的洞。
      它的計分邏輯與前述所有條文完全不同:
      
      與「錯誤盤洞(Incorrect Hole)」的本質差別:
                錯誤盤洞(罰2盤,但桿數照算):
                    你是因為看錯路線,打了一個非今天規定的洞,但它是用來「替代」正確的洞。
                    大會為了不讓你走回頭路塞車,會讓你強制吃下那洞的真實桿數再加罰 2 盤,
                    然後跳過原來的洞前進。
                額外洞(Extra Hole,罰2盤,桿數全歸零):
                    今天官方規定的賽道就只有標準的 18 個洞。
                    你們這組認認真真依序打完了第 1 到第 18 洞,結果打完時,
                    大家誤以為還有第 19 洞(
                    可能那是平常公園練習時大家愛打的洞、或是隔壁別組比賽用的特殊洞),
                    全組又跑去把第 19 洞給「開盤、續投、敲桿進洞」打完了。 
      極獨特的「桿數歸零 + 總分外加 2 盤」公式:
                因為這個第 19 洞在今天的比賽中完全沒有對應的計分卡格子可以填寫.,
                  (它是不合法衍生出來的),所以大會無法採計你的真實表現。
                分數結算:
                    你在這洞就算打得再好(例如幸運抓下一發一桿進洞 Ace),
                    抱歉,這洞丟出去的所有桿數全部「作廢不計(Not counted)」。
                    但因為全組在正式回合內發生了重大程序錯誤,
                    大會會直接在該回合的**「最終總成績(Total Score)」上,
                    直接無情外加 2 盤的行政罰盤(加兩桿)**作為懲罰。 
      蓄意未打完的棄賽红線(呼應誠信):
                本條文專指「誤打完一整洞」的烏龍。
                若選手在場上是有預謀地利用多投擲來做其他戰術投機,
                大會同樣會啟動不當行為處分。 
      
    17. Wrong Starting Group. The player has begun play in a group other than the one to which they were assigned. The player must find their assigned group to begin play. Any throws made by a player in the wrong group are disregarded. The player is subject to penalties for being absent from their assigned group.
    18. 錯誤起賽組別(Wrong Starting Group)選手在非大會分配給其個人的其他小組(Group)中開始了比賽。
      該選手必須立刻前往尋找大會分配給其個人的正確小組以開始參賽。選手在錯誤小組中所進行的任何投擲盤數,
      一律不予採計(Disregarded)。此外,該選手仍須接受因缺席(Absent)其正確分組所帶來的相應處罰。
      
      這條規則專門用來處理大型巡迴賽(Tournament play)中,因選手粗心看錯編組名單、或聽錯隊友口信,
      導致「跟錯人、上錯卡(Card)」開賽的烏龍事件:
      
      Any throws... are disregarded(錯誤組別的桿數全部作廢):
                實際情境:
                    選手 A 本來被分在「第 5 組」,但他誤以為自己跟朋友同組,
                    直接加入「第 8 組」並跟著他們一起在第 8 組的開盤區開盤,
                    甚至還認真投擲了兩次飛盤。
                    打到一半大家核對計分卡 App,才發現名單根本對不上,
                    選手 A 這才驚覺自己跟錯組。
                程序處理:
                    選手 A 剛剛在第 8 組裡熱情投擲的那幾次桿數,
                    在規則上百分之百直接歸零作廢(不予採計)。
                    他必須立刻收拾裝備,在賽場上快步尋找他真正的「第 5 組」在哪裡。 
      Subject to penalties for being absent(直接「缺席罰則」):
                選手不能向大會申訴說:
                    「我有打啊!只是跟錯人打,我不是故意遲到的。」
                罰則對接:
                    規則定調,你在錯誤組別打球的這段時間,
                    對於你的正確組別而言,你就是實質**「缺席(Absent)」**。          
                因此:
                    找到正確小組時,你前面因為漏掉沒跟正確隊友打到的每一個盤洞,
                    一律強制「 Par + 4(標準盤數外加四盤)」分數進行懲罰結算。
      
    19. Wrong Starting Hole. The group has begun play on a hole other than the one to which they were assigned. If any player in the group makes more than one throw on the hole, the entire group has misplayed the hole. The group completes the hole, and each player adds two penalty throws to their score for the hole. Otherwise, the players who have made a single throw each receive one penalty throw and the misplayed throw is disregarded. The group then proceeds to the correct hole to begin their round.
    20. 錯誤起賽盤洞(Wrong Starting Hole
      全組(Group)在非大會分配給該組的錯誤盤洞上開始了該回合的比賽。
      
      劇本 A(已有人丟了兩盤以上):
                若小組中的「任何一位選手」在該錯誤盤洞進行了兩次(含兩次)以上的投擲,
                則視為「全組集體錯誤比賽該洞」。該小組必須將該錯誤盤洞完整打完進洞,
                且每位選手均必須在該洞的分數上,
                外加兩次加罰盤數(Two penalty throws,即重罰兩桿)。
      
      劇本 B(所有人均只丟了一盤):
                反之(若及時發現),那些已經進行了單次投擲(開盤)的選手,
                各別處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿),
                且該次錯誤位置的投擲不予採計(Disregarded)。
                隨後,全組應直接前往正確的分配盤洞開始進行他們的回合比賽。
      
      
      這條規則與前述的「個人走錯組別」不同,它專門用來處理散彈槍式同時開賽(Shotgun Start)時,
      **「整組 4 個人集體迷航、看錯地圖而站錯出發盤洞」**的重大行政疏失。
      
      劇本 A:【打得太忘我,有人已經接著補丟了第二發】(全卡重罰 2 盤) 
                實際情境:大會本來分配這組在「第 14 洞」起賽。結果全組走錯,
                    跑到「第 15 洞」集合。早上 9:00 鳴笛開賽,大家依序開完第一盤,接著走上球道。
                    此時,選手 A 率先把他的第二盤(續投)給甩出去了。
                    選手 B 這時才看手機驚喊:「不對!我們這組今天是在 14 洞起賽啊!」          
                處罰與程序結算:
                    因為「已經有人投擲了第 2 盤」,
                        規則判定為時已晚、木已成舟。
                        大會要求這群人不能回頭,必須把這個錯誤的第 15 洞「整洞完整打完進洞」。
                    計分卡數學:
                        他們在第 15 洞打完的真實物理桿數(例如大家都是 4 盤完賽)通通照實採計,
                        但因為這個低級錯誤,每個人都要在第 15 洞的成績上被直接「追加重罰 2 盤」
                        (4 盤實打 + 2 罰盤 = 計分卡上第 15 洞直接登記為天價的 6 盤)。
                        打完後,全組直接順著走去打第 16 洞,
                        原本被漏掉的第 14 洞則在賽後依照「遺漏盤洞(Omitted Hole)」的
                         Par+4 罰則另行補分結算。 
      
      劇本 B:【剛開完第一盤,在原地立刻驚醒】(及時停損,拋扔者罰 1 盤)
                實際情境:
                    同樣走錯到第 15 洞。選手 A、選手 B、選手 C 依序站在開盤墊上完成了他們的開盤第一投,
                    (此時選手 D 還沒丟), 選手 D 突然發現走錯洞。
                處罰與程序結算:
                    因為**「沒有任何一個人丟出第二發」**,
                        這在程序上屬於可以及時回頭的幸運狀況。
                    程序調整:
                        剛剛 A、B、C 丟出去的那三顆飛盤的所有物理軌跡直接抹消、作廢不計。
                        大家去草地上把飛盤撿回包包,全組回到正確的第 14 洞重新就位開賽。
                    計分卡數學:
                        那幾位已經出手的 A、B、C 選手,因為粗心在錯誤地方出手,
                        各別在該回合總分外加 1 盤罰盤;而那個還沒出手的選手 D,
                        因為在物理上沒有在錯誤地點進行競賽投擲,
                        因此完全免受任何處罰(0 罰盤)! 
      

812 Courtesy 禮儀

  1. A player must not:
    1. Throw if the throw might injure someone or distract another player; or,
    2. Throw out of order without consent or when it would impact another player; or,
    3. Engage in distracting or unsportsmanlike actions such as:
      1. Shouting (unless warning someone at risk of being struck by a disc),
      2. Cursing,
      3. Striking, kicking, or throwing park, course, or player equipment,
      4. Moving or talking while another player is throwing,
      5. Advancing beyond the away player; or,
    4. Leave equipment where it may distract other players or interfere with a thrown disc; or,
    5. Litter, including cigarette butts; or,
    6. Allow their smoke to disturb other players.
  2. 選手不能:
    1.在該次投擲有可能使他人受傷(Injure someone)或分散其他選手注意力(Distract another player)
      的情況下進行投擲;或
    2.在未獲得(小組成員)同意(Consent)的情況下,或在會影響(Impact)其他選手的情況下,
      未按順序擅自進行投擲(插隊投擲);或
    3.參與以下分散他人注意力或有違體育精神的行為:
          大聲喊叫(除非是為了警告可能被飛盤擊中的人),
          咒罵,
          擊打、踢踹或投擲公園設施、球場或球員裝備,
          在其他球員投擲時移動或說話,
          越過對方球員;或者,
    4.將裝備放置在可能分散其他選手注意力或干擾飛盤投擲的位置;或者,
    5.亂丟垃圾,包括菸頭;或者,
    5.任由抽菸煙霧干擾其他玩家。
    
    
    
  3. A player must:
    1. Perform actions expected by the rules, including:
      1. Helping to find a lost disc; and,
      2. Moving equipment when asked; and,
      3. Keeping score properly.
    2. Watch the other members of the group throw in order to ensure rules compliance and to help find discs.
  4. 選手必須(A player must)
    1.履行規則所預期之各項行動,其內容包含:
        a.協助搜尋遺失的飛盤(Helping to find a lost disc);且
        b.在被要求時,配合移開裝備(Moving equipment when asked);且
        c.正確且妥善地記錄分數(Keeping score properly)。
    2.選手必須專注觀看(Watch)同組其他成員的投擲,以確保規則的合規性(Rules compliance),
        並協助尋找飛盤。
    
    
    
  5. A player receives a warning for the first violation of any courtesy rule. Each subsequent violation of any courtesy rule by that player in the same round incurs one penalty throw. A courtesy violation may be called or confirmed by any affected player, or by an Official. Repeated courtesy violations may result in disqualification by the Tournament Director.
  6. 選手若初次違反(First violation)任何禮貌規則,將收到一次口頭警告(Warning)。
    
    在同一回合(Same round)比賽中,該選手隨後每次違反任何禮貌規則之行為,
    均將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    
    任何受到影響的選手或賽事裁判(Official),
    皆可當場宣告(Called)或確認(Confirmed)禮貌违例。若選手屢次違反禮貌規則,
    賽事總監(Tournament Director)可直接取消其參賽資格(Disqualified)。
    
    這條規則完整規範了球場上處理
    「非技術性失誤(例如:飆髒話、砸樹洩憤、亂丟垃圾、不幫忙找盤、滑手機不看隊友投擲)」時
    的執法與扣分機制:
    
    Each subsequent violation of any courtesy rule(跨 行為的「全面累計」制):
              每次後續違反任何禮貌性規則(跨 行為的「全面累計」制):
                  極為關鍵的累計邏輯:
                      規則中所說的「再犯」,是指**「任何(Any)」禮貌規則**,
                      而不是指同一個行為。
                  實際案例演練:
                      事件一:
                         在第 2 洞,選手因為投擲失誤心態崩潰,
                         現場大飆髒話(違反禮貌行為 A)。
                          小組或裁判當場開出:口頭警告(Warning)一次。
                      事件二:
                          在第 5 洞,同組隊友的飛盤不見了,
                          該名選手拒絕放下裝備去草叢幫忙找盤(違反禮貌行為 B)。
                          因為他在同一回合內已經拿過一次警告了,所以這次直接加罰 1 盤(罰一桿)。
                      事件三:
                          在第 9 洞,他把空飲料罐隨手丟在球道旁草地上(違反禮貌行為 C,亂丟垃圾)。
                          這屬於第三次犯規,大會不再警告,再度加罰 1 盤(再罰一桿)。
    
    Called or confirmed by any affected player(受影響選手之宣告權):
              受影響球員來電或確認(受影響選手之宣告權):
                  飛盤高爾夫高度重視同儕裁判制。
                  只要在場上有任何人因為你的非紳士行為在心理、
                  視覺或物理上受到了干擾或不尊重(Affected player),
                  他不需要等裁判走過來,
                  他自己就有絕對的權利在現場大聲宣告你「Courtesy Violation(禮貌違例)」。
                  只要全組有人附議確認,判罰即刻生效並登錄進計分卡系統中。
    
    Repeated... result in DQ(屢犯不改直接驅逐出場):
              如果某位選手在場上徹底失去理智,連續吃下 3、4 個禮貌罰盤依然故我。
              賽事總監(TD)有最高行政權力,認定其運動員精神崩潰且嚴重破壞賽事秩序,
              可直接引用本條文祭出最高極刑——取消參賽資格(DQ),當場驅逐出場。
    

813 Equipment 裝備

813.01 Illegal Disc 不合格飛盤

  1. Discs used in play must be approved by the PDGA and meet all of the conditions set forth in the PDGA Technical Standards. For a list of approved discs, see https://pdga.com/technical-standards/equipment-certification/discs
  2. 在比賽(Play)中所使用的飛盤,必須獲得 PDGA 的官方認證(Approved),
    且必須符合《PDGA 技術標準》(PDGA Technical Standards)中所載明之所有條件。
    欲查詢已獲得認證之合法飛盤清單,
    請參閱官方網站:https://pdga.com/technical-standards/equipment-certification/discs 。
    
    這條規則是飛盤高爾夫巡迴賽中,針對選手個人的飛盤。
    在正式比賽中,你絕對不能隨便拿一個便利商店買的玩具飛盤就上場作賽:
    Must be approved by the PDGA(必須獲得官方認證):
              所有飛盤高爾夫製造商:
                  (如 Innova、Discraft、MVP、Prodigy 等)在開發出一款新飛盤後,
                  必須先將物理樣盤寄送給 PDGA 技術委員會進行盲測與審查。
              委員會審查通過:
                  並將其型號與核准日期正式登錄在官網數據庫後,選手才可以合法將這款飛盤放進比賽包包中。
                  (註:未經認證的飛盤一旦在賽中投擲,屬於嚴重器材違例,每投一次就會被加罰二盤!)
    Meet PDGA Technical Standards(符合技術標準):
              符合 PDGA 技術標準(符合技術標準):
              《技術標準》是一份非常嚴格的物理幾何白皮書,限制了飛盤的硬體極限。
              例如:
                  飛盤的重量絕對不能超過 200 克(依盤徑等比例有重量上限,超重算違法)、
                  飛盤的邊緣尖銳度(邊緣弧度半徑不得小於 1.6 毫米,以防止砸傷人)、
                  外圈塑料的硬度(Flexibility)等。
                  這些標準能確保賽事在公平、安全的物理環境下進行。
    
  3. Allowed modifications to a disc after production are limited to:
    1. Wear and tear from usage during play;
    2. Moderate sanding to address wear and tear or small molding imperfections;
    3. Marking with dye or permanent marker ink.
    4. Applying graphics via hot stamp, ink printing, or dye that adheres to the approved specifications for that disc model.
    5. Removing graphics in a manner that adheres to the approved specifications for that disc model.
  4. 飛盤生產完成後允許進行的修改僅限於以下幾種:
        1.因比賽過程中所產生的正常使用磨損(Wear and tear from usage);
        2.為了修整磨損或微小的模具製造瑕疵(Molding imperfections),
              所進行的適度砂紙打磨(Moderate sanding);
        3.使用染料(Dye)或奇異筆/永久性墨水(Permanent marker ink)在飛盤上進行標記;
        4.以符合該飛盤型號官方認證規格之熱燙印(Hot stamp)、墨水印刷(Ink printing)或染色方式,
        5.在飛盤上增添圖案(Graphics);以符合該飛盤型號官方認證規格之方式,移除飛盤上的圖案。
    
    
    
  5. Other modifications to a disc after production make the disc illegal, including but not limited to:
    1. Modifying the disc in a way that alters its original flight characteristics;
    2. Excessively sanding the disc;
    3. Adding a material of a detectable thickness such as paint.
    4. Intentionally deforming a disc such that it is not in a circular, saucer-like configuration.
  6. 飛盤在出廠(Production)之後所進行的其他改裝,均會使其成為非法改裝飛盤(Illegal disc),
    其行為包含但不限於(Including but not limited to):
        1.以任何會改變飛盤原始飛行特性(Original flight characteristics)的方式對飛盤進行改裝;
        2.對飛盤進行過度砂紙打磨(Excessively sanding);
        3.在飛盤上添加具有可偵測出厚度(Detectable thickness)的材質,例如油漆(Paint);
        4.蓄意(Intentionally)使飛盤變形,導致其不具有圓形、碟狀(Saucer-like configuration)的外觀結構。
    
    依據 PDGA 技術標準,
    選手一旦在正式回合中把上述非法改裝盤(Illegal Disc)投擲出去,
    不需要口頭警告,每投擲一次就會被直接追加處以
    「兩次加罰盤數(Two penalty throws,即重罰兩桿)」!
    
  7. When night or snow play has been announced by the Tournament Director, players are allowed to add a material or device to assist in finding the disc.
  8. 當賽事總監(Tournament Director)已正式公告
    進行夜間賽事(Night play)或雪地賽事(Snow play)時,
    選手將被允許在飛盤上添加特定材質(Material)或裝置(Device),以協助搜尋飛盤。
    
    
    
  9. A disc which is cracked or has a hole in it is illegal.
  10. 有裂痕或有洞的飛盤是違規的。
    
    
    
  11. A disc that is questioned by another player or an Official is illegal unless it is subsequently approved by the Tournament Director.
  12. 任何遭到其他選手(Player)或賽事裁判(Official)提出質疑(Questioned)的飛盤,
    均直接視為非法飛盤(Illegal disc);
    除非該飛盤隨後獲得賽事總監(Tournament Director)的正式核准。
    
    這條規則在實務賽事中屬於極高頻的爭議阻斷機制,
    用以處理賽場上針對個人器材合法性的即時糾紛:
    
    Questioned is illegal(被質疑即直接推定非法):
              實際情境:
                  在比賽中,選手 A 拿出一顆看起來磨損極其嚴重的飛盤準備敲桿。
                  同組隊友(Group)或巡邏裁判走過去一看,
                  強烈懷疑這顆飛盤的盤體邊緣已經產生了細微的裂縫(Cracked) [813.01.C],
                  或是懷疑它曾被過度打磨(Excessively sanded)。
              執法順序:
                  只要隊友或裁判當場「開口提出質疑」,在現場不需要爭論不休、也不需要當場拿出儀器量測,
                  這顆飛盤在當下的法律身份會直接被「推定為非法(Illegal)」。
    與暫定投擲(Provisional Throw)的實務連動自救:
              因為被質疑就成了非法盤:
                  如果選手 A 堅持認為自己的盤子沒壞、想用它打下一投,
                  他此時絕對不能硬丟(因為只要事後證實不合法,每丟一次會被重罰 2 盤)。
              正確自救做法:選手應立刻引用我們前面翻譯過的 809.02 條打「暫定盤」。
                  路徑 A:用這顆被質疑的飛盤打完這洞(承擔事後可能被罰的風險)。
                  路徑 B(暫定序列):從包包拿另一顆百分之百合法的備用盤,
                  在原地再打一組替代序列。
    Tournament Director 的終局核准權:
              打完這回合後,全組把這顆爭議飛盤帶回大會總部,
                  交由**賽事總監(TD)**親自檢查。
              若總監檢查後說:「
                  這只是刮痕,沒有裂開,我核對認證後判定它是合法的!」
                  那麼選手當初用這顆飛盤打的路徑 A 分數就完全合法採計。
                  反之,若總監判定確實裂開了,那路徑 A 作廢,直接改採計備用盤路徑 B 的分數。
    
  13. A player who throws an illegal disc during play receives two penalty throws. A player who repeatedly throws an illegal disc may be subject to disqualification in accordance with Section 3.03 of the PDGA Competition Manual.
  14. 在比賽期間投擲非法飛盤(Illegal disc)之選手,
    將被處以兩次加罰盤數(Two penalty throws,即重罰加兩桿)。
    若選手屢次(Repeatedly)投擲非法飛盤,
    可依據《PDGA 競賽手冊》第 3.03 節之規定,被處以取消參賽資格(Disqualified)。
    
    這條規則明定了使用違規器材(如出廠後進行非法改裝、白天貼有厚度的 LED 燈片、
    或是飛盤已當場破洞、裂開)在分數結算上的重罰標準:
    
    Two penalty throws(重罰兩盤,隨抓隨罰):
              與一般犯規的差別:
                  像站姿違例(Foot fault)或出界(OB)通常只加罰 1 盤,
                  但使用非法器材在運動誠信上屬於嚴重違規,因此大會祭出直接加罰 2 盤的重罰。
              計分與扣分落實:
                  一旦選手將這顆被判定為非法的飛盤投擲出去,那一下物理動作的桿數照實採計,
                  並在該洞的分數上直接外加 2 盤罰盤。
    Repeatedly throws... result in DQ(屢犯直接驅逐出場):
              違規情境:
                  如果選手在第 3 洞因為使用這顆破洞或改裝盤被小組抓到、扣了 2 盤,
                  裁判也明確告知這顆是 Illegal Disc、禁止再拿出來。
                  但選手在第 6 洞時因為貪圖這顆盤子的某種飛行特異功能,又偷偷拿出來丟。
              最高極刑處分:
                  這種刻意、屢犯(Repeatedly)的行為會被直接視為不道德的欺騙。
                  大會將完全跳過加罰分數的步驟,
                  直接引用《競賽手冊》第 3.03 節的不當行為條款,
                  由賽事總監(TD)當場宣判取消參賽資格(DQ),
                  直接驅逐出場並記錄在個人紀律檔案中。
    
  15. All discs used in play, except mini marker discs, must be identifiably marked. A player receives a warning for the first throw of an unmarked disc. A player receives one penalty throw for each subsequent throw of an unmarked disc.
  16. 除了迷你標記盤(Mini marker discs)之外,所有在比賽中(Play)使用的飛盤,
    均必須有可供識別的標記(Identifiably marked)。
    選手若初次投擲(First throw)未標記的飛盤,將收到一次口頭警告(Warning)。
    該選手隨後每進行一次未標記飛盤的投擲,
    均將被處以一次加罰盤數(One penalty throw,即加一桿)。
    
    這條規則在實務巡迴賽中非常重要,
    是為了防止選手在盲區拿錯盤子、或是防止作弊換盤所設下的強制性行政義務:
    
    Identifiably marked(可識別標記):
              標準做法:
                  選手在買新飛盤放進比賽包包前,
                  必須強制用油性奇異筆(Permanent marker)在飛盤的背面
                  或內側寫上自己的名字、縮寫、PDGA 選手編號或電話號碼。
                  只要全組能在這顆飛盤上看到屬於你個人獨一無二的專屬墨水塗記,即算「合法標記」。
              唯一不需要寫名字的:
                  是「迷你標記盤(Mini Marker)」,因為它只是用來標示落停點的工具,
                  不在飛行投擲的器材限制內。
                  
    與「非法改裝盤」的罰則區隔(極重要):
              丟非法改裝盤或破損盤(Illegal Disc):
                  每投一次直接重罰 2 盤(0 寬限,隨抓隨罰)。
              丟沒寫名字的乾淨原廠飛盤(Unmarked Disc):
                  大會採取**「初犯給予警告、再犯累進處罰」**的人性化機制。
    
    Unmarked 累進罰則程序(警告 ➡️ 每丟一次罰 1 盤):
              實際案例演練:
              選手在第 4 洞開盤,從包包裡拿出一顆剛拆封、完全沒寫名字的全新飛盤直接甩出去。
                  第一次發生:
                      同組隊友走過去確認是全新無標記飛盤。
                      大會判定:
                          該投物理桿數照算,但當場給予一次「口頭警告(Warning)」,並登記在系統中。
                  第二次發生:
                      選手在第 7 洞,又從包包拿出另一顆沒寫名字的乾淨飛盤投擲。
                      因為前面已經吃過一次警告了,此時這投直接加罰 1 盤(罰一桿)。
                  第三次發生:選手在第 8 洞又大意丟了沒標記的飛盤,
                      再度加罰 1 盤(再罰一桿),屬於隨抓隨罰的累進扣分制度。
    

813.02 Illegal Device 不合格裝置

  1. A player must not use any device that directly assists in making a throw.
  2. 選手絕不可使用任何「直接輔助(Directly assists)」進行投擲的裝置。
    
    這條規則旨在確保飛盤高爾夫是一項純粹考驗選手個人身體肌肉控制、技術與核心發力的運動,
    嚴格禁止任何利用外力或機械結構來達到「物理外掛」的作弊行為:
    
    Directly assists in making a throw(直接輔助投擲):
              直接協助投擲(直接輔助投擲):
                  絕對禁止之違規器材:
                     任何可以儲存動能或改變物理力矩的裝置。
                     例如:彈簧輔助護腕、機械動力手臂支撐架、
                     具有推進或發射功能的投擲器、或是能強行改變指關節出盤角度的特殊引導手套。
                  一旦在回合比賽中使用這類裝置,將直接構成嚴重的器材違例。
    
    合法與非直接輔助的日常器材區隔(合法清單):
              為了不與日常的「人身防護與防滑」需求產生衝突,
              下列器材在規則中被定調為「非直接輔助」,
              屬於完全合法的配備:
              ✅ 止滑粉袋(Chalk bag / Whale Sac) / 防滑樹脂:
                  用來吸乾手汗、維持正常手指摩擦力,合法。
              ✅ 一般運動護膝、運動護腕、肌內效貼布(Kinesio Taping):
                  純粹用於保護關節、防止運動傷害或提供肌肉支撐,合法。
              ✅ 一般防滑手套(如 Friction Gloves):
                 在雨天或低溫時用以維持基本的抓盤力,只要手套本身不帶有輔助發力的機械結構,皆屬合法。
    
  3. Placing an object as a directional aid is not allowed.
  4. (在比賽中)絕不允許擺放任何物品來作為方向導引(Directional aid,即瞄準輔助)。
    
    這條規則旨在考量選手對現場地形的純粹判斷力,
    嚴格禁止選手在投擲前透過「物理標記」
    來幫自己抓盲眼林道的進攻線(Line of play)或敲桿視線:
    
    Placing an object as a directional aid(擺放物品作為方向導引):
              違規情境 A(林道盲射瞄準點):
                  選手在茂密的森林球道中投擲,
                  前方是一個看不見籃架的盲眼左拐彎(Dogleg Left)。
                  選手為了確保出手時的角度精準,走到前方拐彎處的草地上
                  放了一頂「顯眼的紅色帽子」或「額外的飛盤」,
                  好讓自己退回開盤墊時,能有一個明確的物理目標來瞄準並進行拋扔。
              違規情境 B(敲桿路徑提示):
                  選手在進行長距離敲桿(Putt)前,因為地面有坡度,
                  他故意在籃架前方 2 公尺的草地上放了一顆小石頭或小樹枝,
                  作為飛盤預期彈跳或下墜的參考點。
    
    判定結果與處罰:
              上述這些「私自改變場地現狀以創造瞄準視覺提示」的行為,
              在規則中是絕對禁止的。如果選手在投擲前擺放了此類物品,
              會被定調為違反器材或禮貌規範(視具體情境與大會判決)。
              選手必須純粹依靠球場上原本存在的天然景物(
              如現有的某棵大樹、某塊石頭)來當作自己的瞄準參照物。
    
  5. Devices that reduce or control abrasion to the skin (such as gloves, tape, bandages, or gauze), items applied to the skin to improve grip (such as talc, chalk, dust, or dirt) and medical items (such as knee or ankle braces) are allowed.
  6. 用以減少或控制皮膚磨損(Abrasion)的裝置(例如:手套、貼布/膠帶、繃帶或紗布)、
    塗抹於皮膚上以改善抓盤力(Grip)的物品(例如:滑石粉、粉筆灰/滑粉、塵土或泥土),
    以及醫療用品(例如:護膝或護踝),均屬於規則允許(Allowed)使用之範圍。
    
    這條規則是我們先前翻譯的「禁止使用直接輔助投擲裝置」中,
    最重要也最人性化的人道與功能性豁免條款。
    它明確劃定了哪些器材屬於「正當自我防護與維持基礎手感」,而非「物理外掛」:
    
    Reduce or control abrasion(減少或控制磨損 ➡️ 保護皮膚合法):
              實務應用:
                  飛盤高爾夫選手在一天打兩回合、連續投擲上百次的情況下,
                  手指(尤其是側邊和指腹)極易磨破皮或起水泡。
              合法清單:
                  規則明文允許選手在手指上纏繞運動貼布(Tape)、
                  貼OK蹦(Bandages)或包紮紗布。
                  此外,穿戴**防滑防磨手套(如選手圈愛用的 Friction Gloves)**
                  來避免皮膚與飛盤邊緣劇烈摩擦,
                  也完全合法,不屬於非法改裝或非法器材。
    
    Improve grip(改善抓盤力 ➡️ 止滑粉與天然泥土合法):
              實務應用:
                  夏季氣候濕熱,選手在場上常因手汗導致飛盤打滑。
              合法清單:
                  選手可以使用滑石粉(Talc)、運動止滑粉袋(Chalk bag / Whale Sac)。
                  如果當天突降大雨身上沒帶粉袋,選手直接抓起球道地面上的
                  天然乾塵土、泥土(Dust or dirt)拍在手上來吸乾水分、增加摩擦力,
                  也是規則完全允許的合法智慧。
    Medical items(醫療用品 ➡️ 強制人道考量):
              飛盤高爾夫在助跑(X-step)與定點投擲時,
              對膝蓋、腳踝和腰部會產生極大的扭轉力矩。
              選手因為舊傷或防護需求,穿戴護膝(Knee brace)、
              護踝(Ankle brace)或是貼肌內效貼布,
              只要不包含機械彈簧動力輔助結構,皆屬於完全合法的正當防護。
    
  7. An item such as a towel or a pad may be placed under a supporting point as long as it is not greater than one centimeter in thickness when compressed.
  8. 選手可將毛巾(Towel)或軟墊(Pad)等物品,擺放於身體的支撐點(Supporting point)下方;
    其前提(條件)為:該物品在受到壓縮(When compressed)時,其厚度不得大於 1 公分。
    
    這條規則在實務賽事中非常實用,特別是用來處理當飛盤不幸飛進低矮樹叢,
    選手被迫必須「跪在地上投擲(Kneeling shot)」時的身體防護保障:
    
    Placed under a supporting point(放在支撐點下方):
              實務情境:
                  飛盤卡在一棵茂密的低矮灌木叢正下方。
                  為了把身體擠進去並在飛盤正後方建立合法站姿(Stance),
                  選手無法直立站好,必須改用**「單膝跪地」或「雙膝跪地」的姿勢投擲。
                  此時,他的膝蓋在法律上就成了「支撐點(Supporting point)」** [802.07.A]。
              因為地面上可能有尖銳的碎石、斷樹枝或泥濘,規則非常人性化,
                  特許選手可以從背包拿出日常擦汗的毛巾(Towel)、
                  或者是輕便跪墊/跪椅墊(Pad)鋪在地上,再把膝蓋跪上去。
    
    Not greater than one centimeter when compressed(受壓時不得大於 1 公分):
              這是為了徹底防範選手「人為拔高、改變投擲物理高度」的硬紅線。
              選手如果使用太厚、太硬的箱子、高厚度巧拼或墊子,
                  在物理上等同於幫自己蓋了一個「微型高台」,
                  這會讓他能高過前方的灌木叢阻擋,獲得不公平的視野與出手角度。
              裁判執法標準:小組或裁判在抽查時,會看你把膝蓋跪上去、
                  當體重完全壓死在毛巾或軟墊上時(When compressed),
                  用尺量測它的剩餘厚度。
                  只要此時小於或剛好等於 1.0 公尺(10 毫米),
                  就是完全合法;若超過 1 公公,則屬於非法器材。
    
  9. A device that is questioned by another player or an Official is illegal unless it is subsequently approved by the Tournament Director.
  10. 任何遭到其他選手(Player)或賽事裁判(Official)提出質疑(Questioned)的裝置(Device),
    均直接視為非法器材(Illegal equipment);
    除非該裝置隨後獲得賽事總監(Tournament Director)的正式核准。
    
    這條規則與我們先前翻譯的 813.01.E 遭質疑飛盤 具有完全相同的法理邏輯,
    只是適用的對象從「飛盤本身」擴大到了選手在場上使用的**「所有周邊輔助器材或裝置」**
    (例如:雷射測距儀、特殊手套、風速計、厚度可疑的跪墊、機械式護具等):
    
    Questioned is illegal(被質疑即直接推定非法):
              實際情境:
                  選手在比賽中,掏出一個宣稱能幫助他調整手腕發力角度的特殊穿戴式護具。
                  同組隊友(Group)或巡邏裁判走過去一看,強烈懷疑這款護具具有機械儲能或物理導引功能,
                  已經涉嫌違反「禁止使用直接輔助投擲之裝置」的規定。
              執法順序:
                  只要隊友或裁判當場「開口提出質疑」,在現場不需要花時間爭論,
                  這件器材或裝置在當下的法律身份會直接被「推定為非法(Illegal)」。
    與暫定投擲(Provisional Throw)的實務連動自救:
              因為被質疑就成了非法器材,
                  如果選手堅持認為自己的裝置完全合法(例如他認為這只是單純的防護手套),
                  而他又非常想穿著它打完這一投。
              正確自救做法:
                  選手應立刻引用 809.02 條打「暫定盤」:
                      路徑 A:
                          穿戴著這件被質疑的裝置把這洞打完
                          (承擔事後可能因使用非法器材被加罰 2 盤的風險)。
                      路徑 B(暫定序列):
                          把該裝置脫掉,以完全不使用它的狀態,在原地再打一組替代序列。
    Tournament Director 的終局核准權:
              打完這回合後,全組把這件爭議器材帶回大會總部,交由**賽事總監(TD)**親自檢查。
              若總監審查後說:「這款手套經核對並未違反技術標準,我判定它是合法的!」
              那麼選手當初穿戴它打的路徑 A 分數就完全合法採計。
              反之,若總監判定它確實是違規外掛,
              那路徑 A 作廢,直接改採計沒戴裝置的路徑 B 的分數。
    
  11. A player receives two penalty throws if observed at any time during a round to be using an illegal device. A player who repeatedly uses an illegal device may be subject to disqualification in accordance with Section 3.03 of the PDGA Competition Manual.
  12. 選手若在回合(Round)比赛期間之任何時間點,
    被目擊(Observed)正在使用非法裝置(Illegal device),
    將被處以兩次加罰盤數(Two penalty throws,即重罰加兩桿)。
    若選手屢次(Repeatedly)使用非法裝置,可依據《PDGA 競賽手冊》第 3.03 節之規定,
    被處以取消參賽資格(Disqualified)。
    
    這條規則與我們先前翻譯的 813.01(投擲非法飛盤)具有完全相同的嚴厲法理,
    但其抓罰的物理條件更為嚴苛:
    Observed at any time during a round(回合中任何時間被目擊,隨抓隨罰):
              與非法飛盤的重大差別:
                  非法飛盤必須要「被投擲出去(Throws)」那一刻才算犯規。
                  但非法裝置(如機械動力護腕、白天私自黏貼的 LED 發光貼片、超厚跪墊、
                  或是被禁止的瞄準導引物)的判定是「使用(Using)」。
              實務執法:
                  只要在比賽進行的號角響起後,
                  選手被同組隊友或裁判「看到」他手上正戴著違規機械護腕,
                  或者是正把超過 1 公分厚的巧拼墊鋪在膝蓋下準備跪著打。
                  即使他還沒有正式把飛盤丟出去,只要這個「使用行為」成立,
                  就會當場被直接加罰 2 盤(加兩桿)。
    Repeatedly uses... result in DQ(屢犯直接驅逐出場):
              若選手在第 5 洞因為戴了違規輔助器材被小組抓到並扣了 2 盤,
              且被明確告知必須取下。如果他在後續的第 12 洞又偷偷從背包拿出來戴上。
              這種明知故犯的惡意屢犯行為,大會將直接判定為嚴重破壞運動員誠信。
              賽事總監(TD)有最高行政權力,可直接引用《競賽手冊》第 3.03 節不當行為條款,
              對其宣判取消參賽資格(DQ),當場驅逐出場並報請總部進行後續停賽處分。
    




Appendix A: Match Play
附錄 A: 加賽

A.01 General 一般規則

  1. In match play, a pair of players competes against each other in an effort to win each hole during the round. The player who wins more holes wins the match.
  2. The Official Rules of Disc Golf (which describe medal play) are to be used except where superseded by these rules.
  3. A pair of opponents plays in a group with at least one other pair, or an Official.

A.02 Order of Play 擲盤順序

  1. The teeing order for pairs of opponents in the same group follows the order on the scorecard.
  2. Within each pair of opponents, the player listed first on the scorecard throws first on the first hole. On all subsequent holes, the player who won the previous hole throws first. Ties do not change the throwing order.

A.03 Penalties 處罰

  1. Penalties and warnings assessed between holes apply to the next hole.

A.04 Scoring 計分

  1. Scoring in match play is recorded in terms of which player has won more holes at any given point. The match starts with the pair tied, or all square. As the match progresses, the player who has won more holes is up that many holes; their opponent is down that many holes.
  2. A player wins a hole by completing the hole in fewer throws than their opponent. The player who won the hole receives a score of 1. The other player receives no score, which can be indicated by a dash. If the two players complete the hole with the same number of throws, the hole is halved, and neither player receives a score.
  3. A player may ask their opponent how many throws they have made on the current hole. A player who falsely reports that number loses the hole.
  4. When a player can no longer win or halve a hole, the hole is complete and play on that hole must cease.
  5. Any throws after a hole is completed are practice throws. The penalty for a practice throw is added to the player’s score on the next hole.

A.05 Conceding 讓賽

  1. A player may concede a match at any time before the conclusion of the match. The opponent wins the match.
  2. A player may concede a hole at any time before both players have completed the hole. The opponent wins the hole.
  3. A player may concede their opponent's next throw. The throw is considered to have completed the hole.
  4. A pair of players may agree to halve the hole being played.
  5. A concession may not be declined or withdrawn.

A.06 Winning the Match 勝出對抗賽

  1. When a player is up more holes than there are holes remaining to be played, that player has won the match.
  2. If a pair of players is all square at the end of the round, the match is tied. The Tournament Director decides if and how ties are to be broken.




Appendix B: Doubles Play
附錄 B:雙打與團隊比賽

B.01 General 一般規則

  1. A doubles team consists of two players. Alternative formats with different team sizes are possible and can be extrapolated from these rules.
  2. The Official Rules of Disc Golf are to be used except where superseded by these rules.
  3. For the purposes of team scoring, team shall be substituted for player in section 808, Scoring.

B.02 Order of Play 擲盤順序

  1. The throwing order for the first hole is the order in which the teams are listed on the scorecard(s). Throwing order on all subsequent tees is determined by the scores on the previous hole, so that the team with the lowest score throws first, and so on. Ties do not change the throwing order.
  2. After all teams have a lie other than the teeing area, the team whose lie is farthest from the target is next in the throwing order.
  3. Members of a team who are throwing from the same lie may throw in either order.

B.03 Penalties 處罰

  1. Penalties incurred by a throw apply only to the team member who made the throw. All other warnings and penalties are incurred by the team as a whole and are scored against the team regardless of format.
  2. Any throw which cannot possibly improve a team's score is an extra throw. A team whose member has made an extra throw receives a warning for the first violation, and a penalty throw for each subsequent violation by any member of the team.

B.04 Lie 落停點

  1. In formats where both team members throw from the same lie, a team member who throws from a lie other than the lie played by the first member to throw receives one penalty throw for misplay.
  2. A lie being played by both team members must be marked using the same marker disc. Failure to do so is a marking violation.
  3. If a lie being played by both team members is relocated for any reason, both members must play from the relocated lie.

B.05 Formats 賽制類型

  1. Best Throw 最佳擲盤
    1. Both team members throw from the teeing area. The team then chooses which of the two positions to play from for the next throw. Both team members throw from the resulting lie, and the team again chooses which of the two positions to play from, and so on.
    2. A team completes a hole when either team member completes the hole.
    3. The score for a team on a hole is the number of throws for the lies that were played, plus any penalty throws.
    4. If a team picks up a thrown disc before a lie has been chosen or marked with a marker disc, the team may not choose that throw. If a team picks up both thrown discs without a lie having been marked, the second disc to have been picked up is replaced to its original position as agreed upon by the group, and the team must play from the resulting lie.
    5. If one team member is absent, late, or ceases play, the other team member may play, but no throws are made on behalf of the missing team member. A late team member may join play only between holes.
  2. Modified Best Throw 改良最佳擲盤
    1. Modified Best Throw is the same as Best Throw, with the following variation: The Tournament Director may set a limit on when the team may use each member's tee throw. The team receives two penalty throws each time that limit is exceeded.
  3. Worst Throw 最差擲盤
    1. Both team members throw from the teeing area. The team's opponents then choose which of the two positions the team will play from, with the goal of maximizing the team's score on the hole. Both team members throw from the resulting lie, and their opponents again choose which of the resulting positions the team will play from, and so on.
    2. A team completes a hole when all team members complete the hole from the same lie.
    3. The score for a team on a hole is the number of throws for the lies that were played, plus any penalty throws.
    4. If a team picks up or marks a thrown disc before their opponents have chosen a lie, the disc is replaced to its original position as agreed upon by the group. The opponents then choose between the resulting lie of the moved disc, the lie of the other disc, and the previous lie as the lie for the moved disc.
    5. If the opponents choose a clearly favorable lie, they may be disqualified by the Tournament Director.
    6. If a team member is absent, late, or withdraws, the team withdraws. If a team member is disqualified, the team is disqualified.
  4. Tough Throw 困難擲盤
    1. Tough Throw is the same as Worst Throw, with the following variation: A team completes the hole when any team member completes the hole.
  5. Alternate Throw 交替擲盤
    1. The team chooses which member makes the first throw on the first hole. They then alternate: each team member then throws from the lie resulting from the previous team member's throw, until they complete the hole.
    2. A team completes a hole when either team member completes the hole.
    3. The score for a team on a hole is the number of throws by that team, plus any penalty throws.
    4. A throw by the incorrect team member is a misplay and incurs one penalty throw. The throw is disregarded, and the correct team member throws. If an additional throw has been made after the incorrect team member has thrown, the team receives two penalty throws, and play continues.
    5. For any re-throw from the same lie, the same player makes the re-throw.
    6. The team receives a score of par plus four on any hole missed by a late or absent team member. If either team member withdraws, the team withdraws. If a team member is disqualified, the team is disqualified.
  6. Modified Alternate Throw 改良交替擲盤
    1. Modified Alternate Throw is the same as Alternate Throw, with the following variation: The Tournament Director may designate which team member makes the first throw on each hole.
  7. Best Score 最佳得分
    1. Each team member plays the hole as an individual player.
    2. A team completes a hole when a team member completes the hole with the lowest potential score for the team.
    3. The score for a team on a hole is the lowest score on the hole by either team member, including any penalty throws incurred by that player, plus any team penalty throws.
  8. Best Score Alternate Throw 最佳得分交替擲盤
    1. Each team member throws from the teeing area, which starts two sequences of Alternate Throw.
    2. A team completes a hole when either sequence of Alternate Throw completes the hole with the lowest potential score for the team.
    3. The score for a team on a hole is the lower of the scores for the two Alternate Throw sequences, including any penalty throws incurred during that sequence, plus any team penalty throws.
  9. Aggregate Score 總得分
    1. Each team member plays the hole as an individual player.
    2. The score for a team on a hole is the sum of the scores on the hole by all team members including any penalty throws for the individual or team.
    3. If any team member withdraws, the team withdraws. If a team member is disqualified, the team is disqualified.








Appendix D: Conversions
附錄 D:單位換算

All measurements listed in the rules are given in metric units. The following US customary/imperial unit equivalents are to be used when no metric measuring device is available:

Metric System English System
10 meters 32 feet 10 inches
3 meters 9 feet 10 inches
2 meters 6 feet 6 inches
1 meter 3 feet 3 inches
30 centimeters 1 foot
20 centimeters 8 inches
1 centimeter 1/2 inch









Appendix F: Adaptive Rules of Disc Golf
附錄 F:適應性飛盤高爾夫規則

F.01 General 一般規則

  1. The PDGA is committed to providing an open and inclusive environment for all players regardless of disability. To that end, Tournament Directors are authorized to hold PDGA-sanctioned events designed for, or with components involving, adaptive disc golf, as defined in this Appendix F. Nothing in this Appendix F is intended to replace or otherwise modify the PDGA policy regarding Reasonable Modification for Exemption from PDGA Rules, Regulations, and Procedures for modifications not expressly addressed herein. Further, nothing in this Appendix F is intended to create, nor shall it be construed to create, any right or entitlement for a player in a PDGA-sanctioned event to participate in an adaptive disc golf component or to utilize these rules, all of which shall be in the sole discretion of the Tournament Director to designate an event or component of an event as being an adaptive disc golf event or component. Further, except as expressly provided in this Appendix F, nothing in this Appendix F is intended to, nor shall it be construed to, create additional rights of players or obligations of the PDGA or Tournament Directors other than those required by applicable law in that jurisdiction.
  2. Where an event offers a component for or is wholly designed for adaptive disc golf, the following enhancements to the Official Rules of Disc Golf and the PDGA Competition Manual for Disc Golf Events apply. Adaptive disc golf means a version of disc golf designed for participants who use a propelled mobility device. A propelled mobility device is a wheelchair or other self- or motor-propelled vehicle. Mobility devices which aid in walking but are not propelled by the player or a motor, such as a cane or crutches, are not propelled mobility devices.
  3. Where an event uses these enhancements, the Tournament Director must be clear about the applicability of this Appendix to the event in all pre-registration materials.
  4. This Appendix must apply either to specific divisions or to the entire event. Events using this Appendix are X-designated events as outlined by the PDGA Tour Standards and would receive or be excluded from ratings in the same manner as events of the same type (e.g., singles, team or match play, events restricted to PDGA Club or nationality, charitable events) that use the standard Official Rules of Disc Golf and Competition Manual for Disc Golf Events.

F.02 Divisions and Eligibility 分組與資格

  1. To foster peer-level competition, where events using these enhancements are also using a divisional system that classifies athletes by impairment, the event must assign each such classification or a subset of such classifications to a specific PDGA division or pair of PDGA divisions (e.g., a given Paralympic Sport Class or set of Sport Classes might be assigned to MA2 and FA2, while another might be assigned to FA1 and MA1).
  2. For events using these enhancements, eligibility for a division due to classification by impairment under F.02.A, above, supersedes ineligibility for that division by rating.

F.03 Rule Enhancements 規則強化

  1. 802.04 Teeing Off. If an adaptive disc golf player uses a propelled mobility device, the wheels or other components of that device which rest on the ground to provide support, as well as the space between the wheels, are considered supporting points for the purposes of this and every other applicable rule in the Official Rules of Disc Golf.
  2. 802.05 Lie. When adaptive disc golf players are using a propelled mobility device, the lie will be two meters deep instead of 30cm deep.
  3. 803.02 Relief from Obstacles. Conditions such as deep mud, unnavigable terrain, or steep slopes which prevent an adaptive disc golf player using a propelled mobility device from taking a legal stance behind the marker disc are obstacles as described in 803.02.B.
  4. 806.02 Out-of-Bounds. Adaptive disc golf players using a propelled mobility device obtain relief in the same manner as this section details, but those players may presume that the Tournament Director has authorized them to take up to three meters of relief.
  5. 807 Completing the Hole. At the discretion of the Tournament Director, a hoop, no larger than one meter in diameter, may be placed on the playing surface and centered on the base of the target. The hoop shall be secured to the ground to keep it from moving. At the discretion of the Tournament Director, adaptive disc golf players using a propelled mobility device in specified divisions have also completed the hole if their disc comes to rest entirely inside of or touching the hoop, with no part of the disc extending outside the hoop.
  6. 813.02 Illegal Device. Adaptive disc golf players who are visually impaired may use beepers or other sound-emitting devices on discs and targets as a directional aid and for easier disc location as if the Tournament Director had declared night or snow play.
  7. 3.05 Carts, Caddies, and Groups. Adaptive disc golf players using a propelled mobility device do not violate the prohibitions of 3.05.F by using that propelled mobility device.

Appendix G: Team Play

G.01 General

  1. In team play, a team of players competes together against other teams.
  2. The most common team size is four players, but teams may have two or more players depending on format and the event’s rules.
  3. The Official Rules of Disc Golf are to be used except where superseded by these rules.
  4. Doubles rules apply (see Appendix B) except where superseded by these rules.
  5. PDGA-sanctioned team play events are X-designated as an Alternative Competitive Format (see 5.10.A.1).

G.02 Division Guidelines

  1. Team play uses PDGA divisions (see the Divisions, Ratings, and Points Factors table) for the team as a whole.
  2. Tournament Directors may impose eligibility requirements on teams that exceed the eligibility criteria for the team’s division in the following ways:
    1. Requiring one or more players who are eligible for gender-based divisions (e.g., you must have at least two players who are eligible to play in FA1).
    2. Requiring one or more players who are eligible for certain age-based divisions (e.g., you must have at least one player who is age 40+ and at least one who is age 50+).
    3. Requiring one or more players who have a given membership classification (e.g., you must have at least one Amateur-class player).
    4. Requiring players from certain ratings bands (e.g., you must have at least one player rated <900).

G.03 Formats

  1. Team Singles
    1. All members of the team play medal play rules (see A.01.B).
    2. If a team has fewer players than the standard event team size, the missing players receive the worst singles score of any single player in the same division plus 2 throws. For example, a three-person team competes in an event where the team size is four players. Player A scores a 43, B a 45, and C a 50. The worst score of any player in the division is a 57, so the fourth score for the team is 57+2=59.
    3. The Tournament Director can either add or average (using the half round up method) all scores for the round total.
      1. Example 1: Player A scores a 43, B a 45, C a 50, and D a 54. The event uses the addition method, so the team’s score is 192.
      2. Example 2: Player A scores a 45, B a 46, C a 50, and D a 54. The average is 48.75. Using half round up, the team’s score is 49.
      3. Example 3: Player A scores a 44, B a 45, C a 50, and D a 54. The average is 48.25. Using half round up, the team’s score is 48.
  2. Team Doubles
    1. Each team breaks itself into two equal groups. Teams with an odd number of players will not have perfectly equal groups (e.g., a five-person team will have one group of three and one group of two).
    2. Each group plays Best Throw (see B.05.A).
    3. If a team has three players, they will split into a group of two and a single player. When it is the single player’s turn to throw, they only throw once, as if playing singles.
    4. If the event’s team size is four or more but a team only has two players, the two players play Best Throw together, The missing group receives the worst doubles score of any team in the same division plus 2 throws. For example, a two-person team competes in an event where the team size is four players. They score a 39. The worst score of any group in the division is a 57, so the second score for the team is 57+2=59.
    5. The Director can either add or average (using the half round up method) all scores for the round total. See G.03.A.3 for examples of these methods.
  3. Alternate Team Doubles
    1. Alternate Team Doubles is a combination of Best Throw (see B.05.A) and Modified Alternate Throw (see B.05.F).
    2. Each team breaks itself into two equal groups. Teams with an odd number of players will not have perfectly equal groups (e.g., a five-person team will have one group of three and one group of two).
    3. Each group acts as a single player under Modified Alternate Throw rules, meaning the two groups alternate throws on a given hole and the Tournament Director may designate which team member makes the first throw on each hole.
    4. Within each group, Best Throw rules apply. For example, a four-person team breaks into two groups: Players A and B and Players C and D. Players A and B tee off on hole 1 by playing Best Throw as if they were a doubles team. Players C and D choose the best lie from A and B’s throws, and they play Best Throw from that chosen lie. This continues until any player on the team holes out.
    5. If a team has three players, they will split into a group of two and a single player. When it is the single player’s turn to throw, they only throw once, as if playing singles.
    6. If a team has two players, they play Modified Alternate Throw doubles (see B.05.F).

Rules Questions and Answers 規則問答集

Introduction

The Questions and Answers are intended to provide guidance on how to apply the Official Rules of Disc Golf and the Competition Manual to various circumstances that may arise. The answers are not rules themselves. While they attempt to answer common questions and situations, they are not meant to be exhaustive. Players and officials must read the referenced rules in light of the guidance provided in order to best determine how to apply them.

Application of the Rules 規則的適用

QA-APP-1: Is there a priority order for which violation should count if more than one rule applies?

Yes. The violation with the most severe penalty is applied. Ties are broken by what happened first. A single throw cannot be penalized for more than one violation.

QA-APP-2: When multiple violations have occurred on a single throw, how do I determine which rule was first violated, given that a rule has not been violated until the disc has come to rest?

The meaning of “first” in the rule is the common understanding of when the disc first enters a state where it is in violation of a rule. One common pair of rules that can be violated during a single throw are OB and Mandatory. As soon as a disc enters the restricted plane it is considered to have missed the mandatory, whereas a disc is not considered OB until it comes to rest. Therefore, the missed mandatory happened first.

QA-APP-3: Can I appeal a ruling that was made on another player in my group?

Yes. The affected player may then choose to play provisional throws.

QA-APP-4: My group thinks my disc is OB, but I think it’s unclear. Doesn’t benefit of the doubt go to the player? I’m safe, right?

The phrase “benefit of the doubt” is not in the rules. The other members in your group make the determination on whether or not your disc is in bounds. You can briefly state your opinion, but then need to let the rest of the group make the call (801.02.K.2).

QA-APP-5: My group made a ruling that turned out to be wrong. They called me safe when I was actually OB, so I played from an incorrect lie. Do I get penalized?

You are responsible for playing the course properly. If you disagree with the group and an official is not readily available, play a provisional and have the TD make a ruling later.

QA-APP-6: What rules apply if I’m playing in an unsanctioned tournament or any other non-PDGA round?

If you are playing an event where it is announced that PDGA rules apply, then the Official Rules of Disc Golf apply, whether the event is sanctioned by the PDGA or not. The Competition Manual only applies to PDGA events. If no announcement has been made regarding the rules, you can play by whatever rules your group or the event participants agree on, including the PDGA rules.

QA-APP-7: What if there is no Tournament Director?

All PDGA-sanctioned tournaments have a Tournament Director. For non-sanctioned events or casual play, if anyone has authority over the players, they can take on the responsibilities of the Tournament Director. If no one wants to be the Tournament Director, then you will have to play without some of the functions of the Tournament Director. For example, there may not be any appeals of group rulings. Some Tournament Director functions may be available in other ways. For example, the course signage should tell you in what order to play the holes, where any out-of-bounds is, and other things that are normally covered in the players’ meeting or caddie book.

QA-APP-8: Everyone in my playing group is a certified official. Certain rules require either two players in the group or an official to make the call. Can just one of us make these calls since we’re all officials?

No. To make calls during tournament play, you must have been authorized by the Tournament Director as a Tournament Official. Passing the test does not make you a Tournament Official (referred to throughout the rules as an Official). Additionally, Officials have restrictions on making calls depending on whether they are playing or not. An Official (including the TD) who is playing cannot act as the sole Official for calls that affect players in their division. A non-playing Official can be the sole person to make a call where rules indicate an Official may make the call.

QA-APP-9: Can a player make or confirm a call on themself?

Yes.

QA-APP-10: My disc was over OB most of the flight and it is hard to determine if the disc crossed back in bounds late in the flight. It ended up clearly out of bounds. The group has to give the benefit of the doubt that it did, right?

The phrase “benefit of the doubt” is not in the rules. The group (excluding the thrower) needs to make their best effort at determining the flight of the disc based on the information they have available. This determination should be made without any regard to whether or not the decision is beneficial to the thrower. If that determination ends in a tie, then the group (including the thrower) re-evaluates the determination (801.02.K).

Throw 擲盤

QA-THR-1: My throwing hand bumped a tree branch during my backswing, knocking the disc to the ground, and the disc rolled forward of my lie. Was that a throw?

No. A disc dropped or knocked out before or during a backswing does not count as a throw.

QA-THR-2: Are there any restrictions on how you throw the disc? For example, can you throw nothing but overhand shots?

There are no restrictions on how you throw the disc. You may throw backhand, sidearm, overhand, thumber, or any other way that occurs to you. You can throw it with your foot if you want.

Teeing Off 開盤

QA-TEE-1: How are teeing areas designated?

Tournament Directors may use any of several methods to define the teeing areas and drop zones. A single course may use more than one type of tee. When in doubt, ask the Tournament Director. Here are some common ways of designating teeing areas:

  • If an artificial tee pad is provided and has no markings, the teeing area is the area which contrasts with its surroundings in color, material, height, and/or texture.
  • Some tee pads are built with a follow-through area in front. The follow-through area may be a different color, or it may be the part in front of a marked tee line. The part of the pad which is behind the follow-through area is the teeing area.
  • If an outline is marked (whether a complete or partial line, or with four markers), the teeing area is the area within the outline. If markers are used, the teeing area is defined by the outside edges of the markers.
  • If no artificial tee pad is provided, the teeing area extends three meters perpendicularly behind the designated tee line. If a line marks the tee line, the teeing area includes the marked line. If two tee markers mark the tee line, the teeing area extends forward and outward to the outer edges of the tee markers.
  • If there is only a tee sign, or one tee marker, the tee is to one side of and behind the sign or marker.

QA-TEE-2: I threw my drive off a raised concrete tee pad. When I let go, the front of my foot was hanging off the front edge of the pad. Was that a stance violation?

No. The rule states that all supporting points must be within the teeing area at the time of release. “Supporting point” refers to any point on the player that is in contact with the playing surface (in this case the tee pad), rather than to a complete body part such as a foot. The part of the foot that is hanging off the end is not a supporting point because it is not in contact with the playing surface, so no violation has occurred.

Lie 落停點

QA-LIE-1: My throw landed on a bridge that spans an OB creek. Do I play from the bridge, or is my disc OB since it’s above the creek? What if I’m on the bridge but over land?

The TD will need to clarify their intentions in this situation. If the course rules are unclear, use a provisional. In general, if the edges of the water are the OB line, and if the disc is completely within that area, regardless of the item it is resting on, then the disc is considered OB. The out-of-bounds line extends a vertical plane (806.02.F). If any part of your disc is over the in bounds shore, then your disc is in bounds.

Marking the Lie 標記落停點

QA-MAR-1: An inexperienced player in my group flipped their disc to mark it and threw from there. What’s the call?

That is a marking violation since an improper method was used to mark the lie. A player’s first marking violation results in a warning.

QA-MAR-2: My disc is stuck in a tree, directly above the trunk. How do I mark it?

If there is room to mark your disc directly below it, that is what you do. If not, you mark at the first available spot back along the line of play.

Stance

QA-STA-1: A supporting point is defined as “any part of the player’s body” that touches the playing surface. However, there’s almost always a layer of clothing such as a shoe between the player’s body and the playing surface. Does that count?

Yes. The phrase “part of the player’s body” should be interpreted to include not only clothing but also mobility devices such as canes or crutches (as long as they are providing support).

QA-STA-2: Can I hold onto a branch or other object behind my lie while putting?

Holding on to something behind your lie for support is not prohibited by the rules, provided that the object is in-bounds. It also must not be moved, since you are required to take the stance that results in the least possible movement of obstacles on the course. You are not allowed to hold onto another person for support, as that person is not part of the course.

QA-STA-3: Our course has two horizontal rainwater run-off culverts that exit from the side of a hill into the fairway. They are about two feet in diameter with metal grills over their exits that have gaps big enough for discs to enter but not a player. If a disc enters a culvert, can the player simply mark on the hillside directly above their disc’s location in the culvert with no penalty since the disc is below the playing surface?

Yes. Inside the culvert is not a playing surface, but the hillside above it is. If the TD has not provided guidance on how to handle discs entering these culverts, then players can mark on the hillside directly above their disc with no penalty.

QA-STA-4: I have an uphill lie for a short putt. Can I place my back foot on the lie and my front foot on the ground ahead of the lie, then lift my front foot just before releasing? After throwing the disc my momentum takes me behind the lie. I call this a “fade-away” putt.

Yes, that is allowed. Your stance was legal when you released the disc, and you did not go past your lie (closer to the hole) after releasing.

Obstacles and Relief

QA-OBS-1: My drive ended up under a picnic table. Can I play from behind it? On top of it?

Picnic tables, along with any other park or course equipment, are obstacles on the course. They are to be treated as any other obstacles, for example a bush or a tree. How you play your next throw depends on the picnic table. If there is room for you to take a stance under it, even by sticking your leg underneath, that’s what you do. If your disc is on top of the picnic table and there is room underneath, it is a lie above ground, and you mark directly below it and play from there. If the disc is on top and there’s no room underneath, the table is treated as a solid obstacle, and you mark directly behind it on the line of play.

QA-OBS-2: A large broken branch (a foot in diameter and eight feet long) is in my stance. Am I allowed to move it?

A branch that size would not meet the definition of casual obstacle in 803.01.B, because it is too big to be considered loose debris. If the branch physically prevents you from taking a legal stance behind the marker disc, you may mark a new lie behind the branch (803.02.B).

QA-OBS-3: My disc came to rest under a small branch that extends in front of it. Can I move the branch?

Assuming the branch is on the playing surface behind the front of your lie and is small enough to be loose debris, it would meet the definition of a casual obstacle (803.01.B) allowing you to move it. This holds true even if another part of the branch is closer to the hole than the back of your marker.

QA-OBS-4: A loose, broken branch is hanging down just behind my marker, making it difficult for me to take a stance. It is not touching the ground. Am I allowed to move it? Do I get casual relief?

No. Since it is not on the playing surface behind your marker, it has the same status as a healthy, connected branch. You will have to play around it.

QA-OBS-5: Can I get relief from irritating plants such as poison ivy, poison oak, or nettles?

No, unless the Tournament Director has declared casual relief for them. Those plants affect players differently, and very rarely pose a serious health risk. If your disc goes into some plants and you don’t want to play from there, you can take optional relief, or abandon the throw, at the cost of a penalty throw.

QA-OBS-6: How do I mark my lie when my disc lands in an area of the course that has sensitive, protected, endangered, or valuable foliage?

The Tournament Director may declare an area to be OB or a required relief area, in which case you mark your lie according to the relevant rule. If no special handling of the area has been announced by the Tournament Director, you can take optional relief, or abandon the throw, at the cost of a penalty throw.

QA-OBS-7: What can I do about an unplayable, unsafe, or poorly marked tee?

If there is casual water on the tee pad, you can take relief under 806.03.C. Depending on where the water is on the tee, the lie may still be on the tee. As this new lie is marked with a mini marker disc, the lie is defined by 802.05.D and the stance rules from 802.07 are used. 802.05.E describes how to determine the line of play for a teeing area.

No relief is provided for other adverse tee conditions, though you can place a towel down to provide traction if the tee is slippery. If the tee is poorly marked and an official is not available to clarify the tee boundaries, use a provisional throw under 809.02 and bring the question before an official later.

QA-OBS-8: There’s a huge spider web right in front of me where I want to throw. Can I knock it down?

Only if at least some of it is on the playing surface behind the front of your lie, in which case it is debris and can be removed as a casual obstacle. If it’s only in your flight path or it doesn’t touch the ground, it cannot be moved.

QA-OBS-9: A player taking relief from obstacles or from a Casual Area can move back along the line of play to the first available lie. What is the “greater relief” that the Tournament Director can announce?

Greater relief could be a drop zone, a re-throw, or the ability to move the lie. Relief (moving the lie without penalty) is granted for situations that are out of the ordinary, so the Tournament Director has a lot of leeway to deal with exceptional situations.

Regulated Routes

QA-MAN-1: My throw went past the mandatory on the incorrect side, then rolled back around the other side and ended up short of the mando. Have I still missed it?

Once your disc has entered the restricted plane, the rest of the flight does not matter. You have missed the mandatory.

QA-MAN-2: I missed the mandatory, and no drop zone has been marked. Where is my lie?

You go back to your previous lie.

Establishing a Position

QA-POS-1: How do I mark a disc in an inaccessible location below the playing surface like a crevice? Is there a penalty?

The rules that apply to a disc above the playing surface also apply to a disc below the playing surface. If you can locate your disc in the crevice and no reasonable stance can be taken there, you can mark your lie directly above it on the playing surface without penalty. If the point directly above the disc is in the air or within a solid object, mark your lie at the first available spot back along the line of play.

Disc Above Two Meters

QA-2M-1: Is the two-meter rule still in effect?

By default, the two-meter rule is not in effect. The TD may choose to put it into play for as much of the tournament as they choose, including for particular obstacles. If that happens, it will be covered in the players’ meeting and/or the caddie book.

QA-2M-2: A disc supported by the target is not subject to the two-meter rule. What about a disc supported by other course equipment such as a tee or course sign?

That is still subject to the two-meter rule, as it is not a target. The only exception is the target for the hole being played, so if you somehow manage to get your disc stuck above two meters on a target for another hole, it is subject to the two-meter rule.

QA-2M-3: An Official ruled that my disc was more than two meters above the playing surface before I got there to take a look at it. Another player shook my disc down before I could mark the lie. The two-meter rule was in effect. What’s the ruling?

Since an Official has ruled, the two-meter penalty is applied, and the lie is placed directly below where your disc had stuck, as can best be determined by the Official and your group.

Lost Disc

QA-LOS-1: My throw was headed toward an OB lake when it went out of sight, and we never found it. Do I play it as lost, or as OB?

If your group agrees that there is compelling evidence that the disc went into the OB lake, then you assume that that is what happened, and play it as OB. If there is uncertainty about whether it went in the lake, then you play it as lost.

QA-LOS-2: My disc clearly came to rest out-of-bounds, but I cannot see it. Does my group have to help look for my disc for three minutes?

If a disc is declared out-of-bounds, the disc cannot be considered a lost disc and the procedures in 805.03 Lost Disc do not apply. A player can take a reasonable amount of time to retrieve their disc if it does not cause an undue delay (802.03.G), but this does not allow the player to spend extra time searching for it. The other players in the group are not required to help search for a disc that is out-of-bounds.

QA-LOS-3: I know I’ve got three minutes to look for my disc before I’m penalized, but when does the timer start?

As soon as you arrive at the area where the disc is believed to be and it’s not obvious where your disc is, the timer should be started. Either you or another player on your card should announce that it’s started. While other members of the group are required to assist in the search, waiting for their presence and assistance is not allowed to delay the start of the timer.

Putting Area

QA-PUT-1: If I’m straddle putting, does my other foot have to be on a line perpendicular to my lie?

No. Your other foot can be as close to the target as the back of your marker. So, your other foot does not have to be directly to the side of the foot behind the marker. In fact, the foot behind your marker can be as much as 30cm back (the length of the lie) and/or 10cm to the side (half of the lie’s 20cm width), which means that your other foot can actually be closer to the target. It just can’t be closer than the back of your marker. Also remember that the shape that marks the same distance to the target as the back of your marker is a circle whose center is the target.

Regulated Area Quick Reference Guide

QA-RA-1: How can I differentiate all my options when I’m in or near a regulated area?

This chart can be used as a quick reference guide to assist with lies in or near a regulated area. Players should use this only as a quick reference guide and should refer to the associated rule if they are unsure.

Area Penalty Next Lie Line of Play Relief Stance
Out of Bounds 806.02 One throw Choice of last spot in bounds, previous lie, or drop zone (if available). Yes No supporting point in contact with OB area
Casual 806.03 No penalty Choice of thrown disc at rest, the nearest lie on the line of play and outside the casual area, any point on the line of play between those two, or drop zone (if available). No Supporting points are allowed in a casual area
Required Relief 806.04 No penalty Choice of last spot in bounds or drop zone (if available). No No supporting point in contact with required relief area
Hazard 806.05 One throw Thrown disc at rest No Supporting points are allowed in a hazard area

Out-of-Bounds

QA-OB-1: My favorite driver went OB. Can I retrieve it for my next shot?

Yes, as long as you make your next throw within the time allowed by the Excessive Time rule.

QA-OB-2: My drive went into an OB pond which is surrounded by tall reeds. One meter from where the disc was last in-bounds puts me in the middle of the reeds. Can I just go back to the tee?

Yes. Going back to the previous lie is one of the OB options. Alternatively, you could declare an abandoned throw with the same result. You can also take optional relief back along the line of play (without it costing you an additional penalty throw) under 806.02.D.2. That is probably your best option.

QA-OB-3: My disc hit a flexible fence from the OB side. Was the disc briefly over in-bounds when the fence flexed, or perhaps by having slightly penetrated a hole in the fence?

No. The fence defines an OB plane which flexes as the fence flexes. Unless the disc has penetrated and remained lodged within the fence, the fence is considered to be a continuous impenetrable surface. Your disc was not in-bounds at any point when it struck the fence.

QA-OB-4: My disc went OB. I've seen some players take line of play relief, instead of one meter from OB. What rule allows them to do this?

Line of play relief is available for free (without adding a penalty throw) after a taking a penalty for a throw that is OB under 806.02.D.2. First relief is taken up to one meter from the last place in bounds, then relief is taken straight back on the line of play from that point. A player may not take one meter of relief from OB after taking line of play relief even if the relocated lie is near an OB line.

QA-OB-5: My throw landed next to an OB creek. It’s hard to tell whether the disc is in the creek or not since the edge of the creek comes up into some mud and grass. Another player went up to my disc and pushed it down to see if there’s water underneath. Is my disc now automatically in-bounds because another player touched it?

No. If you move your possibly OB disc, it is automatically OB. But there is no corresponding rule that makes it automatically in-bounds (nor automatically out-of-bounds) if someone else moves it. If that happens, you restore your disc to its approximate position as agreed upon by your group.

QA-OB-6: A player in my group foot-faulted and was called on it (and seconded). Their throw went OB. Do they get a warning, a penalty, or two penalties?

A player’s first stance violation results in a penalty throw. In this case, there were multiple violations. Normally, the first violation to occur is the one that counts. In this case, that’s the foot fault (though it doesn’t really matter as it’s one penalty throw either way). There’s no re-throw, so the disc is played as OB. Since a player cannot receive penalty throws for multiple violations on a single throw, there’s just one penalty throw.

QA-OB-7: The rules say you can mark relative to where the disc “last crossed into OB”. At what point does that happen? For example, a disc may fly above the OB line for a while. Is that point where part of the disc first crossed the line, or when the entire disc crossed the line?

It’s when the entire disc crossed the line. To be super-technical, since the disc is a circle, there will be a single point of last contact with the inner edge of the OB line. That is the point you use for marking.

QA-OB-8: My disc was over OB most of the flight and it is hard to determine if the disc crossed back in bounds late in the flight. It ended up clearly out of bounds. The group has to give the benefit of the doubt that it did, right?

The phrase “benefit of the doubt” is not in the rules. The group (excluding the thrower) needs to make their best effort at determining the flight of the disc based on the information they have available. This determination should be made without any regard to whether or not the decision is beneficial to the thrower. If that determination ends in a tie, then the group (including the thrower) re-evaluates the determination (801.02.K).

QA-OB-9: My disc came to rest on a paved surface that is out-of-bounds. However there is grass from the in-bounds portion of the hole under the disc. Am I in bounds because I am touching grass?

An out-of-bounds area is not defined by objects, but planes. The edge of the paved surface marks the out-of-bounds line, and a vertical plane extends upward and downward from that line to mark the OB area. Therefore, regardless of what object may be beneath the disc and regardless if the object is connected to the in-bounds portion of the hole, if the disc is completely past this invisible plane, the disc is considered out-of-bounds.

QA-OB-10: My disc came to rest on a rock sitting in the middle of a creek. The hole notes say “creek is OB.” The top of the rock and my disc are dry. Am I in bounds because I am not touching the water?

The out-of-bounds area is defined by vertical planes that extend upward and downward, not by what kind of surface your disc is touching. The edges of the creek mark the out-of-bounds line, and a vertical plane extends upward from that line to mark the OB area. Your disc is clearly and completely inside those planes, so it is out-of-bounds, regardless of whether or not it touches the water.

Casual Area

QA-CAS-1: My disc landed in a creek that has been declared casual. May I place a rock or a broken limb behind my mark, to stand on in order to keep my feet dry?

No. If you choose not to take casual relief back along the line of play, then you must take your stance as you would anywhere else on the course. The only time you are allowed to move obstacles is to move casual obstacles out of your lie. If you do not want to play the lie as is, or take casual relief, you can take optional relief, or abandon the throw, at the cost of a penalty throw.

QA-CAS-2: Does the term “body of water” in the casual relief rule include bodies of ice and snow?

No. “Casual water” as listed in the rules is water as it’s commonly understood, in its liquid form. The rules do not grant casual relief from snow, ice, or even steam should you encounter it. Note that the Tournament Director can announce that ice or snow are casual obstacles, in which case they may be moved if they are on or behind your lie.

Hazard Area

QA-HAZ-1: My disc landed right next to a hazard area. Do I get 1m relief from a hazard area?

Unlike OB, a hazard area does not affect where one marks their lie, so no relief is granted from a hazard area. A player can stand in the hazard area without penalty. The penalty for a hazard is based solely on the position of the thrown disc, not on where one stands.

QA-HAZ-2: My disc is in a puddle next to a hazard area. If I take relief behind the puddle and mark my lie in the hazard area, am I penalized?

A penalty for a hazard area only occurs if the thrown disc comes to rest completely in the hazard area. You are not penalized for the hazard area if you take casual relief for that puddle into the hazard area. On a related note, if your disc lands in casual water in a hazard area, you are penalized for the hazard even if, when you mark behind the water, your lie is now outside the hazard.

Completing the Hole

QA-COM-1: If I have a drop-in, do I need to throw the disc in, or can I just place it in the tray and let go?

You can place it in the tray, but you must release it and let it come to rest before retrieving it. A release is a required part of a throw, so merely touching the chains or the tray with your putter is not a throw and does not complete the hole.

QA-COM-2: I putted and my disc stayed on top of the basket. Now what?

You have not completed the hole. Mark your lie below the disc and continue.

QA-COM-3: I putted and my disc wound up in a horizontal position on top of the tray’s rim, spanning two nubs. Does it count?

Yes.

QA-COM-4: Everyone in my group watched my soft putter push through the side of the basket and come to rest completely inside of it, not wedged at all. They said the putt was no good. Is it a made putt?

Yes. The flight of the disc does not matter. If it is supported by the tray or the chains below the chain support, the hole is complete.

QA-COM-5: As I release a putt, I push off from my back foot so that after release I am balanced on my front foot. I typically freeze there for a couple of seconds, then swing my back foot forward and continue toward the hole. Is that a foot fault?

It’s hard to say. To demonstrate “full control of balance” the player must perform some action that breaks up the flow of movement toward the target after release, before proceeding toward the target. Some examples of actions that could demonstrate balance might be: (1) a clear pause and display of balance, (2) placement of the back foot on the ground behind the mark, or (3) retrieval of the marker disc. The key to all of those is to show balance and control of your body behind the mark before moving forward. The best course of action is to leave no room for doubt, which is easy to do if you are indeed in control of your body after you’ve released the putt.

QA-COM-6: My disc was resting in the chains, and I let the next player putt. Their putt knocked my disc out of the basket and onto the ground. Do I need to make another throw to complete the hole?

No. Once your disc came to rest supported by the basket, you completed the hole. You can pick up your disc and go to the next hole.

QA-COM-7: On a blind hole, I threw a fast, stable disc that skipped hard toward the basket. When we walked up, we found it wedged in the front of the tray. Does it count as completing the hole?

Yes. If the disc is supported by the tray or the chains below the chain support, the hole is complete.

Scoring

QA-SCO-1: Is there a penalty for failing to record a score for a particular hole, even if the total is correct?

Yes. Scorecards submitted without a score marked for a hole are incorrect and will have two penalty throws added to the correct total score.

QA-SCO-2: A member of my group kept a paper scorecard, and their own round and hole scores are correct. However, the other players’ scores are not anything like what everyone else actually threw. Because the penalty for a player's incorrect scorecard only applies to the score for that player, can they do that?

They are not penalized if there is a simple mistake for another player's score, but randomly writing numbers down is not keeping score, and that player could be subject to disqualification by the Tournament Director. Players need to make a good faith effort at keeping score and totaling up the scorecard correctly. At the end of the round, the group should reconcile any differences between their scorecards before they are submitted. That cannot be done if someone is not keeping an accurate scorecard.

Abandoned Throw

QA-ABA-1: How does Abandoned Throw work? How is it different from the old Optional Re-throw?

Abandoning a throw means that (except for being added to the score) the throw never happened. The original throw plus one penalty throw are counted in your score. When you abandon a throw, the resulting lie is disregarded, and any penalties incurred by that throw are disregarded as well.

QA-ABA-2: On a short, easy hole, I shanked my drive into a dense forest, and it stuck high up in a tree. The two-meter rule is in effect. I’d rather re-tee than play from in the forest. Will I be throwing 3, or 4?

You will be throwing 3 after declaring that you are abandoning your drive. You count your original throw and add one penalty throw for abandoning that throw. Penalties incurred by an abandoned throw are not counted.

QA-ABA-3: After throwing and picking up my marker I realize that I want to abandon the throw. Can I still do that even though that lie is no longer marked?

Yes, just have your group agree on an approximate lie from which the abandoned throw was made and play from there.

Provisional Throw

QA-PRO-1: What is the provisional throw rule and when should it be used?

A provisional throw is used when a player disagrees with the group’s ruling and no Official is available, or when it might prevent backtracking in case of a possible lost or OB disc. Provisional throws allow play to continue by deferring the ruling until the status of the disc in question can be determined, or an Official is available to settle the matter. In the case where a ruling is disputed or uncertain, a player may have to play out from both the original and the provisional throws, essentially completing two legs. Once a ruling has been made, only the throws for the correct leg are counted.

QA-PRO-2: What’s a good example of a provisional throw?

You tee off on a hole, and your disc lands in a marked area. From the hole notes, it is unclear to your group whether it is a hazard area or required relief area. You step up to your thrown disc and say "I'm throwing two sets of provisionals, because we don't know if this is a hazard or required relief area. This first set applies if this is a hazard, so this would be my third throw in that case." After making the throw, you mark a lie outside the area under 806.04.A and say "continuing with the provisionals, this second set applies if this is a required relief area. This would be my second throw in that case." You finish out both sets of throws, and you note that your score is a 5 if the area is a hazard and a 4 if it's a required relief area. After the round, your group confers with an Official to determine the correct score.

Practice Throw

QA-PRA-1: After marking my lie, I lobbed my putter about 3 meters toward my bag. It hit my bag, kicked up, and rolled about 10 meters down a hill. Was that a practice throw?

No. A throw of less than five meters (in the air) to return a disc is not a practice throw.

QA-PRA-2: My friend left an unused disc near the tee. I picked it up and saw them on the next hole, so I threw it to them. They were about 30 meters away. Was that a practice throw?

Yes. It traveled more than five meters in the air, so it was a practice throw, regardless of the purpose of the throw.

QA-PRA-3: A player in my group was angry after having missed a short putt. After completing the hole, they putted hard into the chains from about two meters away. Was that a practice throw?

Yes. The throw was not made as a competitive throw, nor was it made to set aside an unused disc or to return a disc to a player. That makes it a practice throw.

Interference

QA-INT-1: My disc was stuck in a tree far above two meters (with the two-meter rule in effect), when another player’s throw knocked it to the ground. Where is my lie, and am I subject to a two-meter penalty throw?

The interference rules state that a disc that has been moved is played relative to where it first came to rest. Since that was clearly above two meters, you are subject to a penalty throw just as if the disc had stayed in the tree.

Misplay

QA-MIS-1: My group played a hole that is not part of the tournament course. What is the penalty?

If the hole was played in place of a hole that is part of the course, then two penalty throws are added to each of the scores for that hole. If the hole was played in addition to the holes that make up the course, two penalty throws are added to each player’s total score (the scores for the extra hole are disregarded).

QA-MIS-2: I threw from another player’s disc by accident. Was that a foot fault, or a misplay?

That’s a misplay because the wrong lie was used. A foot fault, or stance violation, presumes that the correct lie is being used but that the player missed it when throwing.

QA-MIS-3: I missed a mandatory on my drive, but we didn’t realize it until after I had made another throw. What do I do?

Your second throw was a misplay because you made it from an incorrect lie. It should have been made from the drop zone (or from the tee if there is no drop zone). Since you caught your mistake after a single misplayed throw, you don’t count or play that misplayed throw. Instead, you get one penalty throw for the misplay. Your next throw is from the correct lie for the missed mandatory. The penalty for missing the mandatory still applies since it was made before the throw that was a misplay.

QA-MIS-4: After the scorecard was submitted, I realized that I had not finished a hole that I had started. What’s the penalty?

The penalty is two throws, as stated in 811.C. An additional throw is added (based on 811.F.2) to represent the final throw on the hole that was not completed. The score for that hole is the number of throws that were made, plus two throws for the penalty, plus one more for completing the hole.

QA-MIS-5: I had stomach pains in the middle of my round and had to find a restroom. I was in there long enough that my group played a hole without me. Can I rejoin them and take a penalty for the hole I missed?

Yes. See 811.F.4 and 811.F.5 on how to handle this.

QA-MIS-6: I got to the course late, after the two-minute signal, and found out I had been assigned to hole 12, which is all the way on the other side of the park. There’s no way I could get there in time, so I was looking at getting par plus four for missing the hole. Then I noticed that hole 3, which is close, only had a threesome. If I join them, I get two penalty throws for starting on the wrong hole and/or in the wrong group, saving two strokes. Clever, right?

Not so much. Intentionally misplaying a hole to your advantage can get you disqualified. Any throws played with the wrong starting group are disregarded. You need to find your assigned group.

QA-MIS-7: My disc landed in a basket target that is not the correct target for the hole being played. What do I do next?

Treat the target like any other obstacle and mark your lie on the playing surface below the disc (805.01.C) and throw your next throw. If you find that you mistakenly have played the next hole (or finished the round) without finishing the hole correctly, then you have failed to complete a hole. See 811.F.2.

Courtesy

QA-COU-1: A rival of mine likes to play head games, for example by telling me my score for the round, that they think I will make or miss a putt, etc. Can I call a courtesy violation on them?

Maybe. Though being a jerk isn’t explicitly listed as a courtesy violation, any action that is “distracting or unsportsmanlike” can be penalized. You will need to decide if the player’s behavior is bad enough to call. Short of that, it is something you, your group, and/or other players will have to work out with them. If the behavior is bad enough, or there’s a pattern of it for that player, you can notify the TD and/or the PDGA Disciplinary Committee.

Equipment

QA-EQU-1: Can I use rangefinders?

Yes, but you must still throw within the time allowed by the Excessive Time rule.

QA-EQU-2: Are remaindered discs (X-ed out discs, factory seconds, hot stamp rejects, etc.) of PDGA-approved models legal for use in PDGA competitions?

Yes. They are legal for PDGA play as long as they also meet the overall restrictions (weight, rim sharpness, flexibility, etc.) as outlined by the PDGA Technical Standards document. Players always have the right to question the legality of a disc used in competition. In such cases the TD will make the final call.

QA-EQU-3: I left my favorite putter in the car. Can my friend go get it for me during the round?

Yes. You are allowed to add discs to your bag after the round has started. Make sure the errand does not distract other players and that you don’t violate the Excessive Time rule. The best time to do that is between holes.

QA-EQU-4: I’m a converted ultimate player and I like to wear friction gloves when I play disc golf. Are those allowed?

Yes. Gloves are specifically allowed by 813.02.C as a device that controls abrasion.

QA-EQU-5: My disc landed in a spot that has very hard, rocky ground. May I place a towel or pad down in order to protect my knee?

Yes. You may place a towel or a small pad which is less than 1cm thick when compressed on the lie, including within a drop zone or teeing area.

QA-EQU-6: Can I take my disc, tuck the rim into itself, and throw it like a ball?

No, this is a post-production modification which alters the original flight characteristics (813.01.C.1). The disc is no longer in a round, saucer-like configuration required by the Technical Standards. Even though the modification may be temporary, it is illegal to throw the disc while in this configuration.

Match Play

QA-MAT-1: My opponent conceded a putt, but I’d still like to throw the putt to keep my putting stroke fresh. Can I do that?

No. Once your opponent concedes a throw, you have completed the hole. A throw after that is a practice throw. The penalty for a practice throw is added to the number of throws it takes you to complete the next hole.

Doubles and Team Play

QA-DOU-1: My doubles partner threw an approach shot using the thrown disc as the marker. Can I mark it with a mini for my throw?

No. Team members must use a single marking method to mark the lie and mark the lie only once.

Competition Manual

QA-CMP-1: Can women play in any division?

A woman may play in any division as long as she meets the qualification criteria for that division. There are no divisions that are restricted to men only.

QA-CMP-2: What happens if a group starts play before the official signal is given?

If a group mistakenly starts play early and then hears the official start signal, they return to the tee and start over. None of those throws count as practice throws even if made after the two-minute signal. If the group actually started early but never heard the official start signal, their scores stand as thrown with no penalties.

QA-CMP-3: As a Tournament Director what options do I have for added cash when I have more than the minimum requirement for my event? Do I have to prorate it all?

Tournament Directors must prorate the minimum added cash for the event Tier; any amount exceeding that minimum can be allocated however the Tournament Director deems appropriate.

For example, if a Tournament Director has $1,000 added for a B-Tier, which requires $750 added and has 7 MPO players and 3 FPO players with both division entry fees being the same, the MPO division minimum added is $525 (70% of $750 since 70% of the professionals are in this division) and $225 for FPO (30% of $750). After that, the Tournament Director can choose to add in the additional $250 wherever they choose on top of the $525 and $225 minimums.

If a Tournament Director is running a League or C-Tier, which does not require added cash, they can allocate the added cash to any professional division because the regulation only applies to the minimum figure, which in this case is $0.

Competition Manual for Disc Golf Events

Rev. Jan 1, 2026


Introduction

The PDGA Competition Manual for Disc Golf Events outlines procedures and guidelines for PDGA events and is to be used in conjunction with the Official Rules of Disc Golf. These procedures, standards, and guidelines are required for all PDGA-sanctioned events unless specified otherwise. This includes limited exceptions for events in countries outside the United States and Canada. All references in the Competition Manual or Tour Standards to a "Tournament Director" or "TD" mean the person in charge of the event under 801.02.A. If a Tournament Director finds any provision in any of these documents unacceptable, they may request a waiver by contacting the PDGA Director of Event Support at [email protected].

The Spirit of the Game

Disc golf is typically played without the supervision of a referee or umpire. The game relies on the player to show sportsmanship, integrity, consideration for other players, and to abide by the Official Rules of Disc Golf. All players should conduct themselves in a disciplined manner, demonstrating courtesy and sportsmanship at all times, irrespective of how competitive they may be.

Make the call. Accept the call. It’s not personal; it’s the rules. That is the spirit of the game of disc golf.

Disc Golfer’s Code

  1. Play Smart:

    Never throw into a blind area or when players, spectators, pedestrians or other facility users are within range. Use a spotter.

  2. Respect the Course:

    Observe all posted rules. No littering, graffiti, or abuse of equipment or flora.

  3. Represent the Sport:

    Be positive and responsible. Teach others.

Section 1: Tournament Procedures

1.01 Player Eligibility

  1. All members in good standing of the PDGA are eligible to compete in any division for which they qualify based upon class (Professional or Amateur), age, gender, and player rating.
    1. Exceptions must be approved in advance by the PDGA Director of Event Support.
    2. Please see Section 2: Division Qualifications for more specific information on division eligibility.
  2. Membership Requirements:
    1. Current PDGA Membership is required to compete in any Major, Elite Series, A-Tier, or B-Tier event. See 6.03.A for exceptions.
    2. In all other PDGA-sanctioned events, players who are not current members may compete by paying a temporary membership fee. This does not apply to Leagues (see 1.14.C.1) or to events outside the United States and Canada (see 6.03.A.2).
    3. In PDGA-sanctioned events which permit non-members or non-current members to compete by paying a temporary membership fee, such a fee will not apply to players competing in Junior divisions or where the requirement has been waived by the PDGA Director of Event Support (e.g., Women's Global Event or Competition Endowment Program events).

1.02 Tournament Registration

  1. Pre-registration is required for A-Tier events, and is recommended for all other Tiers. For PDGA Majors and Elite Series events, see 4.05.A.
  2. A player is not officially entered in the event until their entry fee has been received and confirmed by the event.
  3. All openings in the field of play will be filled on a first-come, first-served basis unless divisional or Pro/Am class caps have been publicized up front with registration, in which case each division or class will be filled on a first-come, first-served basis. See exceptions to first-come, first-served below.
    1. Exceptions

      Some exceptions to first-come, first-served are appropriate to reward local clubs and volunteers for their grassroots work and service, to give the Tournament Director (TD) a useful tool to raise money for a tournament that benefits all of the event’s players, and to allow TDs to prioritize growing specific demographics of the sport in their area as they find appropriate.

      1. None of these exceptions apply to PDGA Majors or PDGA Elite Series events, as those events already have established registration criteria through their event agreements with the PDGA. A-Tiers that are held concurrently with an Elite Series event may utilize these exceptions.
      2. In all cases, any use of Exceptions must be completely transparent and publicly posted at least 48 hours prior to the opening of registration in order to provide the opportunity for any player to meet the requirements to be included within the specific Exception(s).
      3. The below-listed permitted exceptions (2, 3, & 4) classed as Unlimited, Limited, and PDGA Club, are the ONLY exceptions allowed for PDGA-sanctioned events beyond a complete 100% first-come, first-served registration.
    2. Unlimited Permitted Exceptions

      These Unlimited Permitted Exceptions are not limited by percentage of event spots, but the specific early registration tiers for the Unlimited Permitted Exception must be first-come, first-served to any player who meets the specific requirements of that registration tier. TDs may offer tiered registration based on:

      1. PDGA Player Ratings to give higher-rated players priority (Examples: Elite Series events, USADGC).
      2. qualification through PDGA-sanctioned qualifier events that were publicly available to all players. (Example: PDGA Worlds, USDGC, USADGC, or a Points Series Finale).
      3. specific divisions that are otherwise underserved. These are limited to female-only divisions, junior divisions, or senior (age 50 and older) age-based divisions.
      4. current PDGA membership.
    3. Limited Permitted Exceptions

      Usage Requirements:

      1. TDs may use one or more of the three below-listed Limited Permitted Exceptions, but at no time may they allocate more than one-third (33%) of an event’s player spots in total to any combination of the Limited Permitted Exceptions used. Two-thirds (67%) of the event spots must remain for first-come, first-served registrations.
      2. If the event has assigned Pro/Am class caps for registration, no more than one-third (33%) of the Pro spots and one-third (33%) of the Amateur spots may be allocated in total to any combination of the Limited Permitted Exceptions used. Two-thirds (67%) of the event spots must remain for first-come, first-served registrations for both Pro and Amateur.
      3. If the event has divisional registration caps, no more than one-half (50%) of the spots in any division may be allocated to any combination of the Limited Permitted Exceptions used. One-half (50%) of the event spots must remain for first-come, first-served registrations within any offered division.
      4. The Limited Permitted Exceptions are as follows:
        1. PDGA Club Membership Exception

          TDs may offer tiered registration to the registered members of local disc golf clubs who are hosting, running, or otherwise facilitating the event’s success and who are registered as PDGA Clubs. Club membership must not be exclusive and must be publicly posted so anyone can meet the requirements to be part of the PDGA Club Membership Exception if they so choose.

        2. Event Sponsorship Exception

          TDs may offer tiered registration to players who agree to sponsor the event (or an event sponsor’s designated player) at a level determined by the Tournament Director. The sponsorship opportunity must not be exclusive and must be publicly posted so anyone can meet the requirements to be part of the Event Sponsorship Exception if they so choose.

        3. Volunteers Exception

          TDs may offer tiered registration to volunteers for their work in prepping the course etc., for the event at a level determined by the TD. That volunteer opportunity must not be exclusive and must be publicly posted so anyone can meet the requirements to be part of the Volunteer Exception if they so choose.

    4. PDGA Club Permitted Exception – “Club Members Only” Events

      1. PDGA Clubs with large numbers of members may run a PDGA-sanctioned event where registration is open only to the registered members of the PDGA Club. See 6.03.B.1 for what constitutes an PDGA Club outside the United States and Canada.
      2. Club membership must not be exclusive and must be publicly posted so anyone can meet the requirements to be part of the PDGA Club if they so choose.
      3. Registration must be first-come, first-served to all the PDGA Club members.
      4. Since they are not open to the general public, such events will be designated as an “X” Tier (XC, XB, XA, etc.), and the event name must include the phrase “ – Club Members Only Event” (example: “Shooting the Breeze with the Augusta DGC – Club Members Only Event”).
  4. Waitlists will be maintained (overall, by class, or by division) based on the caps that have been publicized in advance.
  5. Entries received via online entry shall be date and time-stamped based on the actual time the entry fee was received at the online entry point.
  6. In the event that multiple entries are received simultaneously, the player with the lowest PDGA number shall have priority.
  7. Events must post pre-registration lists on the PDGA event results page, post waitlists on the official registration page, and update those lists at least weekly.
  8. Only paid registrants should be listed on the published tournament list.

1.03 Withdrawals and Refunds

  1. Players must email or phone their withdrawals to the Tournament Director only at the contact information posted for the tournament. Discussions with persons other than the Tournament Director, including other tournament staff, shall not be considered official.
  2. Players who have paid more than a nominal waitlist fee of $10 to be on an event’s waitlist who do not get into the event, or who officially request to withdraw from the waitlist prior to the event’s published closure of registration and waitlist replacements (within one week is recommended), will receive a 100% monetary refund of that waitlist fee (minus up to a $10 handling fee). Waitlist players who only paid a nominal non-refundable waitlist fee of $10 or less will not receive a refund.
  3. Players who officially request to withdraw from an event at least 30 days before the start of the event will receive a 100% monetary refund of their entry fee (minus up to a $10 handling fee).
  4. Players who officially request to withdraw from an event 15 to 29 days before the start of the event will receive a 100% monetary refund of their entry fee minus up to a $10 handling fee only if their spot in the tournament is filled by a player who is on the waitlist at the time of the withdrawal request. If the player’s spot is not filled, the TD has the choice to provide either a 50% monetary refund of their entry fee or just the player’s pack the player would have received if they had attended (minus the cost of shipping). In the case of a player in a Pro division for an event without a Pro player pack worth at least 25% of the Entry Fee, the TD will provide the 50% monetary refund.
  5. Players who officially request to withdraw from an event within 14 days of the start of the event and prior to the event’s published closure of registration and waitlist replacements (within one week is recommended) will receive a 100% monetary refund of their entry fee minus up to a $10 handling fee only if their spot in the tournament is filled by a player who is on the waitlist at the time of the withdrawal request. If the player’s spot is not filled, the TD has the choice to provide either a 25% monetary refund or just the player’s pack they would have received if they had attended (minus the cost of shipping). In the case of a player in a Pro division for an event without a Pro player pack worth at least 25% of the Entry Fee, the TD will provide the 25% monetary refund.
  6. Players who request withdrawal within 48 hours of the start of play, or who request withdrawal after the published close of registration and the published end of waitlist replacements, are not entitled to a refund. If a TD fills a player’s spot with a player on the waitlist at the time of withdrawal after the published close of registration and the published end of waitlist replacements, but more than 48 hours prior to the start of play, that player must receive a 100% monetary refund of their entry fee.
  7. Tournament Directors for Major, Elite Series, and A-Tier events may petition the PDGA Director of Event Support to change the timeline for items C, D, and E. If granted, the policy must be clearly published with all registration materials.
  8. If a TD vacates an offered division due to a lack of registered players for the division (see 2.02.L), any player for that division that does not wish to move to a different division that they are eligible for will be provided a full refund.
  9. If a Tournament Director cancels an event, all currently registered or waitlisted players must receive a 100% monetary refund of their entry or waitlist fee. Only in the case of a disaster beyond the control of the TD that prevents the event from taking place by making the venue(s) unavailable, and only with prior approval from the PDGA Director of Event Support, may a TD provide players registered for Amateur divisions with a player pack and a partial monetary refund in the amount of the difference between the retail value of the player pack and the amount of the entry fee.
  10. If a Tournament Director postpones an event, all players currently registered or waitlisted for the original date at the time of postponement must receive a 100% monetary refund of their entry or waitlist fee if they request it. Only in the case of a disaster beyond the control of the TD that prevents the event from taking place by making the venue(s) unavailable, and only with prior approval from the PDGA Director of Event Support, may a TD provide players registered for Amateur divisions with a player pack and a partial monetary refund in the amount of the difference between the retail value of the player pack and the amount of the entry fee. Once a new date is announced, all prior registrants who are still registered or waitlisted must be notified by email and given a reasonable opportunity to receive a 100% monetary refund of their entry or waitlist fee if they determine they are unable to attend the event on its new date.
  11. It is highly recommended that high-capacity events do not include personalized items within their player packs due to the complexity that creates for withdrawals and refunds. Personalized items should only be offered as merchandise for purchase during registration for a separate non-refundable fee that is not part of the tournament entry fee.
  12. For exceptions related to events outside the United States and Canada, please see 6.03.C.1.

1.04 Event Check-In

  1. Players are required to check in with the Tournament Director or designated tournament staff member at A-Tier and B-Tier events. This is suggested for all other Tiers.
  2. The Tournament Director cannot require in-person pre-tournament check-in on any day prior to the start of competition but may offer it as a convenience to players.
  3. Any player who does not check in by the time(s) specified by the Tournament Director shall forfeit their official place and entry fee.
    1. As detailed in 1.03.F, such day-of drops will not receive a refund even if a waitlister takes their place.
    2. Exceptions will be made only at the sole discretion of the Tournament Director.
  4. The Tournament Director should notify players of check-in requirements on the registration page or via email no less than 48 hours prior to the earliest check-in time.
  5. At A-Tier events using a staggered start with scheduled tee times, players must also check in with the starter no less than 5 minutes prior to their tee time each day and be present at the starting area, which is the starter tent or other area designated by the Tournament Director, for the 5 minutes preceding their tee time each day. This rule is recommended for staggered starts with scheduled tee times at all other Tiers.
    1. Players who do not check in with the starter by this time or who are not present at the starting area for the 5 minutes preceding their tee time receive two penalty throws added to their starting hole.
    2. After checking in with the starter, the player may request a bathroom break. If the player returns after their assigned tee time, the player is considered absent for the hole under 811.F.5, Misplay, and receives a score of par plus four on the hole.
    3. The starter will inform players of any pre-round notes after check-in for their tee time is complete. Players are responsible for all pre-round notes given by the starter, regardless of whether they are present or not.
    4. If a player is later deemed to be absent for the first hole under 811.F.5, Misplay, then the penalty in 1.04.E.1 does not apply. The player only receives the penalty for being absent.
  6. See 4.05 for check-in requirements for Majors and Elite Series events.

1.05 Practice Rounds, Beginning Play, Late Arrivals

  1. Players are responsible for scheduling their practice rounds prior to the event. Availability of the course and its tournament set-up for practice rounds may vary (see 5.03, 5.05, 5.08, and 5.09). The course or courses are closed to practice during the tournament and at all other times designated by the Tournament Director.
  2. Three types of starts are used to begin competitive play:
    1. Shotgun start

      At a shotgun start, groups are assigned to begin play on different holes simultaneously.

      1. The two-minute signal is a notification to all players that practice has ceased and that all PDGA rules and regulations are in force, and that the Tournament Director intends to begin play in two minutes.
        1. The two-minute signal shall be sounded by the Tournament Director or designated Tournament Official by a method that informs all players on the course.
        2. If a horn is used, the signal is sounded by two blasts.
      2. The start signal is a notification to all players that play has begun.
        1. The start signal shall be sounded by the Tournament Director or designated Tournament Official by a method that informs all players on the course.
        2. If a horn is used, the signal is sounded by one long blast.
      3. The course or courses are closed to practice while competitive rounds are in progress and at all other times designated by the Tournament Director.
    2. Staggered start

      At a staggered start, also known as a tee time start, groups start one after another on a certain hole.

      1. Groups shall start at the time announced by the Tournament Director and check in with the starter as required by 1.04.
      2. Players may practice in any area designated by the Tournament Director until the starter indicates the two-minute signal for their group.
      3. The course or courses are closed to practice while competitive rounds are in progress unless the Tournament Director specifies otherwise.
    3. Flex start

      At a flex start, players may choose their own starting time, their own playing group, or both. The Tournament Director may adjust starting times and playing groups as needed. Flex starts are staggered start events except as specified in 1.15.

  3. A throw by a player between the two-minute signal and the start of the round shall receive a warning if observed by two or more players or an official. Subsequent throws by the player during this period, if observed by two or more players or an official, shall result in one penalty throw added to the player’s score, regardless of the number of throws.
  4. It is the sole responsibility of the player to know the course rules, be at their starting hole, and be ready to play in time for the start of their round.
  5. Players who are absent for their starting hole or any subsequent hole have committed a misplay (see 811.F.4, Absent). If a complete round is missed, or if a player does not finish a round, the player may, at the discretion of the Tournament Director, be disqualified.
  6. Late-arriving players, for either Shotgun or Tee Time rounds, are responsible for checking with the TD, Tournament Central, or the Tee Time Starter to learn their correct starting group and are solely responsible for starting play with that playing group or the group created by the TD due to the player’s absence. Failure to do so is a misplay (see 811.F.10, Misplay).
  7. The Tournament Director is responsible for declaring the official method of scoring (digital or physical scorecards) for the event.
  8. The Tournament Director must provide a scorecard to each player in the group. These scorecards may be digital or physical, so long as they meet the requirements in 808, Scoring.If an event is not using digital scoring, the Tournament Director must provide paper scorecards to each player. If digital scoring is used, paper scorecards must be provided to players who request them at least 48 hours prior to the start of the event. Players who do not request a paper scorecard within 48 hours of the event will be responsible for providing their own scorecard. Provided scorecards must meet the requirements in 808, Scoring. See 6.03.D.1 for events outside the United States and Canada.
  9. Paper scorecards must always be made available to each playing group, regardless of what the Tournament Director has declared to be the official method of scoring. The Tournament Director will designate a location to return paper scorecards at the conclusion of the round.If paper scorecards are used at an event, the Tournament Director will designate a location where players must return their paper scorecards at the conclusion of the round.

1.06 Grouping and Sectioning

  1. Professional and Amateur players should not be grouped together. Divisions should be grouped together as much as practicable.
  2. When there are more entrants than can play together in one round, the field of competitors may be split into pools. Players within a division must play the exact same layouts during competition.
  3. All players within a division should be grouped for the first round via one of the following methods (see 1.05.B.3 and 6.03.E for exceptions):
    1. Random grouping; players within a division may be randomly grouped for the first round. All team events should use this option.
    2. Player Rating grouping; players within a division may be grouped by player rating to set first round groups. Highest-rated player starting on the lowest number hole, the second-highest-rated player starting on the following hole, etc. This process would continue until all starting holes have been filled. For example, a division of 12 players across 3 holes set by the ranking of their ratings would be:
      1. Hole 1: Players 1, 4, 7, and 10
      2. Hole 2: Players 2, 5, 8, and 11
      3. Hole 3: Players 3, 6, 9, and 12
    3. In the case of a division that is large enough to be in multiple pools, the players must be split by rating (example: 72 highest ratings in Pool A and 72 lowest ratings in Pool B) and then randomized within each pool for the first round.
    4. At PDGA Leagues, players may determine their own groups and, if the League uses staggered start times, their own start time (see 1.14.C.6).
  4. For all subsequent rounds, players should be grouped by division as much as practicable.
  5. Within a division, players should be grouped by lowest score (see 1.09 Ties for breaking ties). The group with the lowest scores starts on the lowest-numbered hole, and so on. If tee times are in use, the group with the lowest scores has the latest tee time.
  6. Tie breakers for same total score (see 1.09).
  7. Groups shall not be more than five players and should be limited to four players whenever possible.
  8. In teams play, groups may exceed five players due to team size or odd numbers of teams competing.
  9. Groups may not consist of fewer than three players unless the Tournament Director has approved it and the group is accompanied by a Tournament Official (see 1.12.A). The Tournament Official may throw the holes along with the player(s) as long as the player(s) consent.
  10. If a group has fewer than three players because one or more players were absent, they must contact the Tournament Director or a Tournament Official about how to proceed.
    1. Proceeding with play without contacting the TD or Tournament Official will be deemed a deliberate misplay under 811.E.
    2. If a TD or Tournament Official cannot be reached, the player(s) should proceed under the steps in 1.06.K.
  11. If a group has fewer than three players, the remaining player(s) should take the following steps:
    1. Wait for the group behind them to catch up and explain that they need to form a new group or groups.
    2. When combining with the group behind, if the group would exceed 5 players, the player whose initial position was last in the original larger group shall move to the smaller group. Repeat if necessary.
    3. Players in the new group(s) will keep score for all members in their new group. Playing in the new group(s) does not constitute misplay if an attempt was made to contact a tournament official.
    4. Improperly forming groups, or continuing play with fewer than three players, constitutes misplay (see 811, Misplay) and two penalty throws will be added to the offending players’ total score.
    5. Newly-formed groups must play together until all players have completed the round, unless otherwise directed by a Tournament Official. This does not require or permit players to re-play any completed holes.
  12. First round featured groups for media purposes are not allowed unless for video coverage and previously approved by each player within the group and by the PDGA Director of Event Support.
  13. A ghost group is a designation for a secondary group of players that is assigned a starting hole already occupied by another group of players. Ghost groups are only to be used to resolve emergency situations, such as a hole being unexpectedly rendered unplayable by flooding, downed power line, or other circumstances outside the control of the Tournament Director.
    1. A ghost group will always tee second on the hole as the lowered-numbered hole for both first-round groupings (see 1.06.B) and subsequent rounds (see 1.06.D).
    2. Ghost groups should start on a shorter length hole after a longer/more difficult hole to minimize the impact on course-flow and speed of play.
  14. At staggered start events with scheduled tee times, Tournament Directors must post tee times on the PDGA event page for all players in a given division no later than 12 hours prior to the first tee time for that division or one hour after the conclusion of play of the previous round for that division, whichever is later.

1.07 Suspension of Play

The safety of everyone at PDGA-sanctioned events is of paramount importance. TDs are highly encouraged to make use of all available resources such as lightning detectors and online weather maps (that display storms and lightning strikes moving into the area) in order to suspend play before conditions become dangerous to the players, staff, and spectators (see PDGA Mid-Event Suspension & Cancellation Policy).

  1. If, in the opinion of the Tournament Director, lightning, excessive rain or hazardous conditions exist that make it impractical or dangerous to continue play, the tournament shall be suspended.
    1. The signal to suspend play is a notification to all players that play has been suspended.
    2. The signal to suspend play shall be sounded by the Tournament Director or designated Tournament Official by a method that informs all players.
    3. If a horn is used, the signal is sounded by three blasts.
    4. After 60 seconds, the signal to suspend must be sounded a second time.
  2. Players must immediately stop play and mark the lie of each member of the group. A natural object is sufficient to mark the approximate lie from which the player shall resume play. Players shall take shelter. When appropriate, players should return to the first tee area, clubhouse, Tournament Central or to an area designated by the Tournament Director. There will be a minimum thirty-minute suspension of play after the suspension signal.
  3. Players shall resume play from their approximate lies as established when the round was suspended. The approximate lie is determined by a majority of the group.
  4. The Tournament Director will evaluate the conditions and assign a time not less than thirty minutes from the suspension signal for the players to return for a resume time or delay renewal.
  5. Play shall be resumed using the same signals as at the start of the round: a two-minute signal consisting of two short blasts, then a single extended blast two minutes later to indicate the round has restarted.
  6. The Tournament Director may postpone the incomplete portion of the round for a later date within the scheduled tournament if, in the Tournament Director’s opinion, the conditions will not improve or if darkness will fall prior to the projected finish time. (see PDGA Mid-Event Suspension & Cancellation Policy)
  7. Partial round scores shall be carried forward to the completion of the round whenever the round is resumed.
  8. A player who stops playing before a signal to stop has been given shall receive two penalty throws if there is evidence that the player stopped playing prematurely. A player who continues play after the announcement of an official stoppage in play shall receive two penalty throws if there is evidence that the player was aware of the stoppage.
  9. The Tournament Director will make every effort to ensure all rounds of the tournament are completed as scheduled.
    1. If a total of three full preliminary rounds or less are scheduled, all players must complete a minimum of one round for the event to be considered official.
    2. If a total of four full preliminary rounds or more are scheduled, all players must complete a minimum of two rounds for the event to be considered official.
    3. If those criteria are not met, the event should be rescheduled. If rescheduling is impossible and/or players are unable to participate, a full refund will be issued minus player’s package, PDGA, and other associated event fees.
  10. All suspended rounds shall be completed, unless conditions exist that make it impossible. If such conditions exist, the results shall be final as of the last completed round as long as the necessary round requirements are met (see PDGA Mid-Event Suspension & Cancellation Policy.)
  11. The completion of a suspended round is a higher priority than a future round and thus future rounds shall be canceled in order to complete a suspended round.

1.08 Reduction of Field Size (Cuts)

  1. The field may be reduced (cut) for a semi-finals or finals at the discretion of the Tournament Director, provided that the cut line, either as a percentage or number of places, is announced prior to opening player registration for the event. The only exception may be due to the PDGA Mid-Event Suspension & Cancellation Policy being invoked to finish an event, or as outlined in 6.03.F.
  2. Making the cut line at or above the payout line is highly recommended.
  3. Unless otherwise announced in advance by the Tournament Director, all ties for a semi-final or final cut will be broken by the use of a tiebreaker (see 1.09).
  4. Any eligible player who chooses not to participate in a semi-final or final shall receive ranking and cash or prizes equal to finishing last in the remaining field.
  5. Players who do not make the cut have completed all tournament rounds. Any further competition between those players is unofficial and should not be reported or affect the published results (see also 1.09.E).

1.09 Ties

  1. When sorting groups under 1.06.E, ties for position are broken as if the following player has the lower total score:
    1. First, a player with a lower score in the more recent round;
    2. Second, among players with identical round scores for the event, the player with the lower PDGA number (a player with no PDGA number loses this tiebreaker);
    3. Finally, among players with no PDGA number, the player whose last name comes first in alphabetical order.
  2. Playoffs:

    Except where noted below in 1.09.D, final ties for first place in any division must be broken by a playoff, either sudden-death or aggregate. If ties are being broken for the reduction of field size, they also must be broken by these procedures. Under no circumstances should any other method such as hot round, head-to-head scores, etc. be used to break a tie for first place. The Official Rules of Disc Golf and the Competition Manual apply during playoffs, but the throws do not accrue to the players' scores or break ties for any position other than first.

    1. Sudden-death is a playoff format where the player or players with the lowest score on a hole move on to the next hole and all other players are eliminated. When only one player has the lowest score on a hole, that player has won the tiebreaker and sudden-death play is over.
    2. Aggregate is a playoff format where the competitors play a set of 6 or fewer holes that have been announced by the TD, where the lowest score on all holes wins the playoff. Players who are tied after an aggregate playoff proceed to sudden-death play on those same holes, unless a different set of holes has been announced by the TD.
    3. Playoffs shall begin, wherever possible, on the same course and layout as the previous round on hole number one unless a different course, hole, or series of holes is designated by the Tournament Director prior to the start of the tournament.
    4. Playoffs must use the same format as the previous round (e.g., medal play, match play, team play) unless another format is designated by the Tournament Director prior to the start of the tournament. In team play, each team is considered a player for the purposes of this section. Any playoff that uses team play to break ties for an event conducted wholly as singles play, or that uses singles play to break ties for an event conducted wholly as team play, must do so for a compelling competitive reason and must be approved prior to the start of the event by the Director of Event Support.
    5. The specific order in which players tee off for the first hole of a playoff shall be determined by random draw (e.g., numbered playing cards, selecting tee positions from a hat, etc.).
    6. In the case of a tied hole during sudden-death play, the teeing order for the next hole will rotate from the order used on the just completed hole, such that the player who teed first on the previous hole relative to the remaining players will now tee last, the player who teed second will now tee first, and so on.
    7. During an aggregate playoff, the teeing order will instead rotate in the manner described by 802.02, Order of Play.
    8. If the aggregate playoff ends with two or more players still tied, the teeing order will rotate:
      1. in the manner described by 802.02 to set the teeing order for the first hole of sudden-death play; and
      2. in the manner described by 1.09.B.6 for the remainder of sudden-death play.
    9. Players may decline to participate in a playoff. Their ranking and cash or prizes will be determined as if they had declined to participate in a semi-final or final among the tied players (see 1.08.D).
  3. First place cash or prizes must be awarded to the division winner and listed in the event results. Cash or prizes may not be evenly split between any players tied for first place except as noted in 1.09.D.
  4. Exceptions to the requirement for first place tiebreakers:
    1. A tie for first place at a flex start event where a tied competitor has already left the event.
    2. A tie for first place caused by the necessity of calling an event due to dangerous conditions where there is no time left on the regularly scheduled final day of competition to complete the event or break a tie for first place. Under no circumstances should players be expected, or asked, to return on a day following the last day of the regularly scheduled rounds to finish the event (see PDGA Mid-Event Suspension & Cancellation Policy).
    3. If a playoff cannot be held during the last day of regularly scheduled rounds for the competition, the tie for first place will stand with the players declared co-champions and the cash and prizes for the ranked places split between the players. If two players are tied for first place, they split the first and second place cash or prizes.
  5. Final ties for other ranks shall be officially recorded as ties. Prize money distribution to tied players (other than for first place) shall be determined by adding the total money allocated to the number of positions represented by the tied players and dividing that by the number of players tied. Trophy distribution for ties may be determined by a playoff or by any related disc golf skill event determined by the Tournament Director, but only for the purpose of awarding trophies; the players must remain officially recorded as tied in the results.

1.10 Distribution of Prizes

  1. Any player accepting cash in a Pro division at a PDGA-sanctioned event (except Leagues, see 1.14.C.2) must have a PDGA number for tracking purposes prior to the start of the event (players receiving a PDGA number after event registration must alert the TD prior to the event). Non-PDGA-numbered players are only eligible for trophies, and any cash payouts at or below that place would move down one place causing an additional place to be paid.
  2. An Amateur-class member playing in a Professional division (see 2.05.C) may not accept merchandise in lieu of cash at events sanctioned at A-Tier and above; however, they may accept a trophy for their finishing place if available. All cash payouts at or below that place would move down one place causing an additional place to be paid. Amateurs playing in a Professional division may accept merchandise in lieu of cash at other Tier levels at the Tournament Director’s sole discretion. Otherwise, all cash payouts at or below that place would move down one place, causing an additional place to be paid. This does not apply to Leagues (see 1.14.C.3).
  3. The required Added Cash for a Tier level must be allocated across all Pro divisions based on the percentage of entry fees brought into the overall Pro portion of the event by each division. Added cash above the minimum may be allocated at the TD’s discretion.
  4. Events with more than two rounds must post payout (including all added cash) prior to the start of the last round.
  5. Any prizes (money or merchandise) declined by a player must pass down to the next finishing position (example: If a player placing third declines their prize, the player in fourth place will receive the third-place prize, the player in fifth will receive the fourth-place prize, etc.). Tournaments are allowed to retain prizes that have been declined by all players within a division only after the declined prizes have been passed through all finishing positions.
  6. The usage of skins (and other similar formats) is permitted at PDGA events but those scores are not allowed to determine a player’s overall standing in the event and prizes are not credited towards a player’s winnings.
  7. Any prizes that a player has earned will be distributed at the completion of the event once the results have been tabulated and verified.
    1. Tournament Directors may award prizes earlier at their discretion.
    2. Players who leave before the official distribution of prizes do not relinquish their winnings, but they are responsible for contacting the TD as soon as possible to arrange for claiming those winnings and are also responsible for any associated shipping costs.
    3. If a TD uses electronic payments (such as PayPal) for Pro cash prizes, those prizes must be distributed within two business days of the completion of the event. TDs must provide cash or checks to those who do not have the ability to receive payment electronically.
    4. If a TD uses merchandise vouchers for Amateur payout, they must be redeemable at the event or afterwards via online fulfillment. The TD must specify how payout will be handled in their pre-registration materials.
    5. Amateur prizes cannot include cash or items equivalent to cash. For example, a gift card issued by a major credit card company that functions identically to cash, or any gift card that is redeemable for cash, are items equivalent to cash. Other gift cards are not considered cash and are acceptable for amateur prizes.
    6. Any prizes (money, trophies, or merchandise) that remain unclaimed (through no fault of the TD) 30 days after the completion of the event are then relinquished by the player. TDs must make a reasonable effort to provide the payout to the player by contacting them, offering to ship, etc. A player has claimed a gift certificate, gift card, gift code, or similar prize upon receiving it, and this time limit does not apply to the redemption of such certificates, cards, codes, or similar prizes.

1.11 Officials

  1. To be a Certified Official, an individual must be a current PDGA member, pass the PDGA Certified Rules Official Exam, and register as an official with the PDGA. Upon significant changes to the Official Rules of Disc Golf, the PDGA Board of Directors may require Certified Officials to pass an updated exam to retain their Certified Official status.
  2. Tournament Directors (and Assistant TDs) are required to be current Certified Officials in order to sanction or run any PDGA event.
  3. The exam is based upon the Official Rules of Disc Golf and the PDGA Competition Manual.
  4. Being a Certified Official does not make an individual a Tournament Official who can make rulings at PDGA events (see 1.12.A).

1.12 Tournament Officials

  1. Only the following are Tournament Officials (see 801.02.B) for a given event:
    1. the Tournament Director (see 801.02.A); and
    2. those Certified Officials (as defined in 1.11.A) that have been designated by the Tournament Director; and
    3. PDGA Marshals as designated by the PDGA Director of Competition.
  2. Only Tournament Officials may make rulings at PDGA-sanctioned events beyond those calls allowed by the rules to be made by the players or playing group themselves.
  3. Spectators are not Tournament Officials and may not make rulings. Players in the event who are not designated Tournament Officials and are not actively playing in the round (either have finished or have not yet started) are considered spectators.
  4. Each Tournament Official must carry copies of the tournament/course rules, the Official Rules of Disc Golf, and the PDGA Competition Manual at all times. These copies may be printed or digital.
  5. If any Tournament Official competes in the tournament, they may not officiate for any ruling within their own division other than as a member of a playing group as allowed by the rules.
  6. A Tournament Official’s ruling supersedes the ruling of the playing group, but an appeal may be made to the Chief Official who is the Tournament Director, or their appointed Chief Official.
  7. Generally, the ruling of a Tournament Spotter (see 801.02.C) does not supersede the ruling of the group. However, the Tournament Director may grant spotters who are Certified Officials limited authority to act as a Tournament Official for one or more specific types of ruling, such as determining where a disc was last in-bounds.
  8. Photo or video evidence may only be used by the Tournament Director or a Tournament Official to:
    1. Clarify the meaning of course markings that indicate teeing areas under 802.04.A, restricted routes under 804.01, regulated areas under 806, or drop zones. This includes clarifying that a marking on the course is not relevant to competition.
    2. Make rulings related to player misconduct (as defined in 3.03). This evidence may be provided by anyone present who witnessed the misconduct. Evidence of player misconduct may also be evaluated at any time by the PDGA Disciplinary Committee.

1.13 Youth Safety

  1. Parents/guardians must be responsible for their children during PDGA-sanctioned events. Neither the PDGA staff nor the event staff are responsible for the children of tournament players, spectators, etc. during events. Parents/guardians may not leave unaccompanied children at or near the scoring area, clubhouse, or any other tournament venue. Any child younger than 13 years of age who is accompanying any player group must be supervised by an adult who is not part of that player group and not a caddie.
  2. Players in the Junior ≤12, Junior ≤10, Junior ≤08, and Junior ≤06 divisions must be accompanied by a parent or guardian during tournament rounds. Additionally, any player younger than 13 years of age must be accompanied by a parent or guardian regardless of the division they play in. A single parent or guardian may be responsible for multiple junior players in the same group if agreed upon by all of the parents/guardians prior to the start of the round. Players in the Junior ≤18 and Junior ≤15 divisions may be accompanied by a parent or guardian during tournament rounds.
  3. During PDGA-sanctioned tournament rounds, parents/guardians accompanying junior division players:
    1. MAY assume the roles of a caddie; assist junior players with disc selection, throw selection, rule interpretations, or scorekeeping.
    2. MAY NOT make or second rulings such as foot faults, courtesy violations, etc.
    3. MUST encourage good sportsmanship by demonstrating positive support for all junior players in the group.
    4. MUST place the emotional and physical well-being of all junior players in the group above the personal desire to win.
    5. MUST refrain from the use of abusive or profane language.
    6. MUST refrain from using drugs, alcohol, or tobacco.
  4. Failure to adhere to the parent/guardian responsibilities outlined in section 1.13 shall result in the disqualification of the junior player or removal of the offending player, caddie, or guardian. Junior players under 13 years of age whose guardian has been removed may continue to play if a substitute guardian volunteers to take their place with the consent of the removed guardian.
  5. The PDGA highly recommends that Tournament Directors create their tournament schedules to ensure that all players in the two youngest age groups, Junior ≤08 and Junior ≤06, be scheduled to play no more than 18 holes in one day. Additionally, TDs should use their discretion to possibly limit the amount of daily play concerning the Junior ≤10 divisions (age 10 and younger) depending on the length and strenuousness of their course.
  6. See 6.03.G for guidance for events outside the United States and Canada.

1.14 Leagues

  1. PDGA Leagues are the lowest Tier of PDGA-sanctioned events. Rather than a single tournament, Leagues feature one round per week, on the same day of the week each week, for six to ten consecutive weeks (e.g., eight consecutive Mondays, or ten consecutive Fridays). Leagues may skip a week due to weather or other extenuating circumstances upon approval of PDGA staff.
  2. A maximum of two layouts on the same course may be used in a given League round, but layouts and courses may vary week to week.
  3. The Official Rules of Disc Golf and the Competition Manual apply to PDGA League play, with the following exceptions:
    1. Non-current members and non-members do not pay a temporary membership fee to compete in Leagues (see 1.01.B.2).
    2. Players may win cash prizes without having a PDGA member number (see 1.10.A).
    3. Amateur players may accept cash prizes without affecting their Amateur status (see 2.02.G).
    4. Where the Tournament Director, local law, and event venue rules permit, players who are of legal age to do so may use or display alcohol between the two-minute signal and submitting their scorecard (see 3.03.B.5). However, players still may not drink to excess or be publicly intoxicated (see 3.03.B.6).
    5. Children under 13 who are accompanying a group may be supervised by an adult in the playing group (see 1.13.A). Children under 13 accompanying the playing group are subject to the provisions of 812, Courtesy, and 3.03, with any penalties incurred by that child applied to the supervising player.
    6. The provisions of 1.06.A and B do not apply to Leagues.
    7. Players may play in different divisions from week to week but may not play more than once in any given week of a League.

1.15 Flex Starts

  1. Flex starts (see 1.05.B.3) are only allowed at one-day, one-round C-Tiers and at Leagues.
  2. The Official Rules of Disc Golf and the Competition Manual apply to flex starts, with the following exceptions:
    1. The requirement in 1.05.B.2 that every group start on the same hole does not apply to flex starts.
    2. The grouping and sectioning provisions of 1.06.A and 1.06.C do not apply to flex starts.
    3. The provision in 802.02.G, Order of Play barring groups from playing through does not apply to flex starts.
      1. Groups may play through other groups.
      2. Groups wishing to play through must have a majority of the other group agree.

Section 2: Division Qualifications

2.01 Division Types

  1. Open divisions have no upper ratings boundary and no age requirements. They may have ratings floors at Major and Elite Series events (see 4.02) or require that a member be Amateur-class or qualify under the Pros Playing Am rubric (see 2.05.A). The open divisions are:
    1. Mixed Pro Open (MPO)
    2. Women's Pro Open (FPO)
    3. Gold (RPA)
    4. Mixed Amateur 1 (MA1)
    5. Women's Amateur 1 (FA1)
  2. Ratings-based divisions have ratings caps that prevent higher-rated players from competing in those divisions. The ratings-based divisions are:
    1. Blue (RAH)
    2. Mixed Amateur 2 (MA2)
    3. Women's Amateur 2 (FA2)
    4. White (RAD)
    5. Mixed Amateur 3 (MA3)
    6. Women's Amateur 3 (FA3)
    7. Red (RAE)
    8. Mixed Amateur 4 (MA4)
    9. Women's Amateur 4 (FA4)
    10. Green (RAF)
    11. Purple (RAG)
  3. Gender-based divisions are divisions where eligibility is subject to the PDGA Policy on Eligibility for Gender-Based Divisions. Any division labeled "Women's" or "Girls" or whose division code has the prefix "FP," "FA," "FJ," or "FC" is a gender-based division.
  4. Age-based divisions are divisions where eligibility is based on the player's year of birth. For example, a player who turns 40 in a given year is considered to be 40 for eligibility purposes for that whole year. Any division labeled "Masters" or "Juniors," or whose code ends in a two-digit age such as "08" or "65," is an age-based division.
  5. Collegiate divisions are specialized Amateur-class divisions used exclusively at College Disc Golf events. The collegiate divisions are:
    1. Mixed Collegiate Division 1 (MC1)
    2. Women's Collegiate Division 1 (FC1)
    3. Mixed Collegiate Division 2 (MC2)
    4. Women's Collegiate Division 2 (FC2)
    5. Mixed Collegiate Division 3 (MC3)
    6. Women's Collegiate Division 3 (FC3)
  6. Scholastic divisions are specialized Amateur-class divisions used exclusively for Scholastic events. The scholastic divisions are:
    1. Mixed Scholastic Varsity (MSV)
    2. Girls' Scholastic Varsity (FSV)
    3. Mixed Scholastic Junior Varsity (MSJV)
    4. Girls' Scholastic Junior Varsity (FSJV)

2.02 Qualifications

  1. Players are not allowed to enter a division for which they are ineligible due to their membership status, player class, gender, age, or player rating. Please see the Divisions, Ratings, and Point Factors table.
  2. A player is solely responsible for knowing what division(s) they are eligible to compete in. Entry into an ineligible division may result in disqualification from the event and/or suspension from PDGA events (see 2.03 for exceptions).
  3. After the close of registration, players may not request to change their division unless their division has three or fewer people. Players must request this prior to the start of competition. TDs may approve or deny this request in their sole discretion.
  4. If, after the start of an event, a Tournament Director discovers that a player is in a division they are not eligible for, they may move that player to the correct division for subsequent rounds, but ONLY if both of the divisions played the exact same layout. If not, the player must be removed from the event.
  5. Players may not compete more than once in a single event. Each entry on the PDGA calendar is considered a separate event. For Leagues, see 1.14.C.7.
  6. A player must properly identify themselves by name and PDGA number when competing in a PDGA-sanctioned event. Players who wish to remain anonymous or who assume a false identity will be disqualified from the event and face potential suspension from the PDGA tour.
  7. Professional players playing in a Professional division compete for money. Amateur players playing in a Professional division may only accept money by becoming a Professional, or they may decline money and accept only a trophy (if one is available) to retain their Amateur status (see 1.10.A and 1.10.B). However, Amateurs who accept cash at PDGA Leagues do not become a Professional or lose their Amateur status by doing so (see 1.14.C.3).
  8. Players playing in an Amateur division compete for trophies and/or prizes.
  9. Players who are eligible for gender-based divisions may compete in mixed divisions if they wish, but players who are only eligible for mixed divisions may not compete in gender-based divisions.
  10. An Amateur player may compete in any Professional division for which they are eligible based on age, gender, and event format.
  11. A PDGA Professional member may only compete in Amateur divisions in select cases (see 2.05).
  12. A Tournament Director may limit the divisions they wish to offer at their event by listing only the divisions they plan to offer on their registration form.
    1. If a division is offered and at least four eligible players register for that division, that division must be held.
    2. If a division is underserved as defined in 1.02.C.2.c, the division must be held if at least one player registers for the division. This does not apply to Majors (see 4.05.C).
    3. In all other cases, it is at the Tournament Director's discretion whether to hold the division or not (see 1.03.H for refund policy in that case).
  13. PDGA members, whether current or not, shall be allowed to play in any offered division for which they are eligible. All local rules that force a player to move up divisions based on previous performance are invalid and are not applicable to PDGA members at PDGA-sanctioned events.
  14. For players without a PDGA number, Tournament Directors may estimate their Player Rating based on direct knowledge of their demonstrated skill and ability.
    1. If the player signs up for a ratings-based division (see 2.01.B), the TD may use that estimated Player Rating to assign the player to a different ratings-based division or MA1 or FA1 as appropriate.
    2. If the player registers for an open division (see 2.01.A) or an age-based division (2.01.D) for which they qualify, the player is treated the same as PDGA members (see 2.02.M).
    3. A player who is assigned a division by the TD under 2.02.N.1 and who then purchases a PDGA membership prior to the start of play may move to and compete in any ratings-based division for which they qualify under 2.02.M.

2.03 Exceptions

  1. In a given event, players may compete in a ratings-based division for which they are otherwise ineligible if:
    1. They were registered for that event and in that division; and
    2. They were eligible for that division at the time of registration; and
    3. They became ineligible for that division due to a ratings update that took place within two weeks of the start of competition for that event; and
    4. The Tournament Director approves; and
    5. The Tournament Director gets approval from the PDGA Director of Event Support.
  2. In events within a points Series, players may compete in a ratings-based division for which they are otherwise ineligible under the requirements of 2.03.A or if:
    1. The Series Director has received prior approval to allow this exception from the PDGA Director of Event Support; and
    2. The Series allows players to stay in the division for the entire Series; and
    3. The player has not competed in a higher division at any time during the Series; and
    4. The player's rating is not more than 20 points higher than the rating ceiling for the division; and
    5. The player has previously competed in that division during the Series.
  3. Nothing in 2.03.A or 2.03.B shall apply to Professional-class players competing in Amateur divisions.
  4. Tournament Directors may exclude otherwise-eligible players from a division under the circumstances outlined in the Banning a Player from a PDGA-Sanctioned Event policy.

2.04 Reclassification of Professional / Amateur

  1. Professional to Amateur
    1. Players registered with the PDGA as Professionals may petition the PDGA Director of Event Support for reclassification as Amateurs.
    2. Players must meet all requirements in order to reclassify.
  2. Amateur to Professional
    1. An Amateur wishing to change their classification to Professional may do so by contacting the PDGA Memberships Manager.
    2. An Amateur player is automatically reclassified as Professional when the player has accepted cash while competing in a Professional division (see 1.10.A and 1.10.B). This does not apply to Leagues, see 1.14.C.3.
    3. Accepting cash for winning an ancillary contest such as an ace pool, top-of-the-card round prize, or CTP contest does not cause a player to relinquish their amateur status.

2.05 Pros Playing Am / Ams Playing Pro

  1. Professionals may compete in Amateur divisions offered at A-Tier, B-Tier, and C-Tier events, as well as Leagues, for which they qualify based on player rating, age, and gender as detailed in the Pros Playing Am section of the Divisions, Ratings, and Points Factors table.
  2. Such players are awarded Amateur points for their performance but these points are not eligible for Pro year-end awards or Pro Worlds invitations.
  3. Amateur players competing in Pro divisions are awarded Pro points for their performance but those points are not eligible for Amateur year-end awards or Amateur Worlds invitations.

2.06 True Amateur

  1. True Amateur (also referred to as "trophy only") is the designation used by the PDGA in reference to those amateur events at A-Tier and below, or the amateur portions of events, which promote the true spirit of amateur athletics by presenting only trophies to the top finishers of the tournament rather than a payout in merchandise.
  2. All players in the event receive equal value through player packs. A player pack may consist of commemorative items and/or tournament amenities.
    1. The combined retail value of the player packs in a given division should meet or exceed the value of the Tier-required minimum payout for that division. For example, if a six-person division's Tier-required minimum payout is $240, each player pack must be worth at least $40.
    2. Examples of player pack items include, but are not limited to:
      1. Tangible disc golf items, such as discs, minis, or towels.
      2. Apparel, such as shirts, hats, or outerwear.
      3. Food items, such as snacks or catered meals.
      4. Any other item that meets the requirements of the PDGA Allowable Items Toward Player Pack Value document.
  3. Each division must pay out a minimum number of trophies as listed below. TDs may offer more trophies than the minimum at their discretion. For the purposes of acquiring and awarding trophies, TDs may specify a cutoff date for determining how many trophies each division will get, so long as that date is no more than two weeks prior to the start of competition.
    1. One player: no trophy required.
    2. 2-4 players: 1st place only.
    3. 5-12 players: 1st and 2nd place.
    4. 13+ players: 1st through 3rd place.
  4. Tournament Directors must advertise the use of the True Amateur format in pre-registration materials.

Section 3: Player Code of Conduct

3.01 General

  1. All PDGA members should refrain from any conduct which is detrimental to the game of disc golf and to the PDGA, both on and off the course.
  2. All players must abide by the Official Rules of Disc Golf and the Competition Manual.
  3. Devices capable of making audible sound or flashing light must not make audible sound or flashing light from the two-minute signal until the scorecard is submitted.
    1. If a player’s device makes audible sound or flashing light, it is a courtesy violation (see 812, Courtesy). However, the use of a device deemed medically necessary by the player’s physician, such as a glucose monitor, shall not be a courtesy violation.
    2. Devices that make audible sound must be used exclusively with headphones or earbuds, and the volume must be kept at a level that:
      1. cannot be heard by other players;
      2. allows the player to effectively interact with their group, such as scorekeeping or looking for lost discs; and
      3. does not create a safety hazard for player due to the inability to hear warning signals by other players or tournament staff.
    3. Failure to effectively interact with the playing group as required by rule due to the use of headphones or earbuds is considered a courtesy violation (see 812, Courtesy).
  4. Animals may not accompany players with the exception of players whose disability or medical condition requires the use of a legally-defined service animal.
    1. Players are required to notify the Tournament Director prior to the event if they will be accompanied by a legally-defined service animal during play.
    2. If, in the opinion of the Tournament Director, a service animal presents a distraction or disruption, that animal will no longer be permitted to accompany the playing group.
  5. The PDGA reserves the right to determine and enforce further disciplinary action upon its players and members, which may result in probation or suspension from PDGA-sanctioned events or permanent loss of PDGA membership. For more information see the PDGA Disciplinary Process.

3.02 Pace of Play

  1. All competitors shall play without undue delay and make every effort to keep up with the group in front of them. Undue delay means delays in play, other than as permitted by rule, that affect the pace of play of the group behind them.
  2. Players and groups are expected to move without delay from the completion of one hole to the teeing area of the next hole so as not to affect the pace of play of the group behind them. During play on a hole, a player or group shall not cause undue delay by their actions or inaction.
  3. A player causing undue delays may be issued an excessive time violation by the playing group or a Tournament Official (see 802.03, Excessive Time).
  4. If a group as a whole causes undue delay, each player should be issued an excessive time violation by a Tournament Official (see 802.03, Excessive Time). Examples of this include:
    1. A group remaining by the target of a completed hole to record scores.
    2. A group that neglects to start the clock or enforce the time limit when searching for a lost disc (see 805.03, Lost Disc).
    3. A group whose actions unrelated to play halt or slow play.
  5. If, in the sole discretion of the Tournament Director or a designated Tournament Official, a group is causing undue delay, that group may be put on the clock.
    1. On the clock means that a Tournament Official will accompany the group and actively time each player to ensure their play conforms with 802.03, Excessive Time and with 3.02.A-D and will issue warnings and penalty throws accordingly.
    2. The Tournament Official must notify the group that they are on the clock in a manner understandable to all players.
    3. When a group is no longer causing undue delay, they come off the clock. Off the clock means a Tournament Official is no longer actively timing their play.
    4. When a group comes off the clock, the Tournament Official must notify the group that they are off the clock in a manner understandable to all players.
    5. A group that is repeatedly put on the clock may receive penalties as described in 3.02.C and 802.03, Excessive Time.

3.03 Player Misconduct

  1. All players must adhere to a professional standard of sporting ethics, courtesy, and integrity while participating in a PDGA-sanctioned event and when commenting to the media. Conduct that violates this standard is subject to courtesy violations called by players (see 812, Courtesy), penalties issued by the Tournament Director, and any further disciplinary action deemed appropriate by the PDGA.
  2. If a player violates the above standard, the Tournament Director may opt, in their sole discretion, to issue a tournament warning for a first offense (except as specified in 3.03.C). A tournament warning is a type of warning whose effects persist through all rounds and sudden-death play. Otherwise, the Tournament Director will immediately disqualify the player. Actions that violate this standard include, but are not limited to:
    1. Repeated and overt use of abusive or profane language, including any remarks or comments targeted at a player or group that are inconsistent with the PDGA's non-discrimination principles as outlined in Section II.D of the PDGA Bylaws.
    2. Throwing items in anger (other than discs in play).
    3. Overt rudeness or threatening behavior to anyone present.
    4. Willful and overt destruction, abuse or vandalism of property, including animal and plant life (see 803.04, Damaging the Course).
    5. Excessive use of alcohol or public intoxication at the tournament site.
    6. Overt failure or refusal to enforce the rules of disc golf during competition (see 801.02.E, Enforcement).
    7. Obstruction of, or failure or refusal to cooperate with, any investigation by an official into the player’s conduct or the conduct of another player.
    8. Deliberately seeking to manipulate one’s player rating through intentional misplay or withdrawal (see 811.E, Misplay).
    9. Activities not listed here or in 3.03.C which are in violation of federal, state or local laws or ordinances, park regulations or disc golf course rules.
  3. The following actions also violate the above standard. Players who commit one or more of these violations will not receive a warning, and will be immediately disqualified by the Tournament Director:
    1. Cheating: a willful attempt to circumvent the rules of play.
    2. Physical attacks upon anyone present.
    3. Public display or use of illegal or prohibited substances in violation of any applicable law (national/federal, state/provincial, local/city/county, et al) from the two-minute signal to the time the player's scorecard is submitted.
    4. Public display or use of alcohol at PDGA events sanctioned at C-Tier or higher, or of cannabis (other than as permitted by the CBD Product Use Policy) at PDGA events sanctioned at any Tier level, even where otherwise lawful or permitted, from the two-minute signal to the time the player's scorecard is submitted. This rule does not apply to Leagues, where, if local law and event venue rules permit it, players of legal age to do so may consume alcohol during the round (see 1.14.C.4).
  4. Players are required to report any player misconduct to a Tournament Official when available or to the Tournament Director directly at the completion of the round.
  5. Tournament Directors are required to report any disqualifications and player misconduct to the PDGA as quickly as possible.
  6. Disqualified players shall forfeit any prize money or merchandise and shall not receive a refund of entry fees.
  7. The public display or use of tobacco products by event staff, players, and by extension their caddies, is prohibited at all times at A-Tier events and at PDGA events of any Tier that solely offer Junior divisions. At all other Tiers, Tournament Directors may also prohibit tobacco products if advertised in advance of registration. For policies at PDGA Majors and Elite Series events, see 4.04.A.
    1. This prohibition includes all smoking and chewing tobacco products, as well as electronic and vapor cigarettes, whether tobacco-based or not. This prohibition does not apply to smoking cessation products that do not produce vapor, such as nicotine gum, nicotine patches, or nicotine lozenges.
    2. For players and their caddies, any violation of these prohibitions will be treated as a courtesy violation, and violators will be asked to put away the product until after the round has concluded. Subsequent violations are courtesy violations which receive penalty throws (see 812.C, Courtesy). Repeated violations may result in disqualification (see 3.03.B).
    3. At all non-junior events to which this policy applies, the Tournament Director may opt to provide designated smoking areas out of the public eye for players, caddies, and event staff to use during the round, and all rules concerning the pace of play still apply (see 3.02).
    4. At PDGA events of any Tier that solely offer Junior divisions, including the PDGA Junior World Championships, no designated smoking areas will be provided.
    5. In cases where local laws and policies conflict with this policy, please contact the PDGA Director of Event Support for guidance.

3.04 Dress Code

  1. All violations of the Dress Code Policy shall be considered a courtesy violation (see 812, Courtesy).
  2. All competitors and staff are required to wear an upper garment and lower outer garment, such as a shirt and pants.
  3. All competitors and staff are required to wear shoes or other footwear with soles.
  4. The PDGA recommends that the dress code in 4.04 be enforced at A-Tier and lower Tier events, but that decision lies solely with the Tournament Director.

3.05 Carts, Caddies and Groups

  1. Players are required to walk during their tournament rounds at all PDGA events unless alternate transportation such as golf carts are provided within the regular event entry fee (not as an opt-in) to all players within a single competitive division.
  2. A caddie is a person who carries a player's equipment or provides other assistance during the round.
    1. Players may designate one caddie at a time during their round.
    2. A person may only caddie for one player at a time (except as allowed by 1.13.B).
    3. A caddie must be at least 13 years of age and must comply with the same Official Rules of Disc Golf and Competition Manual their player must follow, including the dress code, although a caddie need not be a PDGA member nor Certified Official.
  3. Players choosing to use a caddie will be solely responsible for their caddie’s conduct from the two-minute signal until the player’s scorecard is submitted. Any penalties for misconduct by a caddie (as defined in this section and in 3.03) will be applied to both player and caddie.
  4. Caddies are not part of the player group for the purposes of making group calls or rulings.
  5. Players must instruct their caddies to maintain a reasonable distance and not to interfere with a competitor’s throw.
  6. For those players wishing to use a carrying device, approved carrying devices include disc golf bags, foldable chairs and push cart companions. No animals, motor-driven or bicycle-type devices shall be allowed as a carrying device at any PDGA events.
  7. No one may act as a caddie if they are currently under suspension (as listed in the Current Disciplinary Actions) or have been disqualified from:
    1. the event itself;
    2. a separate day of the event as defined in 2.02.E; or
    3. a concurrent event of a different Tier (such as an A-Tier held concurrently with an Elite Series event);

3.06 Player Media and Sponsor Relations

  1. All participants agree that the PDGA and its agents may publish photographs and images of their participation at PDGA-sanctioned events.
  2. Players should not engage in media interviews until after they have officially submitted their scorecard to tournament officials.
  3. The most current information about media at PDGA events can be found in the PDGA Media Policy document.

3.07 Vendor Policies

  1. The Tournament Director may refuse to allow any vendor access to the tournament venue and its environs at their sole discretion.
  2. If applicable, sponsors/vendors are responsible for obtaining the required permits from the appropriate agencies/jurisdictions and must make permits available to the Tournament Director upon request.
  3. Failure to comply with this policy by a vendor may result in further disciplinary actions by the PDGA.
  4. See 6.03.H for policies outside the United States and Canada.

3.08 Tournament Director Rights and Responsibilities

The PDGA recognizes that the strength of the organization and the sustainability of tournament disc golf are reliant on the partnership between the PDGA and the Tournament Director. In order to help the Tournament Director to better perform their job, the PDGA has endowed them with certain rights. The Tournament Director also has responsibilities to the PDGA and its players, including but not limited to the following:

  1. Any qualified, current PDGA member age 18 or over who is interested in running a PDGA-sanctioned event may be required to take and pass an online tournament procedures assessment test before being able to direct that event. That test will be based upon the Official Rules of Disc Golf and the Competition Manual. PDGA members under the age of 18 may not be Tournament Directors.
  2. Tournament Directors agree to follow PDGA sanctioning requirements for the event’s designated Tier level.
  3. Tournament Directors may be required to sign a statement acknowledging that they have read the Official Rules of Disc Golf and the Competition Manual and agree to abide by and enforce their contents before being able to direct any PDGA-sanctioned event.
  4. Tournament Directors must disclose the financial information for their tournaments as listed in the PDGA Sanctioning Agreement or event agreement. However, beyond the PDGA-required disclosures, any additional release of tournament-related financial information is solely at the discretion of the Tournament Director.
  5. Per Section II.D of the PDGA Bylaws, Tournament Directors may not refuse service to anyone based on their race, age, religion, sexual orientation, color, national origin, disability, gender, gender identity, or ancestry.
  6. Tournament Directors must abide by active PDGA player disciplinary actions.
  7. Any issues that may arise during a tournament, whether or not covered in any existing PDGA document, including allegations of abuse of responsibilities by a Tournament Director, may be brought to the attention of the PDGA through the PDGA Disciplinary Process.
  8. Where an event does not meet the criteria or a Tournament Director does not meet the responsibilities set forth in the PDGA Sanctioning Agreement, PDGA Privacy Policy, and Competition Manual, the PDGA reserves the right to demote the event in the future, or to suspend the Tournament Director from running future events. See 6.03.I for policies outside the United States and Canada.
  9. Failure to properly report the results of an event or to meet the financial obligations of the event may lead to further disciplinary action including the suspension of the Tournament Director’s PDGA membership and privileges.

3.09 Disqualification

  1. The Tournament Director (or Tournament Official specifically authorized by the Tournament Director) is the only person who can disqualify a player from an event. For TD procedures regarding disqualification, see 5.06.D.
  2. Players who are disqualified may not be present at the event or event activities without the permission of the Tournament Director.
  3. Tournament Directors must report any disqualifications and any player misconduct to the PDGA in a timely fashion by using the Event Report or the Disciplinary Action Form.
  4. Disqualified players shall forfeit any prize money or merchandise and shall not receive a refund of entry fees.
  5. Disqualified players face potential suspension under the Disciplinary Policy & Process.

Section 4: Majors and Elite Series

4.01 Applicability

The following rules only apply to Major and Elite Series Events, not to standard PDGA events.


  1. All elements of the Official Rules of Disc Golf and sections 1-3 and 5 of the Competition Manual for Disc Golf Events are in effect for all PDGA Majors and Elite Series events unless otherwise specified in this section.
  2. Nothing in this section shall apply to any other event, except as otherwise specified in the Official Rules of Disc Golf or sections 1-3 and 5 of the Competition Manual for Disc Golf Events.
  3. Provisions of this section may modify or extend penalties detailed in the Official Rules of Disc Golf or the Competition Manual for Disc Golf Events beyond the original applicability of those penalties.

4.02 Eligibility

The following rules only apply to Major and Elite Series Events, not to standard PDGA events.


  1. MPO players must have a minimum rating of 950 at the time of registration to compete in a PDGA Major or Elite Series event.
  2. FPO players must have a minimum rating of 850 at the time of registration to compete in a PDGA Major or Elite Series event except for the United States Women's Disc Golf Championship, where FPO players must have a minimum rating of 800 at the time of registration.
  3. There is no minimum rating for eligibility to compete at PDGA Majors or Elite Series events for any other division.
  4. All players must be Certified Rules Officials with a certification expiring after the conclusion of the event in order to register for and compete in any PDGA Major or Elite Series event.

4.03 Caddies and Groups

The following rules only apply to Major and Elite Series Events, not to standard PDGA events.


  1. A caddie is someone who walks with a player during play.
  2. The playing group consists only of:
    1. the players themselves; and
    2. each player's individual caddie.
  3. The playing group may be accompanied by:
    1. chaperones, where required (see 1.13.B); and
    2. any active tournament staff as determined by the TD; and
    3. any credentialed media, subject to the media policy of the event.
  4. No other people may be with the playing group. All others (including players who have already finished their round) are considered spectators and must remain in designated spectator areas away from the playing group.
  5. Caddies at events must always wear a caddie bib when on the course. When in other player-only areas, they must either wear the bib or display a caddie credential. If no bib or credential is provided or available, the player must identify their caddie to their group prior to the start of play. In that instance, they can be denied the ability to caddie by a Tournament Official.
  6. A caddie cannot be placed or directed to act as a visual reference or guide and is considered a directional aid in any such instance (see 813.02.B, Illegal Device).
  7. All other violations of this section are courtesy violations (see 812.C, Courtesy) applicable to the player the caddie is accompanying.

4.04 Player Code of Conduct

The following rules only apply to Major and Elite Series Events, not to standard PDGA events.


  1. The prohibition on the public display or use of tobacco products in 3.03.G applies to all PDGA Major and Elite Series events in the following ways:
    1. At the PDGA Junior World Championships, the public display or use of tobacco products by event staff, players, and by extension their caddies, is prohibited at all times.
    2. At all other PDGA Majors and Elite Series events, the public display or use of tobacco products by players, and by extension their caddies, is prohibited beginning five minutes before a player's tee time and ending when the official scorecard is submitted. During shotgun start rounds, the prohibition begins at the two-minute signal.
    3. The public display or use of tobacco products by event staff is limited to designated smoking areas.
  2. All players and tournament staff shall dress appropriately and maintain a clean and well-groomed appearance at all event sites and associated functions.
    1. All players shall wear an upper garment covering their upper chest area and lower torso. A well-tailored shirt with a collar is acceptable, with or without sleeves. A well-tailored one-piece tennis dress or upper garment with minimum one-inch-wide shoulder straps is also acceptable. Tank tops are not allowed for any competitor.
    2. T-shirts are not allowed as a player’s outermost upper garment, except for competitors in Junior and Amateur divisions during preliminary rounds. Juniors and Amateurs shall not wear tee shirts during semifinal or final rounds. Crew neck or v-neck shirts made of high-performance or high-tech materials (including cotton/poly blends with wicking features) are allowed.
    3. Shirts that hang down lower than the bottom hemline on the player’s lower garment shall be tucked in.
    4. No ripped shirts, shorts, or pants are allowed on the course. This includes unhemmed garments, or garments with torn or cut “vents” at the shirt collar. Clothing that becomes stained or damaged during a round is acceptable for the remainder of that round. For the purposes of this provision, semifinals and finals are counted together as a single round, as are final rounds and playoffs for first place.
    5. No offensive, profane, or obscene slogans or logos are allowed on any clothing. Players in Junior divisions, as well as their caddie and required chaperone, where applicable (see 1.13), may not wear slogans or logos referring to alcohol, tobacco, or drugs.
  3. This dress code will be in effect from start to finish at each event, including all tournament rounds.
  4. Players who have not made a cut and who are on site at the tournament are considered spectators and are not required to conform to this dress code.
  5. All violations of this section by any player or caddie shall be considered a courtesy violation (see 812, Courtesy).
  6. All players are requested to be available to any and all media while on site except during or within 30 minutes of the start of a competitive round.
  7. Notwithstanding 801.02.D, at Majors and Elite Series events, courtesy warnings issued to a player during the final round of an event also apply to that player during their subsequent participation in a playoff at that event.

4.05 Registration, Checking In, and Beginning Play

The following rules only apply to Major and Elite Series Events, not to standard PDGA events.


  1. Pre-registration is required for PDGA Majors and Elite Series events.
  2. PDGA Major events may exclude Amateurs from competing in Professional divisions by announcing this limitation in pre-registration materials.
  3. The provisions of 2.02.L.2 do not apply to PDGA Major events. Divisions must have a minimum of three (3) players in order to be contested at a PDGA Major. For divisions that are vacated for having fewer than three players, see 1.03.H.
  4. PDGA Major events may build an ace pool fee into registration. This is considered a pass-through fee (see 5.04.A.3).
  5. PDGA Major events may hold spots to be awarded at the discretion of the PDGA.
  6. Pre-tournament check-in is required for all players at Majors and Elite Series events.
    1. Pre-tournament check-in includes completing all required and applicable documents and processes, such as waivers or the PDGA Identity Verification program.
    2. The restriction in 1.04.B does not apply to Majors and Elite Series events.
    3. Any player who does not check in by the time specified by the Tournament Director shall begin the first round with two penalty throws.
  7. At events using a staggered start with scheduled tee times, players must also check in with the starter no less than 5 minutes prior to their tee time and be present at the starting area, which is the starter tent or other area designated by the Tournament Director, for the 5 minutes preceding their tee time each day.
    1. The official time is the time on the official clock located in the warm-up and starting areas.
    2. Players who do not check in with the starter by this time or who are not present at the starting area for the 5 minutes preceding their tee time receive two penalty throws added to their starting hole.
    3. After checking in with the starter, the player may request a bathroom break. If the player returns after their assigned tee time, the player is considered absent for the hole under 811.F.5, Misplay and receives a score of par plus four on the hole.
    4. The starter will inform players of any pre-round notes after check-in for their tee time is complete. Players are responsible for all pre-round notes given by the starter, regardless of whether they are present or not.
    5. If a player is later deemed to be absent for the first hole under 811.F.5, Misplay, then the penalty in 4.05.C.2 does not apply. The player only receives the penalty for being absent.

4.06 Scoring

The following rules only apply to Major and Elite Series Events, not to standard PDGA events.


  1. If the PDGA Digital Scorecard is the official scoring method of a PDGA Major or Elite Series event:
    1. In MPO and FPO divisions, at least one player in the group must use the Digital Scorecard for scoring; and
    2. All players must use either the Digital Scorecard or a paper scorecard for scoring.
  2. In staggered start play with scheduled tee times, all members of the group must proceed to the scoring area immediately after completion of the round. Completion of the round is when all players in a group have holed out on the final hole of the round.

4.07 Prizes

The following rules only apply to Major and Elite Series Events, not to standard PDGA events.


  1. Awarding of Prizes at Majors
    1. Players competing in Professional divisions at PDGA Majors are required to register with the PDGA's third-party payment processor in order to receive cash prizes.
    2. Players who register with the payment processor prior to the start of competition will have payment initiated within the timeframe specified by 1.10.G.3. The player's chosen method of payment may affect when players receive payment (for example, ACH transfers may take a few business days).
    3. Players who fail to register with the payment processor prior to the start of competition will have their payments delayed accordingly, depending on when they complete registration with the payment processor.
    4. Registration with PDGA's third-party payment processor only covers payments for PDGA Majors. It does not cover payments for Elite Series events or A-Tier and below.

4.08 Course Markings and Equipment

The following rules only apply to Major and Elite Series Events, not to standard PDGA events.


  1. The following color system is used to identify course markings:
    1. Out of Bounds (806.02) - White
    2. Casual Area (806.03) - Blue
    3. Required Relief Area (806.04) - Red
    4. Hazard (806.05) - Yellow
    5. Drop Zones (802.05.C) and Mandatory Restricted Planes (804.01) - Orange
  2. Advertising assets, tents, and camera stands are obstacles from which the player can obtain relief (803.02.A and 803.02.B, Relief from Obstacles). After the group determines the relief available by rule, the player may take one additional meter of relief along the line of play.
  3. Spectator rope and stakes may be moved as if they were casual obstacles (803.01.B, Moving Obstacles). Players must return the spectator rope to working order if moved, or else they receive a one-throw penalty (803.01.C, Moving Obstacles).

4.09 Time Extensions

The following rules only apply to Major and Elite Series Events, not to standard PDGA events.


  1. Players in MPO and FPO divisions at Majors and Elite Series events may use up to two (2) time extensions per round. A time extension adds thirty (30) seconds to the player's allotted time under 802.03.C, Excessive Time.
    1. A player uses a time extension by notifying the group in a manner understandable to all players. Players may not use more than one time extension on a single throw.
    2. If a player exceeds their allotted time under 802.03.C without using a time extension, another player in their group must call the time extension on their behalf. This does not require a second and uses one of the throwing player's time extensions.
    3. If a player is using a time extension and the playing area is no longer clear (see 802.03.F), their allotted time resets to the time specified in 802.03.C and play proceeds as if the player had not called the time extension.
  2. If a player exceeds the additional time allotted by a time extension, they receive warnings and penalties as specified in 802.03.I.
  3. If a player exceeds their allotted time under 802.03.C after using both time extensions, they receive a penalty throw under 802.03.I. They do not receive a warning.
  4. Time extensions must be noted on the scorecard.
  5. A player may use one (1) time extension on each hole they play in a sudden-death playoff.
  6. An aggregate playoff is treated like an additional round for the purposes of allocating time extensions, regardless of the number of holes played.

4.10 Extension of Competition

The following rules only apply to Major and Elite Series Events, not to standard PDGA events.


  1. This section is applicable only to MPO and FPO divisions.
  2. This section is only applicable where the following are true:
    1. Play has been severely disrupted by weather or other uncontrollable events; and
    2. Extending play is the only way to complete the event's originally-scheduled rounds; and
    3. The Tournament Director approves; and either:
      1. At Majors, the PDGA Director of Competition approves; or
      2. At Elite Series events, the series' Tour Director approves.
  3. At events other than the PDGA Professional Disc Golf World Championships, play may be extended through sunset of the day following the scheduled end of competition.
  4. At the PDGA Professional Disc Golf World Championships, play must be extended until a champion is determined.
  5. Round Extension Procedures
    1. When 16 or fewer players have not finished the last scheduled round:
      1. All players must be alerted of the time when play will stop. At that time, players must complete the hole they are playing and then cease further play.
      2. Play will continue the following day. It will begin with a shotgun restart at the time declared by the Tournament Director. All players resume play on their next uncompleted hole and complete the round or playoff.
    2. When more than 16 players have not finished the last scheduled round:
      1. The last scheduled round is considered complete, and the Mid-Event Suspension & Cancellation Policy's provisions apply.
      2. The event adds an additional round as a final (see 1.08 Reduction of Field Size), which takes place in a staggered start format the next day.
      3. The top 12 players advance to the finals. The remaining players have completed the event.
      4. If a tie at a position prevents a cut to 12 players, the players tied for that position do not advance and their event is considered complete. For example, if six players are tied for 11th place, only the top 10 players will advance.
      5. If the layout of the last scheduled round, after stoppage, ended up with 9 common holes or fewer, the layout for the finals will be the last 9 holes of that same layout. For example, if the final round stopped after all players completed holes 1-7 of an 18-hole layout, the finals will be played on holes 10-18.
      6. If the layout of the last scheduled round, after stoppage, ended up with more than 9 common holes, the layout for the finals will be the remaining holes of that same layout. For example, if the final round stopped after all players completed holes 1-12 of an 18-hole layout, the finals will be played on holes 13-18.
    3. If a player is unable or unwilling to continue play the next day, their ranking and cash or prizes will be determined as if they had declined to participate in a semi-final or final (see 1.08.D).
    4. If one or more holes scheduled to be played during an extension of play have become unplayable, the hole is skipped and is not replaced with another hole.
  6. In extreme situations, the provisions of this section may be insufficient. In that case, a different procedure may be developed in order to complete the event. That procedure must be approved by:
    1. The Tournament Director; and either
    2. At Majors, the PDGA Director of Competition; or
    3. At Elite Series events, the series' Tour Director.

4.11 Marshals

The following rules only apply to Major and Elite Series Events, not to standard PDGA events.


  1. Generally, a PDGA Marshal is a Tournament Official (see 1.12).
  2. A Marshal differs from a Tournament Official in the following ways:
    1. A Tournament Director cannot declare someone a Marshal.
      1. At Majors, only the Director of Competition can declare someone a Marshal.
      2. At Elite Series events, only the series' Tour Director or someone of their choosing can declare someone a Marshal. However, the Director of Competition can override this decision.
    2. A Marshal can overrule a Tournament Official or Tournament Spotter.

4.12 Appeals

The following rules only apply to Major and Elite Series Events, not to standard PDGA events.


  1. At PDGA Majors, the PDGA Director of Competition is by default the Chief Official (see 1.12.F). The PDGA Director of Competition can designate someone to act as the Chief Official in their place.
  2. At Elite Series events, the series' Tour Director is by default the Chief Official (see 1.12.F). The Tour Director can designate someone to act as the Chief Official in their place.
  3. Players may appeal rulings from a Tournament Official or Marshal to the Tournament Director, or a Tournament Director’s decision to the Chief Official. Disqualifications are solely the responsibility of the Tournament Director.

Section 5: PDGA Tour Standards

5.01 Applicability and Purpose

  1. The purpose of the Tour Standards is to:
    1. Provide a set of event standards so that Tournament Directors are familiar with expectations and players can expect consistency at each tier level; and
    2. Ensure PDGA events are classified into their appropriate tiers; and
    3. Increase the professionalism and marketability of PDGA-sanctioned events.
  2. The Tour Standards apply to every PDGA-sanctioned event except as outlined in Section 6, International Variances and Exceptions.

5.02 Divisions and Reclassification

  1. Split-day Events.
    1. Split-day events are events where separate divisions compete on separate days on a given weekend (e.g., Amateurs on Saturday and Professionals on Sunday).
    2. Because this format allows a single player to play multiple days in different divisions under Competition Manual 2.02.E (e.g., a player plays in MA1 on Saturday and in MPO on Sunday), each day of this event must be treated as a separate event for the purposes of reporting and proper ratings calculations.
    3. Tournament Directors who wish to use this format submit only a single sanctioning form and sanctioning fee.
      1. They must check the appropriate box and make a note on the sanctioning form specifying which divisions play on which days.
      2. The PDGA Office will then create separate calendar entries for the event and Tournament Directors will receive a sanctioning confirmation email for each day.
      3. The same password will give access to each event in Tournament Manager.
    4. Tournament Directors must treat each day as a separate event for the purposes of pre-registration or unofficial results, and they must submit a separate Event Report for each day.
    5. When a player competes in multiple divisions on separate days in the same event, the Tournament Director must remit one per-player fee per division in which the player competes. Tournament Manager calculates this automatically.
    6. Players who are not current PDGA members and who are competing on multiple days must pay the temporary membership fee for each day.
  2. To reclassify from Professional to Amateur, PDGA members must meet the following criteria:
    1. The player has not accepted cash while competing in a Professional division within the past year.
    2. The player has not previously been reclassified from Pro to Amateur within the past five years.
    3. The player's rating is under the following thresholds based on their current PDGA age:
      1. Players eligible only for mixed divisions
        1. less than 970 for players under 40 years of age on their birthday in the current calendar year
        2. less than 920 for players age 40-49 on their birthday in the current calendar year
        3. less than 910 for players age 50-54 on their birthday in the current calendar year
        4. less than 905 for players age 55-59 on their birthday in the current calendar year
        5. less than 900 for players age 60-64 on their birthday in the current calendar year
        6. less than 885 for players age 65-69 on their birthday in the current calendar year
        7. less than 860 for players age 70-74 on their birthday in the current calendar year
        8. less than 840 for players age 75 or older on their birthday in the current calendar year
      2. Players eligible for both mixed and gender-based divisions
        1. less than 875 for players under 40 years of age on their birthday in the current calendar year
        2. less than 820 for players age 40-49 on their birthday in the current calendar year
        3. less than 805 for players age 50-54 on their birthday in the current calendar year
        4. less than 795 for players age 55-59 on their birthday in the current calendar year
        5. less than 790 for players age 60-64 on their birthday in the current calendar year
        6. less than 785 for players age 65-69 on their birthday in the current calendar year
        7. less than 740 for players age 70-74 on their birthday in the current calendar year
        8. less than 720 for players age 75 or older on their birthday in the current calendar year
    4. A player who meets requirements #1 and #2 above, but whose player rating does not meet requirement #3 above, may request a medical exemption reclassification, but only due to a permanent injury or condition that will prevent them from ever playing at their former level. For more information about medical reclassification, please contact the Event Support Team.
  3. If mixed divisions are offered at an event, Tournament Directors must offer the corresponding women's division (e.g., if MA40 is offered, FA40 must also be offered). Split-day events count as a single event for the purposes of this provision. After one week of early registration as detailed in Competition Manual 1.02.C.2.c or one week of open registration, the TD may cease offering the division as long as Competition Manual 2.02.L permits it.

5.03 Preparing the Course

  1. As measured from the morning of the first day of competition, courses are required to be set up and in their first-round tournament format for all official practice days:
    1. Four (4) practice days prior to any World Championship.
    2. Three (3) days prior to any other PDGA Major or Elite Series event.
    3. One (1) day prior to an A-Tier. Where A-Tiers have temporary holes where targets are unavailable prior to the event, the teeing areas and target locations for those holes must be clearly marked on the official practice day.
    4. No requirements for B-Tiers and below.
  2. Tournament format means the course(s) must have:
    1. All out-of-bounds (806.02), hazard areas (806.05), mandatories (804.01), and drop zones properly marked; and
    2. Event tee signs in place; and
    3. All in-play branding assets in place.
  3. An official practice day is a day where the course(s) are set in the tournament format and available for practice for a minimum of six (6) daylight hours.
  4. Players in the event must be informed of specific practice availability hours for all official practice days before the start of official practice days.
  5. Where an event has required official practice days, no sanctioned events or other tournament-related events that prevent or impede these practice hours may take place on the course(s) during the day immediately prior to the beginning of competition.
  6. Rule waivers. The following situations require a waiver from the Director of Event Support. Failure to obtain a waiver may result in the hole being thrown out when computing scores and/or ratings. See Use of Non-Standard Rules at PDGA-Sanctioned Events for more details.
    1. Any non-standard rule;
    2. A hole or course rules that limits the player’s normal OB options, such as an island green;
    3. A mandatory where the drop zone is more than 10 meters away from the nearest point on the restricted plane.
  7. At PDGA-sanctioned events, bathrooms are required.
    1. The event must have either a permanent bathroom or temporary bathroom on site at each venue that is:
      1. accessible to all players; and
      2. stocked and serviced and in working order; and
      3. available no less than 60 minutes prior to the first tee time of the day; and
      4. available for the duration of the event schedule and all event-related activities at the course(s) being played; and
      5. a reasonable walking distance from the course(s) being played.
    2. Tournament Directors who must rent facilities to comply with this are allowed to use the bathroom pass-through fee (see 5.04.A.3.d) to offset costs.
    3. This provision does not apply to Leagues.
    4. This provision does not apply to flex starts (see 1.05.B.3). The TD must notify players in pre-registration materials if no bathroom will be available at a flex start.
    5. Please consult the PDGA Water and Bathroom Recommendations for best practices regarding bathrooms.
  8. It is the event’s responsibility to provide, at minimum, a specific course rules sheet to every player so they can play the course correctly and as intended. A Tournament Director who adds course rules to the PDGA Digital Scorecard has met this requirement.
  9. Tournament Directors should be familiar with the Mid-Event Suspension and Cancellation Policy and create a plan for any foreseeable complications.

5.04 Finances and Payout

  1. Definitions.
    1. Gross entry is the entry fee paid by the player, not including transaction fees or add-ons such as disc purchases or sponsorships.
    2. Net entry is gross entry minus pass-through fees.
    3. Pass-through fees must be published in pre-registration materials (types and amounts) and are limited to:
      1. PDGA per-player fees according to the Tier; and
      2. Greens fees, meaning the fees required to secure the course(s) and permit play; and
      3. Series fees, meaning a fee paid by an event that is part of a points series under Competition Manual 2.03.B and that is used for series-end prizes or payouts; and
      4. Bathroom fees, meaning the prorated per-player cost of toilet rental; and
      5. TD fees, meaning a per-player amount not to exceed the PDGA per-player fee for that Tier.
    4. Added cash refers only to the cash added to the Pro purse above the regular required percentage of net entry fees.
      1. The Required Minimum Added Cash to the Pro Purse must be spread across all Pro divisions based on the percentage of entry fees brought into the event by each division as per the Tournament Manager payout screens.
      2. The Pro Added Cash distribution is automatically calculated by the Tournament Manager application once Tournament Directors input the Added Cash for their event into the Finance section.
    5. Added merch refers only to the additional prize value added to the Am payouts above the regular required percentage of net entry fees.
  2. Depth of payouts in North America.
    1. In each professional division, at least 40% of competitors must be paid out (subject to Competition Manual 1.10.A and 1.10.E).
    2. Unless the event is a True Amateur Event (see Competition Manual 2.06), in each amateur division, at least 45% of competitors must be paid out (subject to Competition Manual 1.10.A and 1.10.E).
    3. Tournament Directors should use the payout calculation function in Tournament Manager to ensure they meet or exceed these requirements.
  3. Player packs and True Amateur Events.
    1. The cost of player pack items is not deducted from gross entry.
    2. The retail value of player pack items counts as prize value for the purpose of calculating prize payout for Amateur divisions.
    3. If Professional divisions receive a player pack, it is considered added value but does not count toward added cash or payout.
    4. Refer to the PDGA Allowable Items Toward Player Pack Value document to ensure that your items are valid player pack inclusions.

5.05 Tier and Target Requirements

  1. Tier Standards Chart. See 6.03.K.1 for events outside the United States and Canada.
    Worlds Other Majors Elite Series A-Tier B Tier C Tier League
    Sanctioning Fee Waived Waived Waived $100 $75 $50 $25
    Sanctioning agreement submission deadline Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable December 1st (of prior year) 45 days prior Recommended 30 days prior Recommended 30 days prior
    Per player fee (post-event) $10 $10 $5 $5 $4 $3 $0.50 per player for each round they played during the league
    Membership requirements Current PDGA Member; Certified Official; See also 4.02 Eligibility Current PDGA Member; Certified Official; See also 4.02 Eligibility Current PDGA Member; Certified Official; See also 4.02 Eligibility Current PDGA Membership Current PDGA Membership $15 Temporary Membership Fee (except Junior Divisions) No Membership Requirement
    Length of event 4 to 5 days 4 to 5 days 3 to 4 days 2 or 3 days 1 or 2 days 1 or 2 days 6-10 consecutive weeks played the same day each week
    Minimum number of holes 72 72 54 54 36 18 (36 Preferred) 18 holes per week
    Course must be in tournament format for practice 4 Days Prior 3 Days Prior 3 Days Prior 1 Day Prior No Requirement No Requirement No Requirement
    Start Type Staggered or shotgun start Staggered or shotgun start Staggered or shotgun start Staggered or shotgun start Staggered or shotgun start Staggered or shotgun start; flex start is available for one-round events only. Staggered, shotgun, or flex start
    Certificate of Insurance Complimentary Complimentary Complimentary Complimentary $50 (non-refundable) $50 (non-refundable) $50 (non-refundable)
    Required Minimum Added Cash to Pro Purse 25% of Net 25% of Net $30,000 $3,000 $750 None None
    Pro Purse % (Cash Purse Only) of Net Entry 125+% of Net 125+% of Net 100+% of Net Entry Fees 100+% of Net Entry Fees 100+% of Net Entry Fees 85+% of Net Entry Fees Variable - pre-set by League
    Amateur Payout % (Prize Purse + Player Packs) True Amateur True Amateur Not applicable 110+% of Net Entry Fees 100+% of Net Entry Fees 85+% of Net Entry Fees Variable - pre-set by League
    Minimum retail value of Amateur Player Pack 125+% of Net 125+% of Net Not applicable $25 retail value to each player in Amateur divisions $10 retail value to each player in Amateur divisions None Required None Required
    Upload Scores via PDGA Tournament Manager (TM) After each round After each round After each round After each round After each day Within 24 hours of completion of the event Within 24 hours of completion of each round
    Must submit TD Report online via PDGA TM 24 hours from end 24 hours from end 24 hours from end 48 hours from end 72 hours from end 1 week from end 1 week from end
    Payment of event post-event fees within Not applicable Not applicable 30 days from end 30 days from end 30 days from end 30 days from end 30 days from end
    Certified official requirements TD & ATD of record may not play. 1 non- playing official on site per course. TD & ATD of record may not play. 1 non- playing official on site per course. TD & ATD of record may not play. 1 non-playing official on site per course. TD & ATD of record may not play. 1 non-playing official on site per course. Must have either non-playing TD or ATD of record. One official on site per course. One official on site per course. One official per week.
  2. Target Requirements
    1. PDGA-approved Championship targets of the same design and manufacturer are recommended for all events and are required for A-tier, Elite Series, and Major events.
    2. PDGA-approved Standard targets may be used at B-tier, C-tier, and League events.
    3. PDGA-approved Basic targets and non-approved basket targets may be used for C-tier and League events.
    4. PDGA-approved Object targets are allowed under XB, XC, and League events, but this must be specified when submitting the PDGA Sanctioning Agreement.
    5. Events that do not meet the target requirements due to emergency, such as a basket destroyed by a falling tree with no suitable replacement available, may request a waiver by contacting the PDGA Director of Event Support at [email protected].
    6. Please see the PDGA Technical Standards for target classifications and further information.
  3. Required Minimum Distances Between PDGA Events. See 6.03.K.2 for events outside the United States and Canada.
    1. Minimum distances are required between sanctioned tour events in order to avoid a scheduling conflict. Scheduling conflicts occur where events offer at least one division in common.
    2. The PDGA gives priority of dates to Majors, Elite Series, and A-Tiers, and handles the scheduling of these events directly.
    3. State Coordinators are responsible for the scheduling of B and C Tier events and should give preference to reliable events with a successful history, and then to smaller or new events where there is no scheduling conflict.
    Minimum Distance in Miles Between PDGA Events
    Major Elite A B C League
    Major n/a n/a 750 200 150 0
    Elite n/a n/a 500 175 100 0
    A 750 500 200 100 50 0
    B 200 175 100 50 25 0
    C 150 100 50 25 0 0

5.06 Did Not Play, Did Not Finish, Ratings Manipulation, and Disqualification

  1. Did Not Play.
    1. Any registered player who did not compete in an event must be removed from the event entirely prior to the calculation of payouts.
    2. If the TD wishes for any portion of the player’s net entry fee to be added to payout for their division, they should add it to the Added Cash for that division.
    3. Players who do not compete in an event must not receive a 999 Did Not Finish code.
  2. Did Not Finish.
    1. Any registered player must be listed as “Did Not Finish” (DNF) with a 999 code if they:
      1. do not finish an event for any reason other than ratings manipulation; and
      2. notify the Tournament Director, Marshal, or Tournament Official (verbal notification is acceptable) that they will not finish the event either before leaving the venue or before the start of the next round, whichever is earlier;
    2. The 999 code carries no penalty, but the player will not receive PDGA Points for competing in the event.
  3. Ratings manipulation and leaving without notifying the TD.
    1. TDs should use the 888 code to report ratings manipulation and players who leave during the event without notifying the TD.
    2. Ratings manipulation and leaving without notifying the TD are disciplinary matters, and punished as a Class D4 Offense under the Disciplinary Policy & Process and according to the following rubric:
      1. First instance: Warning letter from the Disciplinary Committee.
      2. Second instance: 6 months of probation.
      3. Third instance: 1 month of suspension.
      4. Fourth instance: 3 months of suspension.
      5. Fifth instance: 6 months of suspension.
      6. Sixth instance or more: 12 months of suspension.
  4. Disqualification.
    1. If a player is disqualified (DQed) from an event, the TD must:
      1. Provide details of the circumstances leading to the DQ in the TD Notes field on the Event Report; and
      2. Remove the player from the event’s player listing:
        1. after the event payout is completed (their player count and entry fees remain in their division); but
        2. prior to submitting the official report.
    2. DQed players do not get the benefit of credit for the event or ratings for the event rounds that they completed prior to their DQ.

5.07 Reporting Requirements

  1. It is the responsibility of the Tournament Director of record to submit all results by submitting a completed report via the PDGA Tournament Manager application and paying all fees associated with each event.
  2. TDs with reports or event fees over 90 days late will be placed on suspension and be unable to play in or direct a sanctioned event until one month after their reports are submitted and all fees are paid in full.
  3. Tournament Directors are encouraged to award PDGA memberships as prizes in the Amateur and Junior divisions for C-Tier events.
  4. Events which fail to meet Tier requirements may be demoted in the following year.
  5. Tournament Directors should set par according to the PDGA Par Guidelines.

5.08 Major and Elite Series Requirements

  1. In addition to the requirements outlined in the PDGA Tier Standards Chart, Majors and Elite Series events have some additional requirements and regulations.
  2. Earthen tee pads are not allowed for use at any PDGA Major or Elite Series event.
  3. Majors receive a complimentary Certificate of Insurance.
  4. Competitors in Majors and Elite Series events must be current PDGA members and current Certified Officials at the time of both registration and competition.
  5. Majors have a minimum payout of 125% in all divisions. Amateur divisions at Majors all use the True Amateur format (see Competition Manual 2.06).
  6. National titles for gender-based divisions are conferred at the United States Women’s Disc Golf Championships. Winners in gender-based divisions at the United States Masters Disc Golf Championships have won a Major title, but not a national title.
  7. Ancillary events at the World Championships do not confer World Champion titles.
  8. At Majors, divisions require a minimum of 3 players to be contested. The provisions of 2.02.L.2 do not apply to Majors.

5.09 A-Tier Requirements

  1. In addition to the requirements outlined in the PDGA Tier Standards Chart, A-Tier events have some additional requirements and regulations.
  2. Required divisions. Tournament Directors at A-Tiers must offer, at a minimum, both the top mixed and women’s divisions based on the class and/or age of the fields the event is intended for, unless the event is only using Ratings-Based Divisions. For example:
    1. Pro-only A-Tiers must offer MPO and FPO.
    2. Am-only A-Tiers must offer MA1 and FA1.
    3. Pro-Am A-Tiers must offer MPO, FPO, MA1, and FA1.
    4. Pro-only Masters-only A-Tiers must offer MP40 and FP40.
    5. Am-only Masters-only A-Tiers must offer MA40 and FA40.
    6. Masters-only Pro-Am A-Tiers must offer MP40, FP40, MA40, and FA40.
    7. Pro-only gender-based A-Tiers must offer FPO.
    8. Am-only gender-based A-Tiers must offer FA1.
    9. Pro-Am gender-based A-Tiers must offer FPO and FA1.
    10. Junior-only A-Tiers must offer MJ18 and FJ18.
  3. Warm-Up Areas: All A-Tier events must have a designated warm-up area readily available to all players. If sufficient throwing space is not available, the event must provide one or more practice nets. The event must also provide one or more practice targets.

5.10 X-Designated Events

  1. The added “X” designation means that there is some material variance from the Official Rules of Disc Golf and/or Competition Manual that goes beyond a basic waiver. It applies to alternative competitive formats, non-standard rules, events with restricted eligibility requirements, events with modified payout requirements, and events using the Simplified Rules of Disc Golf (SRDG). While X-designated events that use alternative formats or non-standard rules may generate round ratings, those round ratings are not included in Player Rating calculations.
    1. Alternative Competitive Formats (not ratable). These are events where the format of play is not standard singles medal play, such as doubles, team events, non-basket courses, winner-take-all, skins, match play, vintage, and overall events.
    2. Unratable Non-Standard Rules (not ratable). These are events with non-standard rules that go beyond a simple waiver, such as throw-and-distance penalties or mulligans. Any non-standard rules must be pre-approved by the PDGA Director of Event Support who will work with the Tournament Director to make sure the non-standard rules can be rated if at all possible. See Use of Non-Standard Rules at PDGA-Sanctioned Events for more details.
    3. Restricted Eligibility Requirements (ratable). These are events where eligibility is limited based on citizenship and/or residence (example: a state decides to have their State Championships open to only players from that state), student status (such as collegiate or scholastic events), or PDGA Club member status. These events are ratable so as long as they do not use alternative competitive formats and do not have non-ratable non-standard rules.
    4. Modified Payout Requirements (ratable). These are events run under the Competition Endowment Program to raise funds for a designated 501(c)(3) charity or school-affiliated disc golf program or team. All CEP events must be approved by the PDGA Event Support Team. Net entry fees are reduced by the amount donated per-player to the charity when calculating payout. These events are ratable so as long as they do not use alternative competitive formats and do not have non-ratable non-standard rules.
    5. Simplified Rules of Disc Golf. These are events run under the SRDG. All events using the SRDG must be approved by PDGA Event Support. These events are ratable so long as they do not use alternative competitive formats or non-standard rules.
  2. X-designated events are sanctioned as XM, XA, XB, and XC in accordance with tier guidelines and player points are awarded accordingly.
  3. All X-designated event formats must be pre-approved by the PDGA Event Support Team.
  4. Formats at B-tier and above are limited to Singles, Doubles, Team, and Match Play. Other event formats will be considered by the PDGA Event Support Team upon request.
  5. Regardless of the format used, results must be easily convertible to PDGA divisions for player point calculation and data entry. For this reason, divisional doubles (pro, advanced, etc.) and mixed doubles (male/female) cannot be combined within the same event and will require separate TD Reports.

Section 6: International Variances and Exceptions

6.01 Applicability of Exceptions

  1. This document applies to PDGA Tour events outside the United States and Canada. It outlines variances from and exceptions to the Official Rules of Disc Golf and the Competition Manual for Disc Golf Events for international play.
  2. The Official Rules of Disc Golf and the Competition Manual for Disc Golf Events apply to events outside the United States and Canada other than as specified in this section.
  3. These variances and exceptions do not apply to Majors or Elite Series events.
  4. For more details about how international play varies from the United States and Canada, consult the International Program Guide.

6.02 Variances from the Official Rules of Disc Golf

  1. 808 Scoring
    1. Outside the United States, Canada, Europe, and Oceania, the requirement in 808.A that every player keep score is highly recommended, but not required.
    2. Instead, at least two players are required to keep independent scorecards. The rest of 808 applies as written.

6.03 Variances from the Competition Manual for Disc Golf Events

  1. 1.01 Player Eligibility
    1. 1.01.B.1. Outside the United States and Canada, players who are not current members may play in B-Tier events.
    2. 1.01.B.2. Events outside the United States and Canada do not assess a temporary membership fee.
  2. 1.02 Tournament Registration
    1. 1.02.C.3.d. Outside the United States and Canada, PDGA Club membership means local club affiliation or membership in the National Association.
  3. 1.03 Withdrawals and Refunds
    1. Outside the United States and Canada, countries and national associations may have their own withdrawal and refund system, which they are solely responsible for.
  4. 1.05 Practice Rounds, Beginning Play, Late Arrivals
    1. 1.05.G. Outside the United States, Canada, Europe, and Oceania, the Tournament Director only needs to provide two scorecards (see 6.02.A.2).
  5. 1.06 Grouping and Sectioning. Events outside the United States and Canada must observe the regulations in this subsection, with the following exceptions:
    1. At B-Tier and C-Tier events with at least two rounds, the Tournament Director may randomly group players for round 1 without regard to division.
    2. In countries where it is the custom to group players by score for round 2, without regard to division:
      1. At B-Tier and C-Tier events with at least three rounds, players may be grouped by score for round 2, without regard to division; and
      2. During all rounds after round 2, players must be grouped by both score and division per 1.06.C and D.
  6. 1.08 Reduction of Field Size (Cuts)
    1. 1.08.E. Outside the United States and Canada, countries may choose to set the cut line according to their local standards.
  7. 1.13 Youth Safety
    1. Countries outside the United States and Canada determine their own safety protocols regarding youth participation, for which they are solely responsible.
    2. It is highly recommended that countries outside the United States and Canada adhere to the provisions of 1.13 as closely as is possible.
  8. 3.07 Vendor Policies
    1. Outside the United States and Canada, the national associations determine the vendor policies for events in their country.
  9. 3.08 Tournament Director Rights & Responsibilities
    1. 3.08.H. Outside the United States and Canada, the national association determines whether an event's Tier status should be demoted.
  10. 5.03 Preparing the Course
    1. 5.03.G. Outside the United States and Canada, bathrooms are required at A-Tier and B-Tier events, and highly recommended for C-Tier events.
  11. 5.05 Tier and Target Requirements
    1. 5.05.A. Outside the United States and Canada, this table replaces the Tier Standards Table.
      International Tier Standards A-Tier B Tier C Tier
      Sanctioning Fee $100 $75 $50
      Sanctioning agreement submission deadline 90 days prior 30 days prior 14 days prior
      Membership requirements Current PDGA membership No membership requirement No membership requirement
      Length of event 2 to 4 days 1 to 3 days 1 to 3 days
      Minimum number of holes 54 36 18 (36 preferred)
      Course must be in tournament format for practice 3 days prior 1 day prior No Requirement
      Start Type Staggered or shotgun start Staggered or shotgun start Staggered or shotgun start; flex start is available for one-round events only.
      Minimum Purse US$/A$/$NZ/€5000 or equivalent US$/A$/$NZ/€1500 or equivalent No requirement; US$/A$/$NZ/€250 recommended
      Pro Purse % (Cash Purse Only) of Net Entry 75+% of Net Entry Fees 50+% of Net Entry Fees 0+% of Net Entry Fees, 33%+ recommended
      Amateur Payout % (Prize Purse + Player Packs) 75+% of Net Entry Fees 50+% of Net Entry Fees 0+% of Net Entry Fees, 33%+ recommended
      Trophies/Medals All division winners All division winners All division winners recommended
      Upload Scores via PDGA Tournament Manager (TM) After each round After each day Within 24 hours of completion of the event
      Must submit TD Report online via PDGA TM 48 hours from end 72 hours from end 1 week from end
      Certified official requirements TD cannot play event. 1 official on site per course. TD should not play event. 1 official on site per course. 1 official on site per event.
    2. 5.05.C. Outside the United States and Canada, this table of recommended distances between events replaces the table of required distances.
      Recommended Minimum Distances in Kilometers between PDGA International Events
      Tier Major A B C League
      A 1000 500 250 150 50
      B 500 250 150 100 25
      C 200 150 100 50 0